<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" >

<channel>
	<title>DVRCMS.Com</title>
	<atom:link href="https://www.dvrcms.com/tag/quick-user-guide/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>https://www.dvrcms.com</link>
	<description>Survelliance CMS and VMS Support</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Sun, 13 Aug 2023 18:25:11 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en-US</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>
	hourly	</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>
	1	</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>https://wordpress.org/?v=6.9.4</generator>
	<itunes:subtitle>DVRCMS.Com</itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary>Survelliance CMS and VMS Support</itunes:summary>
	<itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
	<item>
		<title>DW Spectrum Full User Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/dw-spectrum-full-user-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/dw-spectrum-full-user-guide/#comments</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sun, 13 Aug 2023 18:25:11 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Antarvis VMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Manager]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DW Spectrum]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Factory Defaults]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[fisheye]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How to Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[LILIN Client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[live video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVMS 2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[onvif]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Reset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Quick User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video wall]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VMS Client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[web browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ZKTeco]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=4302</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[DW Spectrum Full User Guide, This Quick User’s Guide provides the steps you need to view live video, search and ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/dw-spectrum-full-user-guide/#more-4302" aria-label="Read more about DW Spectrum Full User Guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>DW Spectrum Full User Guide, This Quick User’s Guide provides the steps you need to view live video, search and view archived video and export recorded video evidence to your local computer or to a removable media device. Contains the following sections: • View Live Video • Search/View Archive Video • Exporting Recorded Video</p>
<p>Note: Depending on your individual access rights, you may not be able to view all of the functionality documented in this guide.</p>
<p>Accessing the DW Spectrum Web Client</p>
<h2><strong>DW Spectrum Web Client</strong></h2>
<p>In addition to the DW Spectrum® IPVMS desktop client, Administrators may use their web browsers to access the web client of their DW Spectrum® Server where they may view camera video and manage select administrative settings of their server.</p>
<p>This article will outline how to access the DW Spectrum® Web Client and some of the features within the interface.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong>  The DW Spectrum® IPVMS Web Client is supports Google Chrome, Mozilla Firefox, Internet Explorer, Safari, and Microsoft Edge.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong>  The use of “server” in this article refers to the computer on which the DW Spectrum® IPVMS server application is installed.</p>
<p>The use of “system” in this article is used interchangeably to refer to either an individual server or to a group of merged servers.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Supported/Affected Devices:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>DW Blackjack® Server Series</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Opening the DW Spectrum® Web Client</strong></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Open Through DW Spectrum® IPVMS Desktop Client</strong></p>
<p>To open the web client using the DW Spectrum® IPVMS desktop client, <strong>right-click</strong> on the target server, then select <strong>Server Web Page</strong>.</p>
<p>Your computer’s default web browser will open to the login page of the server’s web client.</p>
<p><img fetchpriority="high" decoding="async" width="346" height="427" class="wp-image-4303" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/280b1685-412d-4957-ae11-96c848afe0f5/image-20200828143531-1.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 54" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita.png 346w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-243x300.png 243w" sizes="(max-width: 346px) 100vw, 346px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Manually Connect Through a Web Browser</strong></p>
<p>To open the web client using a web browser, open a web browser and enter the server’s <strong>Web Admin URL</strong> into the address bar, then press the <strong>Enter</strong> key.</p>
<ul>
<li>URL Structure:  <em>http://&lt;Server_IP&gt;:&lt;Server_Port&gt;</em></li>
<li>Example:  <em>http://192.168.21.195:7001</em></li>
</ul>
<p>If you are able to connect with the server through your current network connection, the login page of the server’s web client will display.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong>  The default <em>Server Port</em> value of DW Spectrum® IPVMS is <em>7001</em>.</p>
<blockquote><p>Read Next Article&#8217;s.</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/installation-guide/4059/zkteco-antarvis-vms-user-guide/">ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/installation-guide/3975/lilin-client-user-guide/">LILIN Client Installation and User Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/4005/nvms-2-installation-guide/">NVMS 2 Installation Guide</a></li>
</ul>
</blockquote>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Logging In to the DW Spectrum® Web Client</strong></p>
<p>Upon reaching the login page of the web client, there are two options for logging in:</p>
<ul>
<li>Enter the <strong>Login</strong> and <strong>Password</strong> that you use when utilizing the DW Spectrum® desktop client
<ul>
<li>Default Login:  <strong>admin</strong></li>
<li>Default Password:  <strong>admin12345</strong></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>Enter the<strong> Email</strong> and <strong>Password </strong>associated with your <strong>DW Cloud™</strong> account</li>
</ul>
<p><img decoding="async" width="888" height="654" class="wp-image-4304" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-1.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/dc66ced6-78b1-4e6b-a166-987e5299ce57/image-20200828143531-2.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 55" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-1.png 888w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-1-300x221.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-1-768x566.png 768w" sizes="(max-width: 888px) 100vw, 888px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Features of DW Spectrum® IPVMS Web Client</strong></p>
<p>The interface of the web client is divided into six (6) tabbed pages, accessible to users depending on their user role permissions – <em>Settings</em>, <em>View</em>, <em>Monitoring</em>, <em>For Developers</em>, and <em>Help</em>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Settings Tab</strong></p>
<p>The <em>Settings Tab</em> is comprised of two menus – <em>Server</em> and <em>System</em>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Features of the <em>Server</em> menu:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Info</strong> – displays the system associated with the server, your current user profile, the current server and IP address, current version of DW Spectrum® IPVMS, server platform, and other associated (merged) servers of the system.</li>
<li><strong>Port</strong> – current access port used by the DW Spectrum® server for communication across network connections.</li>
<li><strong>Reset Server</strong> – by clicking the <em>Restore Factory Defaults</em> button, all settings, features, and database configurations will be defaulted.  Additionally, if the server is part of a merged system, it will be detached from the array.</li>
<li><strong>Detach Server from the System</strong> – by clicking the <em>Detach from the System</em> button, the current server will be removed from its merged system and all of its registered DW Cloud™ accounts will be removed from the server’s registry.</li>
<li><strong>Restart</strong> – by clicking the <em>Restart Server</em> button, the server application will be remotely restarted on the server’s host computer.</li>
<li><strong>Change Admin Password</strong> – use this feature to change the password credential for the Owner user profile (<em>admin</em>) of the system.</li>
</ul>
<p><img decoding="async" width="1202" height="825" class="wp-image-4305" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-2.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/500e7b60-e167-4c72-a6c9-63c37b62767d/image-20200828143531-3.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 56" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-2.png 1202w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-2-300x206.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-2-1024x703.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-2-768x527.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-2-1200x824.png 1200w" sizes="(max-width: 1202px) 100vw, 1202px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Features of the <em>System</em> menu:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Name</strong> – use this feature to change the title of the system.  Be aware that if the server is part of a merged system, the change will be applied across all of the other merged servers as well.</li>
<li><strong>Merge System</strong> – by clicking the <em>Merge Systems</em> button, a pop-up window will display.  Enter the host IP address and server port, the <em>Login</em>, and the <em>Password</em> of another server to merge it with the current system.</li>
<li><strong>DW Cloud</strong> – use this feature to connect or disconnect the current server from a DW Cloud™ account.</li>
<li><strong>Traffic Encryption</strong> – allows users to change the encryption level of system traffic and video traffic.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1202" height="825" class="wp-image-4306" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-3.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/b2529e8f-7751-4153-8f15-d291fd46857f/image-20200828143531-4.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 57" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-3.png 1202w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-3-300x206.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-3-1024x703.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-3-768x527.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-3-1200x824.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1202px) 100vw, 1202px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>View Tab</strong></p>
<p>The <em>View </em>tab allows users to view live or recorded video from the current system.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Devices Panel</strong> <strong>(left panel)</strong> – lists devices (IP cameras) that are connected to the server.  Select a camera to begin viewing.</li>
<li><strong>Camera View</strong> – displays camera video to the right of the <em>Devices Panel</em>.  Click in the <em>Timeline</em> to view previously recorded video.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1290" height="689" class="wp-image-4307" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-4.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/2f758648-d0f3-4c3e-8f4e-4415c7265dc2/image-20200828143531-5.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 58" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-4.png 1290w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-4-300x160.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-4-1024x547.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-4-768x410.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-4-1200x641.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1290px) 100vw, 1290px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>To change the current video quality or to view the camera’s details, click the video settings button (<em>Gear </em>icon).</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="243" height="240" class="wp-image-4308" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-5.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/4cb2941a-ba4c-40c4-9e1e-dab507039d0f/image-20200828143531-6.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 59"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Monitoring Tab</strong></p>
<p>The <em>Monitoring</em> tab is comprised of three menus – <em>Graphs</em>, <em>Storage</em>, and <em>Log</em>.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Graphs</strong> – displays a real-time line graph of the server’s CPU, Memory, HDD activity, and Ethernet throughput.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1216" height="843" class="wp-image-4309" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-6.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/bd0b7eda-3234-4be9-90be-b497b1f0e479/image-20200828143531-7.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 60" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-6.png 1216w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-6-300x208.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-6-1024x710.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-6-768x532.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-6-1200x832.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1216px) 100vw, 1216px" /></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Storage</strong> – displays all connected storage pathing for the Server including HDDs and NAS drives.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1216" height="308" class="wp-image-4310" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-7.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/ae6bd0b4-fcce-4824-b70e-bb120441321c/image-20200828143531-8.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 61" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-7.png 1216w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-7-300x76.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-7-1024x259.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-7-768x195.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-7-1200x304.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1216px) 100vw, 1216px" /></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Log</strong> – displays the system logs of your DW Spectrum® system.  This information might be requested by a Digital Watchdog support member for specific troubleshooting scenarios.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1215" height="843" class="wp-image-4311" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-8.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/2390c3d2-78f4-4f5b-ae12-b2116ed581dc/image-20200828143531-9.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 62" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-8.png 1215w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-8-300x208.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-8-1024x710.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-8-768x533.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-8-1200x833.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1215px) 100vw, 1215px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>For Developers Tab</strong></p>
<p>The <em>For Developers</em> tab contains tools for developers for creating and testing features in association with DW Spectrum® IPVMS.</p>
<p>The available tools include:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Generic Events Generator</strong> – a tool for developing and testing HTTPS Generic Event calls for use with the <em>Events &amp; Rules</em> engine of DW Spectrum®.</li>
<li><strong>Server API</strong> – provides developers with the ability to access almost every system feature within the regular DW Spectrum® desktop client.  Includes an <em>API Testing Tool</em>, <em>API Changelog</em>, and an <em>API Documentation</em> list.</li>
<li><strong>Camera Details Panel</strong> – displays additional information for cameras in the <em>View </em>tab including <em>Camera ID</em>, links for available video-streams, and the ability to directly export video from the browser.  This feature is the equivalent of clicking the <em>Gear </em>icon for a camera while using the <em>View</em> tab.</li>
<li><strong>Video Source SDK</strong> – provides the ability to integrate video sources (IP cameras, NVRs, DVRs, etc.) into the system, making it possible to create methods for discovering, displaying, analyzing, and recording video.  This also allows the integration of I/O ports and devices, as well as motion detection with 3<sup>rd</sup> party devices.</li>
<li><strong>Storage SDK</strong> – allows the integration of non-standard 3<sup>rd</sup> party storage mediums.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1204" height="875" class="wp-image-4312" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-9.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/a2c5d853-0c25-4abb-bb44-e0c3a1ffe674/image-20200828143531-10.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 63" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-9.png 1204w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-9-300x218.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-9-1024x744.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-9-768x558.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-9-1200x872.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1204px) 100vw, 1204px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Information Tab</strong></p>
<p>The <em>Information</em> tab contains the means to check the status of the current server.</p>
<p>Features include:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Alerts</strong> – displays detected issues such as server storage errors or communication issues with devices.  This works in tandem with the <em>Event Notifications</em> engine of DW Spectrum®.</li>
<li><strong>System</strong> – displays system information including the number of currently merged servers, number of connected devices, number of storage locations, number of users, and the current software version of DW Spectrum® IPVMS in use by the system.</li>
<li><strong>Servers</strong> – displays information of all servers within the system including uptime information, average CPU usage, average memory (RAM) usage, public IP addresses, and current server OS time (differs from shared system time).</li>
<li><strong>Cameras</strong> – displays information of connected cameras including server affiliation, type of camera, IP address, availability status, stream information, and archive storage analysis.</li>
<li><strong>Storage Locations</strong> – displays the storage drive information of each server including status, number of issues (24h), read/write rate, and available storage space.</li>
<li><strong>Network Interfaces</strong> – displays the Ethernet information of the servers within a system including affiliated server, availability status of the connection, IP address of the node, and I/O bitrate.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1189" height="712" class="wp-image-4313" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-10.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/0350319a-63c1-41d6-af66-aae6593e7e26/image-20200828143531-11.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 64" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-10.png 1189w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-10-300x180.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-10-1024x613.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-10-768x460.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1189px) 100vw, 1189px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Help Tab</strong></p>
<p>The help tab contains hyperlinks that will route you to the DW Technical Support request portal, DW Tools and Calculators page, and the mobile application page for <em>DW Spectrum® IPVMS Mobile</em> in the App Store or Google Play.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1009" height="460" class="wp-image-4314" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-11.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/c5fab1a1-f386-4ee9-9f39-eb7bbb9dc487/image-20200828143531-12.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 65" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-11.png 1009w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-11-300x137.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-11-768x350.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1009px) 100vw, 1009px" /></p>
<p>Connect DW Spectrum Desktop to Server with command line</p>
<p>It is possible to use special option to connect DW Spectrum Desktop to Server from the command line:</p>
<p><strong>&#8211;auth=http://username:password@server_address:server_port</strong></p>
<p>In example below server address is 192.168.1.200, port is default 7001, username is admin and password is admin1234. Client version is 3.0.0.14971:</p>
<p><strong>Windows:</strong></p>
<p><strong>&gt;&#8221;C:\Program Files\DW Spectrum\DW Spectrum Client\3.0.0.14971\DW Spectrum.exe&#8221; &#8211;auth=http://admin:admin1234@192.168.1.200:7001</strong></p>
<p><strong>Ubuntu:</strong></p>
<p><strong>$/opt/dwspectrumn/client/3.0.0.14971/client-bin &#8211;auth=http://admin:admin1234@192.168.1.200:7001</strong></p>
<p>Client will use secured connection.</p>
<p>DW Spectrum Client Hardware Requirements</p>
<p><strong>What are the recommended hardware specifications for the DW Spectrum® Client?</strong></p>
<p>The DW Spectrum® IPVMS program can be installed on most modern computers with an x64-bit architecture.  However, while DW Spectrum® is a relatively lightweight application, it does use a varying amount of hardware resources, depending on the intensity that it is used.</p>
<p>This article will outline the recommended hardware specifications required for DW Spectrum® IPVMS for your consideration.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Related Articles</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="http://support.digital-watchdog.com/kb/article/754-dw-spectrum-ipvms-system-limitations/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DW Spectrum IPVMS Maximum System Size</a></li>
<li><a href="https://support.digital-watchdog.com/kb/article/24-using-the-dw-spectrum-ip-storage-calculator/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Using the DW Spectrum IP Storage Calculator</a></li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>**NOTE:</strong>  <em>32-bit operating systems, Ubuntu 14.04, Windows 7, Windows Server 2008, and Windows Server 2008 R2 are no longer supported by DW Spectrum®.  Additionally, the desktop client will not function when using Macintosh OS X 10.11, 10.12, or 10.13.</em></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>**NOTE:</strong>  <em>It is highly recommended to use a computer that is separate from the device hosting the DW Spectrum® Server application when using the DW Spectrum® Client, rather than run both programs fulltime on the same device.  This will help to keep the server device’s CPU from being overused and mitigate processing issues.</em></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Prerequisites</strong></p>
<p>To use the DW Spectrum® Client, a computer must meet the following prerequisites:</p>
<ul>
<li>A supported 64-bit Operating System
<ul>
<li>Windows 8, 8.1, 10 Pro/Enterprise</li>
<li>Windows Server 2012, 2012 R2, 2016 v1607 and later, 2019</li>
<li>Ubuntu LTS 16.04, 18.04, 20.04</li>
<li>MacOS 11</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li> <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/OpenGL" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">OpenGL</a> 2.1 Support or better</li>
<li>An Intel or AMD <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Central_processing_unit" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">CPU</a></li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Hardware Recommendations</strong></p>
<p>The following specifications and aforementioned prerequisites will ensure a smooth user experience when using the DW Spectrum® IPVMS with up to 64 devices in a layout.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Single Monitor Workstation</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Requirement</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CPU</td>
<td>Intel i5 8<sup>th</sup> gen or AMD Ryzen 5 3000 Quad-Core or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RAM</td>
<td>8 GB DDR3 1600 MHz or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Network Interface</td>
<td>1 Gbit or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>GPU</td>
<td>Intel HD Graphics onboard GPU or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Storage</td>
<td>Dedicated SSD or NVME disk for the OS, 128 GB or larger</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Dual Monitor Workstation</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Requirement</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CPU</td>
<td>Intel i7 8<sup>th</sup> gen or AMD Ryzen 7 3000 Quad-Core or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RAM</td>
<td>16 GB DDR3 1600 MHz or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Network Interface</td>
<td>2 x 1 Gbit or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>GPU</td>
<td>Intel HD Graphics onboard GPU or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Storage</td>
<td>Dedicated SSD or NVME disk for the OS, 128 GB or larger</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Quad Monitor Workstation</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Requirement</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CPU</td>
<td>Intel i9 or AMD Ryzen 9 Quad-Core or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RAM</td>
<td>32 GB or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Network Interface</td>
<td>2 x 1 Gbit or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>GPU</td>
<td>GeForce GTX 1650 or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Storage</td>
<td>Dedicated SSD or NVME disk for the OS, 128 GB or larger</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>**NOTE 1: <em> </em></strong><em>DW Spectrum® Client uses only the CPU for video decoding and can display up to 64 items on the viewing grid.  The GPU is used for dewarping on the fly, drawing animations, controls, and rendering UI elements in the client.</em></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>**NOTE 2:</strong>  <em>We assume that only one instance of DW Spectrum® Client will run on a single monitor system.  If you intend to run two instances of the program on a single monitor, use the recommended specs of the “Dual Monitor Workstation”.  For three or four instances of DW Spectrum® Client, use the recommended specs for the “Quad Monitor Station”.</em></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>**NOTE 3:</strong>  <em>Please take notice that dewarping a fisheye camera will set the resolution to “High”.  As a result, the specifications as mentioned above may not apply and are dependent on the cameras settings (e.g. resolution, framerate, etc.).  It is better to take the suggestions mentioned below in the decoding capabilities paragraph.</em></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Decoding Capabilities</strong></p>
<p>Although it is difficult to offer recommended specifications with regard to decoding capabilities of a system due to the multiple variables of a stream, the following camera settings were taken into consideration:</p>
<ul>
<li>Resolution of 1920 x 1080 or less</li>
<li>Framerate of 15 fps or fewer</li>
<li>Bandwidth of 2 Mbps or fewer</li>
<li><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Group_of_pictures" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Group of Pictures</a> (GOP) of 15 (IBBBBPBBBBPBBBBI)</li>
<li>H.264 compression method</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Up to 8 High-Resolution Streams</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Requirement</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CPU</td>
<td>Intel i5 8<sup>th</sup> gen or AMD Ryzen 5 3000 Quad-Core or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RAM</td>
<td>8 GB DDR3 1600 MHz or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Network Interface</td>
<td>1 Gbit or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>GPU</td>
<td>Intel HD Graphics onboard GPU or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Storage</td>
<td>Dedicated SSD or NVME disk for the OS, 128 GB or larger</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Up to 16 High-Resolution Streams</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Requirement</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CPU</td>
<td>Intel i7 8<sup>th</sup> gen or AMD Ryzen 7 3000 Quad-Core or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RAM</td>
<td>16 GB DDR3 1600 MHz or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Network Interface</td>
<td>2 x 1 Gbit or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>GPU</td>
<td>Intel HD Graphics onboard GPU or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Storage</td>
<td>Dedicated SSD or NVME disk for the OS, 128 GB or larger</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Up to 32 High-Resolution Streams</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Requirement</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CPU</td>
<td>Intel i9 or AMD Ryzen 9 Quad-Core or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RAM</td>
<td>32 GB or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Network Interface</td>
<td>2 x 1 Gbit or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>GPU</td>
<td>GeForce GTX 1650 or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Storage</td>
<td>Dedicated SSD or NVME disk for the OS, 128 GB or larger</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>**NOTE:</strong>  <em>Please take into consideration that most monitors have a native resolution of 1920&#215;1080.  There is no benefit of displaying more than 1 Full HD camera in High Resolution on such a screen.  The same applies to displaying more than 4 Full HD cameras on a 4K screen or more than 16 Full HD cameras on an 8K screen</em>.</p>
<p>DW Spectrum &#8211; Installing DW Spectrum for Macintosh</p>
<p><strong>Creating A New System</strong></p>
<p>DW Spectrum is composed of two parts:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>DW Spectrum® Media Server</strong> – the <em>Media Server</em> is Spectrum.  The media server is responsible for the recording, contains the database information of your added cameras and user profiles, and is arguably the most important aspect of the DW Spectrum IPVMS platform.  The <em>Media Server</em> is supposed to be installed on a computer that will be acting as your server.  If you have a DW Blackjack server, this software is already installed.</li>
<li><strong>DW Spectrum® Client </strong>– the <em>Client</em> software provides the graphical interface with which users may utilize to interact with the <em>Media Server</em> and allows users to see what the <em>Media Server </em>is doing.  Some features include allowing users to configure settings, view live and recorded video, and manage device connections.  The <em>Client</em> is helpful for accessing the <em>Media Server</em>, but is not required to remain running for the <em>Media Server</em> to do its job.  Instead, it is recommended that users install the <em>DW Spectrum Client</em> software <a href="https://support.digital-watchdog.com/kb/article/320-using-a-dw-spectrum-server-as-a-client/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">on a separate computer</a> from the <em>DW Spectrum Media Server</em> computer to save on processing.</li>
</ul>
<p>These two portions of DW Spectrum IPVMS coordinate to comprise a <em>System</em>.  A <em>System</em> can refer to a group of merged servers or to a single server.</p>
<p>This article will explain how to install DW Spectrum IPVMS, how to connect with the DW Spectrum System, and how to change the Owner/Admin password and System name.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>**NOTE:</strong>  DW Spectrum for Macintosh is for the Client only.  A computer with either a Windows OS or an Ubuntu OS will be required to create a Server.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Installing DW Spectrum on Macintosh</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>To obtain the installation files for DW Spectrum, open a web browser and visit the DW Spectrum IPVMS product page on the Digital Watchdog website.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://digital-watchdog.com/productdetail/DW-Spectrum-IPVMS/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><strong>DW Spectrum Product Page</strong></a></li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>Click on the <strong>Software</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>
<p>Select the <strong>Version</strong> of DW Spectrum that you want to install, then select the operating system that you are installing with (Macintosh).</p>
<p>Click on the <strong>Download</strong> icon to download the installation file.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1376" height="871" class="wp-image-4315" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-12.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/07-20/73142d9c-357e-4114-9e9a-b87c9cf04dbf/image-20230720131218-2.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 66" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-12.png 1376w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-12-300x190.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-12-1024x648.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-12-768x486.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-12-1200x760.png 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-12-160x100.png 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1376px) 100vw, 1376px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>Open the downloaded .DMG file, then <strong>drag</strong> the DW Spectrum application into your <strong>Applications </strong>folder.</li>
</ol>
<p>Allow the process to run and complete the installation.  When finished, you can begin to set up the System.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1198" height="794" class="wp-image-4316" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-13.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/07-20/d31c6135-51ba-4f01-9ee0-7373f63fc9d0/image-20230720131218-3.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 67" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-13.png 1198w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-13-300x199.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-13-1024x679.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-13-768x509.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1198px) 100vw, 1198px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Creating a New System</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>To launch the application, open the <strong>Applications</strong> folder, then <strong>double-click</strong> on the <strong>DW Spectrum Client</strong> application</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>If your computer is on the same LAN as a pre-existing Server, the DW Spectrum Client application may automatically detect it.  If so, click on the tile.</li>
</ol>
<p>You will be prompted to enter your login credentials (User ID and Password).  Contact the System <em>Owner</em> or <em>Administrator</em> of the Server if you need a login to be created.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="283" height="99" class="wp-image-4317" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-14.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/07-20/a8da552d-dcd8-42c3-b67b-4886e4636765/image-20230720131218-4.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 68"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>**NOTE:</strong>  DW Spectrum for Macintosh is for the Client only.  A computer with either a Windows OS or an Ubuntu OS will be required to create a Server.</p>
<ol>
<li>If this is a first-time setup of DW Spectrum Client, click the <strong>Add to Existing System</strong> button.</li>
</ol>
<p>You will then be prompted to enter the <em>Connection Options</em> to connect with the DW Spectrum Server.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Host</strong> – enter the IP Address of the DW Spectrum Server.</li>
<li><strong>Port</strong> – enter the TCP port of the DW Spectrum Server (default: 7001).</li>
<li><strong>Login</strong> – enter the login ID of your DW Spectrum user profile.</li>
<li><strong>Password</strong> – enter the login password of your DW Spectrum user profile.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="498" height="424" class="wp-image-4318" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-15.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/07-20/aa6af411-4ebd-45c1-a569-11c749325ab2/image-20230720131218-5.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 69" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-15.png 498w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-15-300x255.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 498px) 100vw, 498px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="572" height="545" class="wp-image-4319" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-16.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/07-20/b086b1fc-5816-45c6-b846-bc8b5aa44f95/image-20230720131218-6.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 70" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-16.png 572w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-16-300x286.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 572px) 100vw, 572px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>Once you have entered the connection information, click the <strong>OK</strong> button to connect with the DW Spectrum System.</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Changing the Admin Password</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>To change the <em>Admin</em> password of a Server, launch DW Spectrum and connect with the System.  You must have Administrator privileges to make system changes.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Right-click</strong> on the System (house icon) and select <strong>Open Web Client</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="953" height="599" class="wp-image-4320" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-17.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/07-20/0b8154f3-8df8-4fbc-9ddf-c53a65c9ce4b/image-20230720131218-7.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 71" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-17.png 953w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-17-300x189.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-17-768x483.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-17-160x100.png 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 953px) 100vw, 953px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>A browser will open and connect with the System.</li>
</ol>
<p>Enter the <strong>Owner ID</strong> (Admin) and the <strong>Password</strong> to log in.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>**NOTE:</strong>  Another way to access this web client is to enter the Server’s IP address and port to connect through a web browser.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="397" height="209" class="wp-image-4321" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-18.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/07-20/ed91c65e-edd2-448a-afed-6dbfe7bd69f4/image-20230720131218-8.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 72" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-18.png 397w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-18-300x158.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 397px) 100vw, 397px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>After logging into the <em>System</em> <em>Web Client</em>, open the <em>Settings</em> tab then open the <strong>Users </strong>menu.</li>
</ol>
<p>Select the <strong>admin </strong>(Owner) profile and click the <strong>Change Password</strong> button.</p>
<p>Enter the current admin password and new admin password for the system then click the <strong>Save</strong> button.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1280" height="575" class="wp-image-4322" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-19.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/07-20/229fe238-a17b-44c7-83b6-af327a0b9b2f/image-20230720131218-9.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 73" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-19.png 1280w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-19-300x135.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-19-1024x460.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-19-768x345.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-19-1200x539.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1280px) 100vw, 1280px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="500" height="345" class="wp-image-4323" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-20.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/07-20/a115ca43-3827-498b-8fe3-721b04213bff/image-20230720131218-10.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 74" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-20.png 500w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-20-300x207.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>It is recommended to keep track of your password.  If the <em>Admin</em> password is forgotten, a <a href="https://digital-watchdog.com/PasswordResetRequest/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><strong>password reset form</strong></a> must be submitted for all Blackjack Series units.</p>
<p>If the DW Spectrum Server is installed on a custom-built server (not a Blackjack Series NVR), a clean reinstallation of the DW Spectrum Server will be required to reset a forgotten password.</p>
<p>To learn how to completely uninstall DW Spectrum from the Windows or Ubuntu Server, check out <a href="https://digitalwatchdog.happyfox.com/kb/article/19-dw-spectrum-clean-uninstall/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><strong>DW Spectrum Clean Uninstall</strong></a>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Changing the System Name</strong></p>
<p>To change the <em>System</em> name, select the <strong>System Administration</strong> tab and open the <strong>General </strong>menu.</p>
<p>Click the edit icon beside the current system name and enter the new name of the <em>System</em>, then click the <strong>Save </strong>button to rename the <em>System</em>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1280" height="1092" class="wp-image-4324" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-21.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/07-20/b02e4b9c-cf2e-4abb-9be8-b6e98b9bd7b5/image-20230720131218-11.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 75" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-21.png 1280w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-21-300x256.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-21-1024x874.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-21-768x655.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-21-1200x1024.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1280px) 100vw, 1280px" /></p>
<p>DW Spectrum Keyboard Shortcuts</p>
<p><strong>Keyboard Shortcuts</strong></p>
<p>By using keyboard shortcuts, users can quickly navigate around DW Spectrum® IPVMS without having to route through various menus.</p>
<p>These keyboard shortcuts are for Windows and Ubunut/Linux, but most will also work for MacOS by replacing “Ctrl” with the “Command” key.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Supported/Affected Devices:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>DW Blackjack® Server Series</li>
<li>DW Blackjack® Client Workstation Series</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>DW Spectrum® IPVMS Shortcut Keys</strong></p>
<p>To download the technical bulletin that lists these shortcut keys, <a href="https://dw2020.s3-us-west-1.amazonaws.com/_gendownloads/79705f30-6d66-47c6-9595-988faefb758e/DW_Tech_Bulletin_KeyboardShortcut_Rev1218.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Click Here</a>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Shortcut</strong></td>
<td><strong>Command</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ctrl+Left (arrow)</td>
<td>Previous Frame</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ctrl+Right (arrow)</td>
<td>Next Frame</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Z</td>
<td>Jump to Start of Segment</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>X</td>
<td>Jump to Next Segment</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ctrl+Up (arrow)</td>
<td>Volume Up</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ctrl+Down (arrow)</td>
<td>Volume Down</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>M</td>
<td>Toggle Mute</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>L</td>
<td>Jump to Live</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S</td>
<td>Toggle Stream Synchronization</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enter</td>
<td>Maximize Selected Item</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alt+I</td>
<td>Show Information of Selected Item</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alt+G</td>
<td>Start Smart Search</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alt+C</td>
<td>Check File Signature</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alt+S</td>
<td>Take Snapshot</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alt+J</td>
<td>Adjust Video; Image Enhancement</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F2</td>
<td>Rename Resource (Resource Tree)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alt+T</td>
<td>Toggle Showreel Mode</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ctrl+W</td>
<td>Close Layout</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ctrl+Tab</td>
<td>Switch Layout (similar to using Tab in a web browser)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alt+R</td>
<td>Toggle Screen Recording</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Esc</td>
<td>Close Current Dialogue</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alt+Enter</td>
<td>Full Screen (DW Spectrum window)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ctrl+Alt+A</td>
<td>Open System Administration Dialogue</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ctrl+B</td>
<td>Open Bookmarks Search</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ctrl+E</td>
<td>Open Alarm/Event Rules Dialogue</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F1</td>
<td>About DW Spectrum (current instance)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alt+F4</td>
<td>Exit DW Spectrum (current instance)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>[</td>
<td>Start Time Selection (on <em>Timeline</em> over recorded segment)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>]</td>
<td>End Time Selection (on <em>Timeline</em> if time selection has been started)</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Additional Shortcuts</strong></p>
<p>Below are additional shortcut keys that are not listed in the technical bulletin.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Shortcut</strong></td>
<td><strong>Command</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ctrl+Shift+C</td>
<td>Connect to Another Server</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ctrl+Shift+D</td>
<td>Disconnect from Server</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ctrl+T</td>
<td>New Tab</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ctrl+N</td>
<td>New Window</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ctrl+O</td>
<td>Open Files</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ctrl+L</td>
<td>Open Event Log</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ctrl+M</td>
<td>Open Camera List</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>DW Spectrum Mobile SSL Certificate Notification</p>
<p><strong>Security Certificate Notifications</strong></p>
<p>After upgrading the DW Spectrum Mobile application to v22.1, users will be automatically logged out of DW Cloud and must log in to DW Cloud again to regain access to their Cloud Systems. Upon doing so, you may encounter an alert notification when attempting to connect with a DW Spectrum Server using version 4.2 or higher.</p>
<p>This article will explain the prompts that will display regarding security certificates and the DW Spectrum Mobile application.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Related Articles</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://support.digital-watchdog.com/kb/article/135-dw-spectrum-ipvms-ssl-certificate-management/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DW Spectrum IPVMS SSL Certificate Management</a></li>
<li><a href="https://support.digital-watchdog.com/kb/article/861-06-03-2022-release-notes-dw-spectrum-mobile-update-v22-1-34959/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">06/03/22 – Release Notes – DW Spectrum Mobile Update v22.1.34959</a></li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Self-Signed SSL Certificates</strong></p>
<p>If the an affiliated DW Spectrum Server is using version 4.2 or higher, the mobile application will attempt to verify that the target Server is using an SSL Certificate for security. However, a notification will display alerting an SSL certificate verification issue if the DW Spectrum Server is using the default Self-Signed SSL Certificate that is generated automatically.</p>
<p>While valid, this is due to the Server using a self-signed certificate as opposed to using a public certificate that has been purchased from a recognized certificate provider. Select “<strong>Connect Anyway</strong>” to confirm that you trust the current Server. This message will not display the next time that you connect with the Server as long as its SSL Certificate remains valid.</p>
<p>The following prompt may display:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="279" height="278" class="wp-image-4325" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-22.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/07-09/b4e14b38-b3dc-4d90-9c8d-4c4a7e9eae71/image-20220708173557-15.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 76" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-22.png 279w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-22-150x150.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 279px) 100vw, 279px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Expired SSL Certificates</strong></p>
<p>If a DW Spectrum Server’s SSL Certificate (self-signed or public) has expired, the following prompt will appear:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="281" height="362" class="wp-image-4326" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-23.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/07-09/c0d2aa57-572e-4509-aa85-bbfcc8bd4717/image-20220708173557-16.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 77" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-23.png 281w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-23-233x300.png 233w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 281px) 100vw, 281px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Enable (check) the “<strong>Trust this server</strong>” checkbox and select “<strong>Connect Anyway</strong>” to continue with connecting to the Server. This prompt will continue to appear each time you attempt to connect with the Server until the certificate has been renewed.</p>
<p>Alternatively, you can disable the SSL Certificate verification setting in the DW Spectrum Mobile application, but this is not recommended as it will lower the security level of your connection.</p>
<p>To learn how to apply a public SSL Certificate or how to renew the self-signed SSL Certificate of a DW Spectrum Server, please use the KB article – <a href="https://support.digital-watchdog.com/kb/article/135-dw-spectrum-ipvms-ssl-certificate-management/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DW Spectrum IPVMS SSL Certificate Management</a>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Changing Mobile App Security Settings</strong></p>
<p>DW Spectrum Mobile v22.1 users have the option to change the <em>Security </em>settings of the mobile app to connect without checking security certificates, but are instead recommended to use the default setting.</p>
<p>To change the <em>Security</em> settings in the mobile app:</p>
<ol>
<li>Tap the <strong>Main Menu</strong> icon , located in the top-right of the screen, and select “<strong>Settings</strong>”.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="43" height="42" class="wp-image-4327" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-24.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/07-09/03192124-6ac4-4ef5-a1f9-0c45ccb39b18/image-20220708174122-19.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 78"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>In the <em>Settings </em>menu, top on the <strong>Security</strong> toggle to change your SSL certificate verification preference.</li>
</ol>
<p>Your options include:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Recommended (default) – </strong>DW Spectrum Mobile will allow you to connect with DW Spectrum Servers that are using either valid self-signed or public SSL certificates.</li>
<li><strong>Strict –</strong> DW Spectrum Mobile will only allow you to connect with DW Spectrum Servers that are using valid public SSL Certificates.</li>
<li><strong>Disabled</strong> – disabling the <em>Security</em> toggle will allow you to connect with any DW Spectrum Servers and will NOT check for SSL Certificate verification. Please keep in mind that this option may pose a greater security risk.</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1432" height="1395" class="wp-image-4328" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita.jpeg" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/07-09/c1c37edb-7428-4281-afa2-7a88bf8a8c3c/image-20220708173557-18.jpeg" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 79" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita.jpeg 1432w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-300x292.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-1024x998.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-768x748.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-1200x1169.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1432px) 100vw, 1432px" /></p>
<p>Export Bookmark from Timeline</p>
<p>Export Bookmark from Timeline</p>
<p>DW Spectrum v3.2 introduced a feature that allows users to export bookmarks quickly from the timeline.</p>
<p>How to Export a Bookmark from the Timeline?</p>
<ol>
<li>Find and select the <strong>Bookmark</strong> you would like to export on the <strong>Timeline</strong>.<br />
*remember you need to have a camera selected on the Viewing Grid in order to interact with the Timeline.</li>
<li>Click on the <em>3rd icon</em> (download icon) on the Bookmark.</li>
<li>The<strong> Export Dialog</strong> will now appear.</li>
</ol>
<p>* As with all video exports the larger the Bookmark duration the longer the Bookmark will need to complete exporting.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1145" height="642" class="wp-image-4329" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-25.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2019/04-16/5bf69144-ccf1-4284-aeee-c3598f85abb6/image-20190416143844-1.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 80" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-25.png 1145w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-25-300x168.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-25-1024x574.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-25-768x431.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1145px) 100vw, 1145px" /></p>
<p>Maximum DW Spectrum Client Connections</p>
<p><strong>How many users can connect to a DW Spectrum Server?</strong></p>
<p>The quantity of concurrent DW Spectrum Client connections that a DW Spectrum Server can sustain is limited by the number of active TCP connections that can be supported by the server.</p>
<p>With this knowledge, the Owner and Administrators should consider the number of desktop client instances that will be connecting to the system, how many cameras and devices will stream video in each instance, and if there are other servers merged with the system. This is to avoid potential bottlenecks that may occur due to exceeding the system’s overall capabilities.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>**NOTE:</strong>  The numbers provided in this article is in consideration of connecting to only a single (1) DW Spectrum Server. In the case that a DW Spectrum System is comprised of a merged, multi-server configuration, consider the number of devices connected to each server.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Related Articles</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://support.digital-watchdog.com/kb/article/623-dw-spectrum-ipvms-hardware-requirements/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DW Spectrum Client Hardware Requirements</a></li>
<li><a href="https://support.digital-watchdog.com/kb/article/754-dw-spectrum-ipvms-maximum-system-size/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DW Spectrum IPVMS Maximum System Size</a></li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Calculating the Maximum TCP Connections</strong></p>
<p>For a DW Spectrum Server that is using the recommended system and hardware requirements, the average limit of concurrent DW Spectrum Client connections that can be supported is:</p>
<ul>
<li>One (1) DW Spectrum Server <strong>can support up to 2,000 concurrent TCP connections</strong> – including connected devices and camera streams, as well as connecting instances of the DW Spectrum Client for regular viewing</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>As the supported number of client connections to a server varies depending on the number of active TCP connections that are in use with the server, use the following information to calculate the number of active TCP connections of a server.</p>
<ul>
<li>x1 DW Spectrum Client connection = 5 TCP connections</li>
<li>x1 Device or Camera connection = 1 TCP connection</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>X</strong> = # of active DW Spectrum Clients</p>
<p><strong>Y</strong> = # of active video streams per Client</p>
<p><strong>TCP Connections Consumed</strong> = (<strong>X </strong>x 5 TCP connections) + (<strong>X </strong>x<strong> Y</strong>)</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Examples for a Single (1) Server</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>400 DW Spectrum Client instances</strong> can connect, but <strong>no video </strong>(<strong>0</strong>) can display for the users
<ul>
<li>(<strong>400 clients</strong> x 5 TCP connections each) = 2,000 TCP connections; the max. amount of TCP connections are being used</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><strong>80 DW Spectrum Client instances</strong> can connect, but only up to <strong>20 devices</strong> per client can stream video
<ul>
<li>(<strong>80</strong> <strong>clients</strong> x 5 TCP connections each) + (<strong>80 clients</strong> x <strong>20</strong> devices) = 2,000 TCP connections; the max. amount of TCP connections are being used</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><strong>28 DW Spectrum Client instances</strong> can connect, but only up to <strong>64 devices</strong> per client can stream video
<ul>
<li>(<strong>28 clients</strong> x 5 TCP connections each) + (<strong>28 clients</strong> x <strong>64 devices</strong>) = 1,932 TCP connections in use; 68 TCP connections are still available</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>PTZ Auto-Focus and Camera Control in DW Spectrum</p>
<p><strong>PTZ &amp; Auto-Focus</strong></p>
<p>While supported ONVIF cameras with motorized varifocal lenses can only zoom in and out, DW Spectrum also allows users to easily control connected PTZ cameras through the DW Spectrum Client without having to use an external joystick.</p>
<p>This article will show where you can manage the local PTZ settings in the DW Spectrum Client and outline the PTZ controls that are available.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>**NOTE:</strong>  The <em>Extended PTZ</em> features require that the camera supports <em>ONVIF Absolute Move</em> and custom product integration to work with the DW Spectrum IPVMS software controls.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Supported/Affected Devices</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>DW Blackjack® Series</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Local DW Spectrum Settings</strong></p>
<p>When using a PTZ camera, the local client settings can be configured to affect how the user’s PTZ control interface will display and PTZ configuration presets will be used by the system.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Preferred PTZ Preset Setting</strong></p>
<p>By default, PTZ control will automatically be available for supported PTZ cameras in the DW Spectrum Client and will use the camera’s <em>Native</em> PTZ setting presets (manufacturer configured). Considering this, DW Spectrum will determine if the system should use the camera’s presets or if it will use the DW Spectrum System’s preferred presets, depending on its assigned settings. These presets can be used to tell the PTZ camera to perform specific maneuvers, tours, etc.</p>
<p>You can find this setting in the DW Spectrum Client under the <em>PTZ</em> section. To get there, <strong>right-click </strong>on the camera and select “<strong>Camera Settings</strong>”. In the resulting <em>Camera Settings</em> window, select the “<strong>Expert</strong>”<strong> </strong>tab.</p>
<p>In the <em>PTZ</em> section of the menu, select one of the following:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Auto</strong> (default) – use a mix between the <em>Native </em>and <em>System </em>PTZ presets to easily begin using the PTZ preset controls in the DW Spectrum Client.</li>
<li><strong>System</strong> – ignore the camera manufacturer settings in favor of using DW Spectrum PTZ preset settings only.</li>
<li><strong>Native</strong> – have DW Spectrum only use the PTZ camera’s preset settings.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="800" height="775" class="wp-image-4330" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-26.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/02-11/647327ff-3968-447c-bc45-8cb2c7e65279/image-20220211150237-1.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 81" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-26.png 800w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-26-300x291.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-26-768x744.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>PTZ Aim Overlay Setting</strong></p>
<p>By default, the DW Spectrum Client will utilize a user interface (UI) that follows simple click-and-drag controls, which minimizes the need to display controls for the PTZ camera, which some users feel can take up a fair portion of the screen. However, other users may prefer to have an overlay display as it offers clear and simple controls by which to control the camera.</p>
<p>To show an aim overlay (HUD), navigate to <em>Main Menu &gt; Local Settings &gt; Look and Feel</em> menu in the desktop client.</p>
<p>Locate the “<strong>Show aim overlay for PTZ cameras</strong>” setting.</p>
<p>Enabling this setting will affect how the PTZ control interface will display in the client by directly overlaying the camera’s FOV and how the user interacts with the PTZ features.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="842" height="676" class="wp-image-4331" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-27.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/02-11/9d9272cd-af27-4945-9dc0-53200793f4fa/image-20220211150237-2.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 82" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-27.png 842w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-27-300x241.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-27-768x617.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 842px) 100vw, 842px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Using PTZ Controls</strong></p>
<p>When DW Spectrum detects that a compatible PTZ camera has been added to the system, the PTZ icon will display in the camera’s viewing window.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="412" height="56" class="wp-image-4332" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-28.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/02-11/072a1635-a3c7-4a62-9bb9-7b3e863b2607/image-20220211150237-3.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 83" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-28.png 412w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-28-300x41.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 412px) 100vw, 412px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>To activate the DW Spectrum’s PTZ controls, click the <strong>PTZ </strong>icon that appears at the top of the camera’s window. Click the PTZ icon again to hide the PTZ controls.</p>
<p>How the PTZ controls interface displays will vary, depending on whether or not the “<em>Show aim overlay for PTZ cameras</em>” setting has been enabled.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Simple-Zoom (non-PTZ cameras)</strong></p>
<p>If a camera uses a motorized, varifocal lens to zoom (T/W), but does not feature the ability to pan or tilt the camera, only the zoom controls (+ and –) will be available regardless of enabling/disabling the <em>aim overlay </em>setting.</p>
<p>This feature is represented by a set of plus (+) and minus (-) buttons that allow users to zoom the camera lens in or out through the DW Spectrum interface.  Alternatively, users may use the <strong>mouse-wheel</strong> to zoom-in or zoom-out.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="960" height="540" class="wp-image-4333" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-29.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/02-11/d97f4f3e-6ed5-4977-88a1-2d89f29481ce/image-20220211150237-4.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 84" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-29.png 960w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-29-300x169.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-29-768x432.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 960px) 100vw, 960px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Extended PTZ (<em>Disabled </em>PTZ Aim Overlay)</strong></p>
<p>When the <em>Aim Overlay </em>setting is DISABLED, the PTZ control features are represented in the following ways:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Zoom In/Out</strong> – <strong>click on the Zoom-in (+) or Zoom-out (-) </strong>buttons to use the camera’s motorized zoom; alternatively, users may use the <strong>mouse-wheel</strong> to zoom-in or zoom-out</li>
<li><strong>Pan-and Tilt</strong> – <strong>click-and-drag </strong>the mouse within the viewing window to pan and tilt the camera</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>While holding the Shift key:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Box Targeting </strong>– to zoom and position the camera into a specific FOV-framing, <strong>Shift + click-and-drag</strong> anywhere within the camera viewing window and draw a box around the target area.</li>
<li><strong>Single Mouse Click Pan/Tilt</strong> – users can <strong>Shift + click</strong> (once) anywhere within the camera viewing window to have the PTZ camera move and center to that point</li>
<li><strong>Double-click Zoom Out</strong> – users can <strong>Shift + double-click</strong> anywhere within the camera viewing window to zoom the camera back out to its telescopic base.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1069" height="940" class="wp-image-4334" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-30.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/02-11/54e54843-64dc-42e7-89d6-45a1a397ecd0/image-20220211150237-5.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 85" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-30.png 1069w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-30-300x264.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-30-1024x900.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-30-768x675.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1069px) 100vw, 1069px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Regular PTZ (<em>Enabled </em>PTZ Aim Overlay)</strong></p>
<p>When the <em>Aim Overlay </em>setting is ENABLED, the PTZ control features are represented in the following ways:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Zoom In/Out</strong> –<strong> </strong>to use the camera’s motorized zoom, <strong>click on the Zoom-in (+) or Zoom-out (-) </strong>buttons; alternatively, users may use the <strong>mouse-wheel</strong> to zoom-in or zoom-out.</li>
<li><strong>Virtual Joystick</strong> – displaying in the center of the overlay, <strong>click-and-drag </strong>the<strong> </strong>virtual joystick to pan and tilt the camera.</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>**NOTE:</strong>  The user does not need to hold the Shift key down when using the <em>Extended PTZ</em> features, so long as the “<em>Show aim overlay for PTZ cameras</em>” setting is enabled.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Box Targeting </strong>– to zoom and position the camera into a specific FOV-framing, <strong>click-and-drag</strong> anywhere within the camera viewing window and draw a box around the target area.</li>
<li><strong>Single Mouse Click Pan/Tilt</strong> – to have the PTZ camera quickly move and center to a single point, users can <strong>click</strong> (once) anywhere within the camera viewing window to have the PTZ camera move and center to that point</li>
<li><strong>Double-click Zoom Out</strong> – users can <strong>double-click</strong> anywhere within the camera viewing window to have the camera zoom-out to its widest magnification.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1660" height="938" class="wp-image-4335" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-31.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/02-11/bb075f40-b645-4ab8-93ea-c9deeaa4d72d/image-20220211150237-6.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 86" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-31.png 1660w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-31-300x170.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-31-1024x579.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-31-768x434.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-31-1536x868.png 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-31-1200x678.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1660px) 100vw, 1660px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>PTZ Issue Troubleshooting</strong></p>
<p>Camera models that support the advanced PTZ features (<em>Regular PTZ</em> and <em>Extended PTZ</em>) can be found using the <a href="https://dwspectrum.digital-watchdog.com/ipvd?hardwareTypes=camera&amp;sortBy=isMdSupported,ASC&amp;tags=isAptzSupported" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DW Spectrum Supported Device List</a>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>When troubleshooting ONVIF camera issues, such as PTZ control problems, it is recommended to download and install <a href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/onvifdm/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">ONVIF Device Manager</a> on the same computer as your DW Spectrum Server.  If you cannot install the ONVIF Device Manager (ODM), because you are using an Ubuntu/Linux or Macintosh operating system, install ODM on a Windows PC that shares the same LAN as your troubled camera.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Common PTZ Issues</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>If PTZ camera does not display the PTZ icon in DW Spectrum</strong>, ensure that the DW Spectrum firmware version is up-to-date, use ODM to connect with the camera and confirm if there is a <strong>PTZ Controls</strong> option available. If not, it may be an issue with the camera. Confirm that the camera’s firmware is also up-to-date.</li>
<li><strong>If PTZ controls do not respond in DW Spectrum</strong>, in addition to ensuring that the camera firmware and DW Spectrum firmware are up-to-date, use the <strong>PTZ Controls</strong> in ODM to see if the camera responds.  If not, it may be an issue with the camera.</li>
<li><strong>If PTZ position presets assignment is not working</strong>, use ODM and use <strong>PTZ Controls</strong>, then select <strong>Absolute Move</strong>.  Try a different set of values for the Absolute Move coordinates.</li>
</ul>
<p>Axis T8311 Joystick</p>
<p>In v3.0 DW Spectrum introduced the ability to use the Axis T8311 Joystick to control live PTZ cameras on Windows OS-based computers.</p>
<p>How to Setup &amp; Use the Axis T8311 Joystick</p>
<ol>
<li>Plugin the Axis T8311 Joystick to the computer that you will be using.<br />
* The drivers should be automatically installed by Windows and the device should be recognized.</li>
<li>If your DW Spectrum Desktop app is open when you plugged in the joystick, restart your DW Spectrum Desktop. If not, open DW Spectrum Desktop.</li>
<li>Open the PTZ camera you would like to control with the Joystick and click on the PTZ icon with your mouse.</li>
<li>Use the Joystick to Pan, Tilt, and Zoom the camera.</li>
</ol>
<p>Why does DW Spectrum only support one joystick controller for PTZ?</p>
<ol>
<li>IP cameras are network-based and have latency, making joystick control&#8230;.not great.</li>
<li>DW Spectrum has <strong>Advanced PTZ</strong> &#8211; a feature that makes analog joysticks seem&#8230;.well, outdated.</li>
</ol>
<p>Creating A Showreel in DW Spectrum</p>
<p><strong>Showreels</strong></p>
<p>The <em>Showreel</em> feature of DW Spectrum® allows users to create customizable timed viewing sequences, to which users may assign media resources such as cameras, layouts, web pages, and more.</p>
<p>This article will outline how to create a Showreel within the DW Spectrum® IPVMS desktop client.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Supported/Affected Devices:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>DW Blackjack® Server Series</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Creating a Showreel</strong></p>
<p>To create a Showreel within the DW Spectrum® IPVMS Client:</p>
<ol>
<li>Open the<strong> Main Menu</strong>, then click <strong>New</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Select <strong>Showreel</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="510" height="473" class="wp-image-4336" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-32.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/10-15/fd686d81-215e-4041-b0c4-dc002ed0847a/image-20201015115417-1.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 87" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-32.png 510w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-32-300x278.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 510px) 100vw, 510px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>From the <em>Resource Tree</em>, drag any resource to an available cell in the Showreel layout.</li>
</ol>
<p>The Showreel will support the use of:</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>Layouts</li>
<li>Single Devices (cameras, I/O devices)</li>
<li>Exported Files</li>
<li>Web Pages</li>
<li>Servers (monitoring item will be displayed)</li>
<li>External Media (offline files, files within the <em>Local Media</em> folder)</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1919" height="1079" class="wp-image-4337" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-33.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/10-15/0e1c7a32-7dee-4fe5-8159-a817f4a6d819/image-20201015115417-2.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 88" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-33.png 1919w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-33-300x169.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-33-1024x576.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-33-768x432.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-33-1536x864.png 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-33-1200x675.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1919px) 100vw, 1919px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Drag-and-drop </strong>resources to rearrange the display order of the cells within the Showreel.</li>
</ol>
<p>Adjust the <strong>display time</strong> of each resource.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1539" height="863" class="wp-image-4338" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-34.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/10-15/b17b861e-4ec4-478f-bc9d-2922772779bf/image-20201015115417-3.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 89" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-34.png 1539w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-34-300x168.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-34-1024x574.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-34-768x431.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-34-1536x861.png 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-34-1200x673.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1539px) 100vw, 1539px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>Click the <strong>Start Showreel</strong> button to begin the Showreel.</li>
</ol>
<p>To stop the Showreel, press the <strong>Esc</strong> key on the keyboard.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="469" height="180" class="wp-image-4339" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-35.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/10-15/adc5cfd6-b6f0-40e7-bbbe-a71a08115de8/image-20201015115417-4.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 90" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-35.png 469w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-35-300x115.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 469px) 100vw, 469px" /></p>
<p>DW Spectrum Help Function</p>
<p><strong>Help Function</strong></p>
<p>DW Spectrum v3.2 introduced a context-sensitive help<em> </em>function that allows DW Spectrum users to easily find more information on operator functions, setup information, and more.</p>
<p>This article will outline how to use the <em>Context Help Manual</em> of DW Spectrum.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong>  An active Internet connection is not required to use this function.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Supported/Affected Devices</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>DW Blackjack Servers</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Accessing the Help Function</strong></p>
<p>When using DW Spectrum, the <em>Context Help Manual </em>provides quick access to an offline user manual.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>To use the help function:</p>
<ol>
<li>Click on the <strong>Help Icon [?]</strong> in the <em>Navigation Panel</em>, at the top of the window.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1587" height="472" class="wp-image-4340" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-36.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-16/3c1556cb-ba4f-4822-9410-c366e8f8e923/image-20200416144425-5.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 91" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-36.png 1587w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-36-300x89.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-36-1024x305.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-36-768x228.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-36-1536x457.png 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-36-1200x357.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1587px) 100vw, 1587px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>A question mark [?] will overlay your mouse cursor, indicating that the <em>Help Function </em>is enabled.</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the <strong>subject matter in question or interface element</strong> that you want to know more about.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>The <em>Context Help Manual</em> will open in your default web browser.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1582" height="763" class="wp-image-4341" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-37.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-16/9aa24f7e-38a3-4a8d-94bd-f45832000082/image-20200416144425-6.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 92" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-37.png 1582w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-37-300x145.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-37-1024x494.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-37-768x370.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-37-1536x741.png 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-37-1200x579.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1582px) 100vw, 1582px" /></p>
<p>DW Spectrum IPVMS Mobile Application Setup</p>
<p><strong>DW Spectrum® Mobile Application</strong></p>
<p>The DW Spectrum® Mobile application allows users to connect with their DW Spectrum® systems using their Apple (iOS) and Android mobile devices.  However, some initial setup is required before you can begin to use the live viewing and playback features of the application.</p>
<p>This article will outline how to connect your DW Spectrum® Mobile application to a DW Spectrum System using DW Cloud™ or by using a server’s IP address for direct connection.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>**NOTE:</strong>  The use of the term “DW Spectrum® System” in this article may refer to a single DW Spectrum® Server or to multiple DW Spectrum® Servers that have been merged into a single group.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>**NOTE:</strong>  If a network that is hosting a DW Spectrum Server is using a SonicWall or Firewall service to filter out external Internet access, you may need to allowlist or port forward the DW Spectrum® Server.</p>
<p>For the FQDN list of DW Spectrum®, please read <a href="https://digitalwatchdog.happyfox.com/kb/article/132-fqdn-or-whitelist-for-dw-spectrum-cloud-access/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><strong>DW Spectrum &#8211; FQDN or Allowlist for DW Cloud Access</strong></a>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Supported/Affected Devices:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>DW Blackjack® Servers</li>
<li>MEGApix® IP Camera Series</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Acquiring the Application</strong></p>
<p>To use DW Spectrum® Mobile on your mobile device (smartphone, tablet, etc.), you will need to download and install the mobile application from your application store.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="234" height="236" class="wp-image-4342" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-38.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/01-16/5678c686-d64c-420f-bf0f-60228e75985f/image-20230116143206-2.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 93" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-38.png 234w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-38-150x150.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 234px) 100vw, 234px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Connecting Through DW Cloud™</strong></p>
<p>DW Cloud™ is a free connection service for use with the DW Spectrum® IPVMS software.  If you have yet to connect your DW Spectrum® system to a DW Cloud™ account or still need to create a DW Cloud™ account, check out <a href="https://digitalwatchdog.happyfox.com/kb/article/148-dw-cloud-management/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><strong>DW Cloud Management</strong></a>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>To connect with your DW Spectrum® IPVMS system using the DW Cloud™ service:</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>Open the <strong>DW Spectrum </strong>application on your mobile device.</li>
</ol>
<p>To connect your DW Cloud™ account to the <em>DW Spectrum® Mobile </em>application, click on <strong>Log in to DW Cloud</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="225" height="334" class="wp-image-4343" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-39.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/01-16/cdbfa5fc-45e5-4104-8140-d9150db23fa7/image-20230116143206-3.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 94" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-39.png 225w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-39-202x300.png 202w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 225px) 100vw, 225px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>In the <em>Cloud Account</em> screen, enter the <strong>Email</strong> and <strong>Password</strong> login credentials for your DW Cloud™ account, then tap the <strong>Log in</strong> button.</li>
</ol>
<p>In the <em>Server Selection</em> screen, DW Spectrum® systems that are already connected with your DW Cloud™ account will display with an orange <strong>Cloud</strong> icon.  As your mobile application is now connected with your account, simply select the cloud-connected system to begin viewing.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="324" height="603" class="wp-image-4344" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-40.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/01-16/399aee63-847f-41e8-8852-97d9cc33677a/image-20230116143206-4.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 95" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-40.png 324w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-40-161x300.png 161w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 324px) 100vw, 324px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>You may only view one DW Spectrum® system at a time through the mobile application.</li>
</ol>
<p>To view another system, tap on the <strong>Main Menu</strong> button, then select <strong>Disconnect from Server</strong>.</p>
<p>You will then be routed back to the <em>Server Selection</em> screen.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="823" height="751" class="wp-image-4345" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-41.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/01-16/d8c1d4c4-c2f4-4ea3-b7ca-b8304cdbbb82/image-20230116143206-5.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 96" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-41.png 823w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-41-300x274.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-41-768x701.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 823px) 100vw, 823px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Connecting Through Direct Connection (IP Address)</strong></p>
<p>When connecting to your DW Spectrum® system using an IP address, you will need to port forward the DW Spectrum® server(s) to ensure that external network access is available while offsite.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Automatic Discovery (LAN)</strong></p>
<p>If you are currently connected to the same local network (LAN) as the DW Spectrum® system, the DW Spectrum® Mobile application may discover the server automatically.</p>
<ol>
<li>To connect with a discovered server, select the system.  The <em>IP Address</em> field will automatically fill.</li>
<li>Enter your <strong>Login</strong> and <strong>Password</strong> for the DW Spectrum® system, then tap the <strong>Connect </strong>button to begin viewing.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1115" height="739" class="wp-image-4346" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-42.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/01-16/8d35c132-9cfc-4de4-96b5-090980c1841a/image-20230116143206-6.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 97" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-42.png 1115w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-42-300x199.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-42-1024x679.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-42-768x509.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1115px) 100vw, 1115px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Manual Direct Connection (LAN)</strong></p>
<p>If the IP address of the server does not automatically fill or the server is not discovered, you can find the email address in the <em>Server Settings</em> menu of the DW Spectrum® IPVMS desktop application.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the <em>DW Spectrum</em>® <em>IPVMS</em> desktop application, <strong>right-click</strong> on the server.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Server Settings</strong>.</li>
<li>Under the <em>General</em> tab, locate the <strong>IP Address</strong> and<strong> Port</strong> value for your connection needs.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1086" height="546" class="wp-image-4347" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-43.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/01-16/b326c52c-1a1a-463d-9290-c7880d304479/image-20230116143206-7.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 98" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-43.png 1086w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-43-300x151.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-43-1024x515.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-43-768x386.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1086px) 100vw, 1086px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>Changing to your <em>DW Spectrum® Mobile</em> application, tap on the <strong>Connect to Another Server</strong> button.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="225" height="334" class="wp-image-4348" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-44.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/01-16/ff3db77c-2ed4-4170-acf0-d5e0d0bcf6c6/image-20230116143206-8.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 99" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-44.png 225w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-44-202x300.png 202w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 225px) 100vw, 225px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>The <em>New Connection</em> screen will display.</li>
</ol>
<p>Enter the IP address of your server in the <strong>Host</strong> field,</p>
<p>Next, enter your <strong>Login</strong> and <strong>Password</strong> credentials for the DW Spectrum® system.</p>
<p>Tap the <strong>Connect</strong> button to begin viewing.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="240" height="385" class="wp-image-4349" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-45.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/01-16/a495b518-ff1b-460e-8fe1-6121e6f720b6/image-20230116143206-9.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 100" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-45.png 240w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-45-187x300.png 187w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 240px) 100vw, 240px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Manual Direct Connection (WAN)</strong></p>
<p>If you will be connecting to your DW Spectrum® system from outside of your local network (LAN), you will need to know the Public IP Address (WAN) of your network.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>**NOTE:</strong>  When connected to the same internal network (LAN) as the DW Spectrum® Server, you will not be able to connect if you are using an external, public IP address (WAN).  Use a public IP address only when connecting from outside of the server’s host network.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>To obtain the public IP address of your network, you may inquire with your ISP, work with your network administrator, or check in your router for the information.</li>
</ol>
<p>Alternatively, open a web browser (Google Chrome, Mozilla Firefox, etc.) and visit a port checking website (e.g., <a href="http://canyouseeme.org/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><strong>http://canyouseeme.org</strong></a>).</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>The public IP of your currently connected network will display</li>
</ol>
<p>Confirm that the DW Spectrum® port (<em>Default Port: 7001</em>) is open within the network.  If the port is blocked, external communication to the server will be unavailable.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="882" height="265" class="wp-image-4350" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-46.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/01-16/8a587124-fa2c-4555-becb-6de7974c995f/image-20230116143206-10.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 101" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-46.png 882w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-46-300x90.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-46-768x231.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 882px) 100vw, 882px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>Changing to your <em>DW Spectrum® Mobile</em> application, tap on the <strong>Connect to Another Server</strong> button.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="225" height="334" class="wp-image-4351" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-47.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/01-16/73bc1aa5-87bc-4f96-a680-0843606b24aa/image-20230116143206-11.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 102" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-47.png 225w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-47-202x300.png 202w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 225px) 100vw, 225px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>The <em>New Connection</em> screen will display.</li>
</ol>
<p>Enter the public IP address of your server in the <strong>Host</strong> field,</p>
<p>Next, enter your <strong>Login</strong> and <strong>Password</strong> credentials for the DW Spectrum® system.</p>
<p>Tap the <strong>Connect</strong> button to begin viewing.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="240" height="385" class="wp-image-4352" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-48.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/01-16/e9db72cc-4564-49b3-bd08-730fc6b4a722/image-20230116143206-12.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 103" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-48.png 240w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-48-187x300.png 187w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 240px) 100vw, 240px" /></p>
<p>DW Spectrum &#8211; Launch Desktop Client with CLI</p>
<p><strong>Benefits of Launching with the CLI</strong></p>
<p>Launching the Desktop client with the CLI gives you a lot more flexibility. The CLI allows you to launch it normally without any changes, but you can also change its behavior by utilizing specific parameters. It can facilitate many tasks such as server auto-login, disabling auto-updates, creating multiple instances of the client, restricting options, and more.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>How to Launch with CLI</strong></p>
<p><strong>In Windows:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Open <strong>Command Prompt</strong> and enter:</li>
</ol>
<p>cd C:\Program Files\Digital Watchdog\DW Spectrum\Client</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>Next, to view all installed versions enter:</li>
</ol>
<p>dir</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>Choose a version: [replace “VERSION” with your version number (e.g., 3.2.0.28738) in the command below]</li>
</ol>
<p>cd VERSION</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>Launch the Client (no parameter):</li>
</ol>
<p>applauncher</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Or launch the Client with a parameter:</p>
<p>applauncher &#8211;layout-name=&#8221;Example&#8221;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>In Linux:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Open <strong>Terminal</strong> and enter:</li>
</ol>
<p>cd /opt/digitalwatchdog/client/VERSION/bin</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Example:  cd /opt/digitalwatchdog/client/4.2.0.32842/bin</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>View all installed versions with the command:</li>
</ol>
<p>ls</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>Choose a version. [replace “VERSION” with your version number (e.g., 3.2.0.28738) in the command below]</li>
</ol>
<p>cd VERSION/bin</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>Launch the client (no parameter):</li>
</ol>
<p>./applauncher</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Or launch the client with a parameter:</p>
<p>applauncher &#8211;layout-name=&#8221;Example&#8221;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Command Line Parameters (v4.0 and newer):</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td><strong>Default implied value</strong></td>
<td>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Examples</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&#8211;no-single-application</td>
<td>Allows to have more than one instance of the client application running. (Also disables &#8216;Beta version&#8217; warning message.)</td>
<td>true</td>
<td>&#8211;no-single-application</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&#8211;auth</td>
<td>Auto-login to the target server</td>
<td>&#8211;</td>
<td>&#8211;auth=http://admin:123@localhost:7001</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&#8211;screen</td>
<td>Open client on the target screen</td>
<td>&#8211;</td>
<td>&#8211;screen=1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&#8211;window-geometry</td>
<td>Place the client window to the target coordinates and resize it</td>
<td>&#8211;</td>
<td>&#8211;window-geometry=100,100,1024&#215;768</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&#8211;soft-yuv</td>
<td>Enables video shader software emulation mode. May cause glitches.</td>
<td>true</td>
<td>&#8211;soft-yuv</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&#8211;local-settings</td>
<td>Changes settings source from registry to file system (Windows only)</td>
<td>true</td>
<td>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&#8211;local-settings</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&#8211;no-fullscreen</td>
<td>Open client in the windowed mode. May cause glitches.</td>
<td>true</td>
<td>&#8211;no-fullscreen</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&#8211;skip-media-folder-scan</td>
<td>Do not scan media folders. Local resources will not be displayed.</td>
<td>true</td>
<td>&#8211;skip-media-folder-scan</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&#8211;override-version</td>
<td>Override software version of the client with the provided value. Will change auto-updates behavior.</td>
<td>&#8211;</td>
<td>&#8211;override-version=2.3.0.8574</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&#8211;log-level</td>
<td>Minimal level of the log messages that should be recorded to log-file.</p>
<p>Allowed values:</p>
<p>none &#8211; fully disable logging</p>
<p>always</p>
<p>error</p>
<p>warning</p>
<p>info</p>
<p>debug</p>
<p>verbose</td>
<td>&#8211;</td>
<td>&#8211;log-level=always</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&#8211;no-client-update</td>
<td>Disable client auto-update and update notifications.</td>
<td>true</td>
<td>&#8211;no-client-update</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&#8211;acs</td>
<td>ACS mode (for Paxton integrations and similar scenarios)</td>
<td>true</td>
<td>&#8211;acs</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&#8211;videowall</td>
<td>Start client in the primary videowall mode. Must contain GUID of the existing</p>
<p>Video Wall to work properly.</p>
<p>Requires valid &#8211;auth key without specified credentials.</td>
<td>&#8211;</td>
<td>&#8211;videowall={72934575-ceb7-54bb-23a0-84b81cf1d3f1}</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
&#8211;videowall-instance</td>
<td>Start client in the secondary videowall mode. Must contain the GUID of the existing Video Wall Item to work properly. Requires valid&#8211;videowall key. Requires valid &#8211;auth key without specified credentials.</td>
<td>&#8211;</td>
<td>&#8211;videowall-instance={8692e6e8-ceb7-54bb-23a0-84b81cf1d3f0}</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&#8211;light-mode</td>
<td>Start client in the light mode. Can contain &#8216;full&#8217; or a numeric value.</td>
<td>full</td>
<td>&#8211;light-mode=full</p>
<p>&#8211;light-mode=7</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&#8211;customization</td>
<td>Start client with custom skin, loaded from the target folder.</p>
<p>Works only if the client is built with ENABLE_DYNAMIC_CUSTOMIZATION define.</td>
<td>&#8211;</td>
<td>&#8211;customization=e:\my_skin</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&#8211;instant-drop</td>
<td>Inner key to open files in the new window.</td>
<td>&#8211;</td>
<td><em>&#8211;instant-drop=&lt;base64-serialized-value&gt;</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&#8211;delayed-drop</td>
<td>Inner key to open cameras in the new window.</td>
<td>&#8211;</td>
<td>&#8211;delayed-drop=&lt;base64-serialized-value&gt;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&#8211;layout-name</td>
<td>Name of layout which will be opened after connection to server.</td>
<td>&#8211;</td>
<td>&#8211;layout-name=&#8221;Some layout name&#8221;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&#8211;show-full-info</td>
<td>Display full info on cameras instead of the minimal.</td>
<td>true</td>
<td>&#8211;show-full-info</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&#8211;no-hidpi</td>
<td>Disable hidpi support</td>
<td>true</td>
<td>&#8211;no-hidpi</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Command Line Parameters for v3.2 and Older</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>&#8211;dev-mode-key</td>
<td>Enables developer mode if the key is equal to “razrazraz”</td>
<td>&#8211;</td>
<td>&#8211;dev-mode-key=razrazraz</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&#8211;profiler</td>
<td>Switch client to the profiler mode.</td>
<td>true</td>
<td>&#8211;profiler</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&#8211;no-version-mismatch-check</td>
<td>Do not show a warning dialog if servers in the system have different versions.</td>
<td>true</td>
<td>&#8211;no-version-mismatch-check</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&#8211;no-vsync</td>
<td>Disable VSync. (May cause glitches.)</td>
<td>true</td>
<td>&#8211;no-vsync</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&#8211;ec2-tran-log-level</td>
<td>Minimal level of the transactions log messages that should be recorded to log-file. Allowed values are the same as in &#8211;log-level key.</td>
<td>none</td>
<td>&#8211;ec2-tran-log-level=info</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&#8211;exception-filters</td>
<td>Prefixes, that will be logged as verbose.</td>
<td>&#8211;</td>
<td>&#8211;exception-filters=dw::dws</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>DW Spectrum Quick User Guide</p>
<p>This Quick User’s Guide provides the steps you need to view live video, search and view archived video and export recorded video evidence to your local computer or to a removable media device. Contains the following sections: • View Live Video • Search/View Archive Video • Exporting Recorded Video</p>
<p>Note: Depending on your individual access rights, you may not be able to view all of the functionality documented in this guide.</p>
<p><a href="https://dw2020.s3-us-west-1.amazonaws.com/_gendownloads/36577bd4-dc3b-41f0-ae47-dbc171c4653b/DW_QUS_DW%20Spectrum_3.2_Rev0818.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DW Spectrum Quick User Guide</a></p>
<p>How to Run DW Spectrum Client in a Limited GPU Environment</p>
<p><strong>Limited OpenGL 2.1 Support</strong></p>
<p>The DW Spectrum® Client application requires a computer with support for <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/OpenGL#OpenGL_2.1" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">OpenGL 2.1</a> or higher, whether on a virtual machine (VM) or an actual computer.  In most cases, this is not an issue.  However, if a user is utilizing a virtual machine (VMWare, VirtualBox) or a personal computer (PC) with limited graphics capability (or no GPU), OpenGL 2.1 may not be supported.  As a result, DW Spectrum® Client will not run.</p>
<p>To resolve this issue, an emulation of the necessary graphics to function through the CPU may allow the Client to run if the Server application is also installed on a computer using Windows x64 OS.</p>
<p>This article will outline how to emulate a GPU using a CPU on a WinOS x64-bit system.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>**DISCLAIMER:  </strong>We do not recommend this method unless it is absolutely required.  Even then, please be aware that you will be performing this at your own risk.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Supported/Affected Devices:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>DW Blackjack® Cube Series (WinOS)</li>
<li>DW Blackjack® Client Workstation Series (WinOS)</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Things to Consider</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>When using this method, you will be transferring the computing load that would otherwise be directed to a GPU onto the CPU. This will cause the CPU usage to increase significantly.</li>
<li>We do not recommend using this method unless it is absolutely required.</li>
<li>Remember to close the DW Spectrum® Client application as soon as you are finished returning the CPU load to normal.</li>
<li>The hosting computer must be using a Windows x64-bit operating system.</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Emulating a GPU Using a CPU</strong></p>
<p>To emulate a GPU:</p>
<ol>
<li>Download the <a href="https://github.com/pal1000/mesa-dist-win/files/2072235/mesa3d-gles-18.1.1.600-x64.zip" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Open GL emulation library</a>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Extract the files “<strong>opengl32.dll</strong>” and “<strong>libglapi.dll</strong>” from the zipped/compressed folder.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>Next, <strong>stop</strong> the <strong>Spectrum Media Server</strong> service.  To do so, you can <strong>right-click</strong> on the service in the Windows Service Tray, then select <strong>Stop Server (started)</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="197" height="213" class="wp-image-4353" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-49.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2021/06-04/04b78326-9b3b-46e0-baa6-dff8d4b5d6f2/image-20210604125050-2.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 104"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>Once the Media Server has been stopped, open the computer’s <strong>File Explorer</strong> program and navigate to:</li>
</ol>
<p>C:\Program Files\Digital Watchdog\DW Spectrum\Client\&lt;version_number&gt;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>**NOTE:</strong>  “&lt;<em>version_number</em>&gt;” (above) refers to the DW Spectrum® Client software version number.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Copy-and-paste</strong> the <strong>opengl32.dll</strong> and <strong>libglapi.dll</strong> files to this directory. Do not place them into any additional folders beyond this directory.</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Start</strong> the <strong>Media Server</strong> from the Windows Service Tray.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Launch</strong> the <strong>DW Spectrum® Client</strong>.</p>
<p>The DW Spectrum Client application will now utilize the CPU for some of the graphical processing.  The processing load on the CPU of the host computer will increase as a result, so be sure to completely close the DW Spectrum® Client application when you are not actively using it.</p>
<p>Motion Smart Search In DW Spectrum IPVMS</p>
<p><strong>Motion Smart Search</strong></p>
<p>DW Spectrum’s <em>Motion Smart Search</em> feature is a useful tool that allows users to rapidly search video archives to discover segments of saved footage.  Rather than having to review long lengths of archived footage to find a specific moment, <em>Motion Smart Search</em> narrows down the saved video to a specified area in the camera’s field of vision and highlights the discovered segments in the <em>Timeline</em> during playback.</p>
<p>This article will outline how to use the <em>Motion Smart Search</em> feature of DW Spectrum for faster footage acquisition.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Using Smart Search</strong></p>
<p>To use the <em>Motion Smart Search </em>feature, you must be using a camera that supports motion recording (where both the primary and secondary video streams are active).</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong>  It is recommended that the secondary stream be set to a resolution of 704&#215;480 or lower, with a frame rate no higher than 7 FPS.</p>
<p>If you are encountering issues with Motion Recording, check out <a href="https://digitalwatchdog.happyfox.com/kb/article/433-motion-recording-troubleshooting-dw-spectrum/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Motion Recording Troubleshooting (DW Spectrum)</a>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>To use the <em>Motion Smart Search</em> feature:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select your desired camera to display.</li>
</ol>
<p>Selecting from either the camera’s <em>Image Controls</em> toolbar or from the <em>Notifications Panel</em>, click on the <strong>Motion</strong> icon.</p>
<p>Alternatively, you can <strong>right-click</strong> in the camera window and select <strong>Show Motion/Smart Search</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1430" height="633" class="wp-image-4354" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-50.png" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/06-24/2b1e1aa7-52d2-4660-8d79-2ceabf0b6d31/image-20200624151803-1.png" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 105" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-50.png 1430w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-50-300x133.png 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-50-1024x453.png 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-50-768x340.png 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-50-1200x531.png 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1430px) 100vw, 1430px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>Upon activating <em>Motion Smart Search</em>, a grid will overlay the camera area.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Click-and-drag</strong> to highlight a specific motion area in the grid.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1431" height="806" class="wp-image-4355" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-1.jpeg" alt="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/06-24/aa935d4a-3226-4cde-9c3e-bafc6538b589/image-20200624151803-2.jpeg" title="DW Spectrum Full User Guide 106" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-1.jpeg 1431w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-1-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-1-1024x577.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-1-768x433.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/https-hf-files-oregon-s3-amazonaws-com-hdpdigita-1-1200x676.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1431px) 100vw, 1431px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>DW Spectrum will display preview frames the system’s search results.</li>
</ol>
<p>Additionally, in the <em>Timeline</em>, sections will be highlighted to indicate that motion was detected in the specified motion area.</p>
<p>Select from the previewed frames or click in the <em>Timeline</em> to begin playing the detected footage.</p>
<p>Reporting DW Spectrum Issues</p>
<p><strong>DW Spectrum® Issues</strong></p>
<p>This article will outline how to report operator issues with DW Spectrum® IPVMS.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Supported/Affected Devices</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>DW Blackjack® Series</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Before Requesting Support</strong></p>
<p>Use the following resources to check for possible solutions:</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://digitalwatchdog.happyfox.com/kb/article/51-dw-spectrum-help-function/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DW Spectrum Help Function</a></li>
<li><a href="https://support.digital-watchdog.com/home/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Digital Watchdog Support Knowledge Base</a></li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>**Note:</strong>  It is recommended to use the latest version of DW Spectrum®.  If you are encountering operator issues and your firmware is outdated, consider updating to the latest build version.</p>
<p>The <a href="https://support.digital-watchdog.com/kb/section/52/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Digital Watchdog Support Knowledge Base</a> hosts release notes for recent updates.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Requesting Support</strong></p>
<p>Digital Watchdog Technical Support strives to provide quick and efficient assistance for issues that directly regard Digital Watchdog products.</p>
<p>Use the following guidelines to provide a concise outline of your issue so that our technicians may support you in an orderly fashion.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Submit One Support Request per Issue</strong></p>
<p>As our support team focuses on different Digital Watchdog products, features, and software, tracking the progress of individual issues becomes difficult when there is an overwhelming number of issues described in a single report.</p>
<p>If one issue appears to be interrelated with another issue, it may be worth mentioning.  However, please maintain a clear outline of a single issue, per request, if possible.</p>
<p>Once the issue has been identified by the technician, a recommended resolution may be provided.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>**Note:</strong>  Open a support ticket with <a href="https://digital-watchdog.com/contact-tech-support/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Digital Watchdog Technical Support</a>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Provide a Short and Clear Summary</strong></p>
<p>An ideal summary should be clear and as short as possible, but long enough to clarify the issue.  Provide a clear overview of the issue, the component where the issue is occurring (Server, Client, DW Cloud, mobile application), and what conditions the system was under when the problem started.</p>
<p>Please also provide details regarding any troubleshooting steps that have already been taken.  If troubleshooting has not already been performed, you may be tasked with performing recommended troubleshooting steps.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Environment</strong></p>
<p>Provide details about the environment that DW Spectrum® is running in.  This includes information such as what version/build of DW Spectrum® is being used, the operating systems being used, and the size of the System (a single server or multi-server/merged System).</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Example:</p>
<ul>
<li>DW Spectrum® Version:  v4.1.0.31401</li>
<li>DW Spectrum® Client:  Mac OS 10.13</li>
<li>DW Spectrum® Server:  Windows 10</li>
<li>Network Topology:  Server is connected to cameras through a Wi-Fi router that is connected to a single PoE switch, with 10 cameras.</li>
<li>Special Features:  The mentioned PoE switch has an embedded firewall blocking UDP traffic.</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Reproduction Scenario</strong></p>
<p>Describe any steps that you performed prior to the start of the problem.  The technician may need to try to reproduce the issue on their end to better understand what may be causing the issue.</p>
<p>Examples of this include upgrading firmware from a particular build, changing network hardware, applying specific settings in DW Spectrum®, etc.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Attachments</strong></p>
<p>Attachments can be quite helpful for technicians as they offer additional insight to the issue that you are experiencing.  Providing photos, screen recordings, or Sever Logs may help to reduce the wait time for a resolution to your issue.</p>
<p>Since attachments can be quite large to share, you may use a third party service like Google Drive or DropBox to provide your attachment.</p>
<p>Avoid sending compressed (.zip) files as we are less likely to open this file type for security reasons.  Instead, upload each file individually to the sharing application of choice so that your technician can check the file before opening or downloading it.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>**Note:</strong>  DW Spectrum® (Windows version) has an in-client screen recording feature that you may use to capture a recording of your display as you see it.  Press <strong>Alt+R</strong> on the keyboard to start or stop this function.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Remote Assistance</strong></p>
<p>Issues are often system-specific and your technician may request remote access to your System to directly assist you with resolving the problem.</p>
<p>Frequently, Digital Watchdog Technical Support will ask for unattended <a href="https://www.teamviewer.com/en-us/download/windows/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">TeamViewer</a> access to investigate the issue directly.  We understand if this is not possible, but please be aware that this may delay the solution for your issue.  If you prefer to instead be present for the remote session, you may request one.</p>
<p>Additionally, the use of <a href="https://sourceforge.net/projects/onvifdm/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">ONVIF Device Manager</a> and/or <a href="https://support.digital-watchdog.com/kb/article/550-using-wireshark-for-troubleshooting/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Wireshark</a> is commonly used for troubleshooting our most commonly reported issues.  It may be in your best interest to have these applications installed.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>**Note:</strong>  DW Blackjack® Servers (Windows) will come with ONVIF Device Manager installed.  Most DW Blackjack® Series devices will come with TeamViewer installed as well.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/dw-spectrum-full-user-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/zkteco-antarvis-vms-user-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/zkteco-antarvis-vms-user-guide/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sat, 12 Aug 2023 09:48:25 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[administrator]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Antarvis VMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[FLIR Cloud Client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[LILIN Client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Local Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVMS 2]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[onvif]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Quick User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Remote Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ZKTeco]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=4059</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide, AntarVis2.0 is the professional software for the central management of the front end network monitoring ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/zkteco-antarvis-vms-user-guide/#more-4059" aria-label="Read more about ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide, AntarVis2.0 is the professional software for the central management of the front end network monitoring devices, including NVR, DVR, IPC, MDI, SDI and etc. It is to mainly fulfill the functions as real-time preview, video playback, E-map, alarm linkage, decoding on the wall, support the WEB access and mobile phone client access.</p>
<p>AntarVis2.0 program adopts independent setup package, which is easy for setup and contains the various basic functions for demand. It can be generally used for the small-sized project. Since VMS access data directly from device, the connection of one device with several clients has not been recommended for it intensifies tolerance capacity of device.</p>
<p>AntarVis2.0, our Video Management System, is a professional software for central management of the front-end network monitoring devices, including NVR, DVR, IPC, MDI, SDI, etc. It is to mainly fulfill functions such as real-time preview, video playback, E-map, alarm linkage, decoding on the wall, supporting WEB access and mobile phone client access.</p>
<p>The installation package of AntarVis2.0 is an independent executable file, which is easy to set up and contains various fundamental functions you may need. It can be generally used for small-sized projects.</p>
<p>AntarVis2.0 currently supports four protocols including active ZKTeco, ONVIF ,ZKTeco-P and P2P.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><a id="post-4059-bookmark22"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark23"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark24"></a> II. Program Overview</p>
<p>Setup overview, double click to run setup program to open setup wizard:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="752" height="350" class="wp-image-4060" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 345" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-1.jpeg 752w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-1-300x140.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 752px) 100vw, 752px" /></p>
<p>Select setup language, then the program automatically recognizes the system language as default option; if other languages required setup, please select from the drop-down list. The initial program supports simplified Chinese and English. If you need other languages, please contact the distributor for translation; click on “OK” to confirm the setup language selected. Take simplified English as an</p>
<p>example:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1003" height="774" class="wp-image-4061" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-2.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 2" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 346" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-2.jpeg 1003w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-2-300x232.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-2-768x593.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1003px) 100vw, 1003px" /></p>
<p>Click on “Next”, then select the setup path:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1003" height="767" class="wp-image-4062" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-3.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 3" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 347" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-3.jpeg 1003w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-3-300x229.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-3-768x587.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1003px) 100vw, 1003px" /></p>
<p>2 <a href="https://zkteco.eu/products/video-surveillance/software/antarvis-20" rel="dofollow noopener" target="_blank">Antarvis2.0</a> User Manual</p>
<p>System’s default path is C:\AntarVis_2.0. Users may modify the path as needed. Click on “Next” to continue:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="995" height="813" class="wp-image-4063" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-4.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 4" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 348" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-4.jpeg 995w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-4-300x245.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-4-768x628.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 995px) 100vw, 995px" /></p>
<h2>ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide</h2>
<blockquote><p>Read More :</p>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/4005/nvms-2-installation-guide/">NVMS 2 Installation Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/installation-guide/3975/lilin-client-user-guide/">LILIN Client Installation and User Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/3581/flir-cloud-client-installation-and-user-guide/">FLIR Cloud Client installation and user guide</a>AntarVis2.0, our Video Management System, is a professional software for central management of the front-end network monitoring devices, including NVR, DVR, IPC, MDI, SDI, etc. It is to mainly fulfill functions such as real-time preview, video playback, E-map, alarm linkage, decoding on the wall, supporting WEB access and mobile phone client access.The installation package of AntarVis2.0 is an independent executable file, which is easy to set up and contains various fundamental functions you may need. It can be generally used for small-sized projects.
<p>AntarVis2.0 currently supports four protocols including active ZKTeco, ONVIF ,ZKTeco-P and P2P.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><a id="post-4059-bookmark22"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark23"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark24"></a> II. Program Overview</p>
<p>Setup overview, double click to run setup program to open setup wizard:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="752" height="350" class="wp-image-4179" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-1-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 1 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 349" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-1-1.jpeg 752w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-1-1-300x140.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 752px) 100vw, 752px" /></p>
<p>Select setup language, then the program automatically recognizes the system language as default option; if other languages required setup, please select from the drop-down list. The initial program supports simplified Chinese and English. If you need other languages, please contact the distributor for translation; click on “OK” to confirm the setup language selected. Take simplified English as an</p>
<p>example:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1003" height="774" class="wp-image-4180" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-2-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 2 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 350" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-2-1.jpeg 1003w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-2-1-300x232.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-2-1-768x593.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1003px) 100vw, 1003px" /></p>
<p>Click on “Next”, then select the setup path:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1003" height="767" class="wp-image-4181" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-3-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 3 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 351" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-3-1.jpeg 1003w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-3-1-300x229.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-3-1-768x587.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1003px) 100vw, 1003px" /></p>
<p>2 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p>System’s default path is C:\AntarVis_2.0. Users may modify the path as needed. Click on “Next” to continue:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="995" height="813" class="wp-image-4182" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-4-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 4 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 352" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-4-1.jpeg 995w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-4-1-300x245.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-4-1-768x628.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 995px) 100vw, 995px" /></p>
<p>Click “Next” to confirm to create desktop shortcut, continue to complete setup (©<strong>note: </strong>computer already setup antivirus program may pop-up prompt; please select “allow” with no exception for the normal setup start of the program), the program runs as the setup completed, as shown in figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="213" height="53" class="wp-image-4183" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-5-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 5 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 353"></p>
<p><strong>AntarVis 2.0</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="472" height="287" class="wp-image-4184" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-6-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 6 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 354" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-6-1.jpeg 472w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-6-1-300x182.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 472px) 100vw, 472px" /></p>
<p><strong>Login</strong></p>
<p>Forgot password</p>
<p>Users may manually switch between languages. The initial user name is <strong>admin</strong>, and the initial password is <strong>123456</strong>. Enter the password, click on “Login”; if you have selected “Remember password”, you do not have to enter the password and the program automatically logs in as “Auto login”. The function of automatic login can be canceled in local configuration. When you forget the password, click on &#8220;Forgot password&#8221; to get a temporary key for the supplier to help you get a temporary password. Below is the main interface of the program:</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 3</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1726" height="1074" class="wp-image-4185" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-7-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 7 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 355" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-7-1.jpeg 1726w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-7-1-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-7-1-1024x637.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-7-1-768x478.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-7-1-1536x956.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-7-1-1200x747.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-7-1-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1726px) 100vw, 1726px" /></p>
<p>1) Display current user, user rights, current time, consumption of CPU memory and real-time</p>
<p>network data flow; click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="76" height="76" class="wp-image-4186" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-8-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 8 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 356"></p>
<p>to log out.</p>
<p>2) Display real-time alarm messages and event messages; double-click on the alarm message to</p>
<p>open the preview of the current alarm channel for users to view alarm in real-time manner.</p>
<p>3)</p>
<p>The functions in the toolbar</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="154" height="95" class="wp-image-4187" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-9-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 9 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 357"></p>
<p>, from left to right, are: clear alarm/event message, close</p>
<p>sound/open sound.</p>
<p>4)</p>
<p>The functions in the toolbar</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="263" height="95" class="wp-image-4188" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-10-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 10 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 358"></p>
<p>, from left to right, are: stay window, window max,</p>
<p>hide window.</p>
<p><a id="post-4059-bookmark25"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark26"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark27"></a> 1. Device Management</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark30"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark28"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark29"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark31"></a> Add a Device</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on “Device management” on the main interface.</p>
<p>This interface displays relevant information of all devices added to VMS, including device type, protocol type and online and offline status; click on “Add device” at the top right corner, the “add device” interface will then pop up:</p>
<p>4 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1303" height="461" class="wp-image-4189" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-11-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 11 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 359" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-11-1.jpeg 1303w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-11-1-300x106.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-11-1-1024x362.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-11-1-768x272.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-11-1-1200x425.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1303px) 100vw, 1303px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1144" height="879" class="wp-image-4190" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-12-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 12 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 360" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-12-1.jpeg 1144w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-12-1-300x231.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-12-1-1024x787.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-12-1-768x590.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1144px) 100vw, 1144px" /></p>
<p>Select a protocol. ZKTeco protocol is an independently developed protocol of our company. Front-end devices should support ZKTeco protocol. ZKTeco’s front-end devices currently used for shipping basically supports this protocol. The ZKTeco-P protocol is the protocol used by PTZ domes.ONVIF protocol is the joint ownership protocol for access to third-party devices that support this protocol.</p>
<p>Select the protocols as needed, it is to click on “Search” to search for online devices in the LAN. Take ZKTeco protocol as an example:</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 5</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1707" height="1066" class="wp-image-4191" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-13-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 13 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 361" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-13-1.jpeg 1707w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-13-1-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-13-1-1024x639.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-13-1-768x480.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-13-1-1536x959.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-13-1-1200x749.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-13-1-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1707px) 100vw, 1707px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1839" height="1195" class="wp-image-4192" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-14-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 14 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 362" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-14-1.jpeg 1839w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-14-1-300x195.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-14-1-1024x665.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-14-1-768x499.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-14-1-1536x998.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-14-1-1200x780.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1839px) 100vw, 1839px" /></p>
<p>©<strong>Note: </strong>devices displayed in gray are those devices that have been added to the device list; click on “IP address” to sort them according to the IP address of the devices.</p>
<p>Select the device to be added, click on the “Select” button, as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1074" height="806" class="wp-image-4193" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-15-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 15 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 363" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-15-1.jpeg 1074w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-15-1-300x225.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-15-1-1024x768.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-15-1-768x576.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1074px) 100vw, 1074px" /></p>
<p>Device Name: define by the user as needed.</p>
<p>User Name: user name of the device.</p>
<p>Password: password of the device.</p>
<p>Enter correct user name and password to add the corresponding device into the device list. Also, the front end using the ZKTeco protocol does not require a password. (©<strong>Note: </strong>for safety consideration,</p>
<p>6 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p>Devices using the ONVIF protocol,the password can’t be retrieved and the password of the device needs to be manually filled in; no password filled in or wrong password will lead to add log-in failure.) Fast match function means when there are multiple devices with the same username and password, choose fast match, then you just need to input the username and password for one time.</p>
<p>After adding the equipment, the interface is as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1822" height="1136" class="wp-image-4194" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-16-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 16 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 364" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-16-1.jpeg 1822w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-16-1-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-16-1-1024x638.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-16-1-768x479.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-16-1-1536x958.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-16-1-1200x748.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-16-1-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1822px) 100vw, 1822px" /></p>
<p>We can edit and delete devices, call remote configuration and modify channel names here. The remote configuration is only supported by ZKTeco protocol; calling the remote configuration can view or modify related parameters of the front-end device. Modifying the channel name is only supported by ZKTeco protocol; It is quick and convenient to modify channel name of the front-end device .</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 7</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark34"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark32"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark33"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark35"></a> Add a Decoder</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="277" height="110" class="wp-image-4195" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-17-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 17 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 365"></p>
<p><strong>□□□</strong></p>
<p><strong>□□o</strong></p>
<p><strong>□□a</strong></p>
<p>Control</p>
<p>panel</p>
<p>Device CenterB Decoder Group</p>
<p><strong>_ »</strong></p>
<p>Device<br />
management</p>
<p>Layout Storage Dec Group</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="186" height="111" class="wp-image-4196" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-18-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 18 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 366"></p>
<p><strong>Decoder name Decoder type</strong></p>
<p>User: admin B <sup>CPU: 10%</sup> “■</p>
<p>. . &#8230; Memory: 72%</p>
<p>Right: administrator ..</p>
<p>Up. UKd/o</p>
<p>Time: 2018-12-07 15:42:25 Down&#8217; *|KB/S</p>
<p><strong>IP address</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="549" height="71" class="wp-image-4197" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-19-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 19 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 367" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-19-1.jpeg 549w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-19-1-300x39.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 549px) 100vw, 549px" /></p>
<p>0 records, 1/1 page</p>
<p>First Previous Next Last</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Event</td>
<td><strong>&lt; 4»</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>-*• B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Time</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Messages</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-07 15:39:15</td>
<td></td>
<td>The device added failed</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-07 15:09:58</td>
<td></td>
<td>IP, port, device name and user name could not be empty</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Switch to decoder interface. This interface, which is similar to that to add a device, displays all</p>
<p>decoders added to the server at present and the online and offline status of the decoders. The added</p>
<p>decoders can be edited and deleted; in case of adding a new decode, click on the</p>
<p>Add Decoder</p>
<p>button in the top right corner:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1088" height="876" class="wp-image-4198" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-20-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 20 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 368" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-20-1.jpeg 1088w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-20-1-300x242.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-20-1-1024x824.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-20-1-768x618.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1088px) 100vw, 1088px" /></p>
<p>Click on “Search” to search for all online decoders in the LAN; similarly, the decoder added to the</p>
<p>8 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p>decoder list will display in gray and can not be added again:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1810" height="969" class="wp-image-4199" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-21-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 21 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 369" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-21-1.jpeg 1810w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-21-1-300x161.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-21-1-1024x548.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-21-1-768x411.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-21-1-1536x822.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-21-1-1200x642.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1810px) 100vw, 1810px" /></p>
<p>Operation</p>
<p>□ All/Not all | Search Stop Fast Match Add batchly</p>
<p>Select a decoder to be added, click on “Select”:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="921" height="813" class="wp-image-4200" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-22-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 22 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 370" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-22-1.jpeg 921w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-22-1-300x265.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-22-1-768x678.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 921px) 100vw, 921px" /></p>
<p><strong>Decoder Name: </strong>users may define and modify the name as needed.</p>
<p><strong>User Name: </strong>the default setting is admin.</p>
<p><strong>Password: </strong>the default setting is null.</p>
<p>When it is completed, click on “Save” to add the decoder to the server; in case you want to add a group of decoders, select multiple decoders on the search interface, fill in the right password, click on “Add batchly” to add multiple devices with one key.</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 9</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark38"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark36"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark37"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark39"></a> Channel Group</li>
</ol>
<p>Switch to the page of “Group” in the device management module, as shown in the figure below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1854" height="1157" class="wp-image-4201" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-23-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 23 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 371" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-23-1.jpeg 1854w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-23-1-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-23-1-1024x639.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-23-1-768x479.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-23-1-1536x959.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-23-1-1200x749.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-23-1-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1854px) 100vw, 1854px" /></p>
<p>Click on “+” button to add group.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1606" height="507" class="wp-image-4202" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-24-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 24 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 372" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-24-1.jpeg 1606w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-24-1-300x95.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-24-1-1024x323.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-24-1-768x242.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-24-1-1536x485.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-24-1-1200x379.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1606px) 100vw, 1606px" /></p>
<p>Fill in the group name, click on “Save” to create the group; when it is succeeded, select the device</p>
<p>channel on the left, then select a group on the right, click on the</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="232" height="107" class="wp-image-4203" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-25-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 25 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 373"></p>
<p>button to add the</p>
<p>relevant channels to the corresponding group; the actual application of grouping will be described</p>
<p>in the preview module. When adding is completed, the interface will look like below:</p>
<p>10 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong><em>ZKT^</em></strong></p>
<p><strong>AntarVis 2.0</strong></td>
<td><strong>□□□ □□□ □□□</strong></p>
<p>Control panel</td>
<td><strong>_ *</strong></p>
<p>Device management</td>
<td colspan="3">User: admin &amp; <sup>CPU: 2%</sup> — —&#8217;</p>
<p>_. . . . . . . . Memory: 63%</p>
<p>Right: administrator <sub>Up;</sub></p>
<p>Time: 2018-12-07 15:58:14 Down: 2KB/S</td>
<td>X</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Device Center Decoder</td>
<td>Group</td>
<td colspan="2">Layout Storage Dec Group</td>
<td colspan="3"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="8"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="4">‘ ■ ft CMS</p>
<p>■&lt; ■ ®NVR_192.168.0.218</p>
<ul>
<li>¥ CH1</li>
<li>df CH2</li>
<li>&gt;CH3</li>
<li>? CH4</li>
</ul>
<p>* ■•IPC_192.168.0.101</p>
<p>» ■ *»IPC_192.168.0.188</td>
<td>+</p>
<p>*</p>
<p>*</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>s»NVR_192.168.0.218-CH1</li>
<li>«»NVR_192.168.0.218-CH2</li>
</ul>
<p>‘ BM2</p>
<ul>
<li>e»NVR_192.168.0.218-CH3</li>
<li>®»NVR_192.168.0.218-CH4</li>
<li>e?IPC_192.168.0.188-CH01</li>
<li>«WPC_192.168.0.101-CH01</li>
</ul>
</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" rowspan="2"></td>
<td colspan="4" rowspan="2"></td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Interval of preview roll 30 ‘ seconds] save</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">Alarm Event ■&lt; 4»</p>
<p>Time</td>
<td colspan="4"><strong>-H n</strong></p>
<p>Messages</td>
<td><strong>IB</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">2018-12-0715:57:45</td>
<td colspan="4">Add channel success!|IPC_192.168.0.188-CH01]</td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">2018-12-07 15:57:45</td>
<td colspan="4">Add channel success![IPC_192.168.0.101-CH01]</td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Similarly, check the channel in the group and click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="246" height="103" class="wp-image-4204" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-26-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 26 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 374"></p>
<p>to remove the channel from the</p>
<p>group.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark42"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark40"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark41"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark43"></a> Layout</li>
</ol>
<p>Switch to the page of “Layout” in the device management module, as shown below:</p>
<p><strong><em>ZKT^</em></strong></p>
<p><strong>AntarVis 2.0</strong></p>
<p><strong>□□□ □ □□ OOÛ</strong></p>
<p>Control<br />
panel</p>
<p>Device<br />
management</p>
<p>User: admin &amp; CPU: 4%</p>
<p>„ . . .. Memory: 70%</p>
<p><strong>Right: </strong>administrator <sub>Up</sub>. <sub>H8|&lt;B;S</sub></p>
<p>Time: 2018-12-07 15:59:20 Down* 31^3/5</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="107" height="28" class="wp-image-4205" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-27-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 27 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 375"></p>
<p>Device Center Decoder Group I Layout Storage Dec Group</p>
<p>Add Layout</p>
<p><strong>No.</strong></p>
<p><strong>Layout Name</strong></p>
<p><strong>Dwell Times(s)</strong></p>
<p><strong>Window Count</strong></p>
<p><strong>Division Type</strong></p>
<p><strong>Operation</strong></p>
<p>0 records, 1/1 page</p>
<p>First Previous Next Last</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Event</td>
<td><strong>&lt; 4»</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>n «</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Time</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Messages</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-07 15:57:45</td>
<td></td>
<td>Add channel success! [IPC_192.168.0.188-CH01]</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-0715:57:45</td>
<td></td>
<td>Add channel success![IPC_192.168.0.101-CH01]</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Click on the button “Add layout”, then the system will pop up this window:</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 11</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1725" height="1059" class="wp-image-4206" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-28-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 28 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 376" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-28-1.jpeg 1725w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-28-1-300x184.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-28-1-1024x629.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-28-1-768x471.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-28-1-1536x943.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-28-1-1200x737.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1725px) 100vw, 1725px" /></p>
<p>Fill in the name of a layout, select the number of split screens as needed. Types of split screen include standard split and wide-screen split, among which, pictures under ordinary split screen and wide-screen are displayed in 16:9 and 1:1, respectively; select the duration of stay from Dwell option. and then drag the channel for layout. Take 6 split screens as an example:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1713" height="1047" class="wp-image-4207" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-29-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 29 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 377" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-29-1.jpeg 1713w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-29-1-300x183.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-29-1-1024x626.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-29-1-768x469.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-29-1-1536x939.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-29-1-1200x733.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1713px) 100vw, 1713px" /></p>
<p>Click on “New” or “Save” to complete layout settings. Then, the saved layout information shall be</p>
<p>displayed on the right side:</p>
<p>12 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1772" height="1081" class="wp-image-4208" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-30-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 30 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 378" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-30-1.jpeg 1772w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-30-1-300x183.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-30-1-1024x625.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-30-1-768x469.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-30-1-1536x937.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-30-1-1200x732.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1772px) 100vw, 1772px" /></p>
<p>Right-click on the existing layout to edit the layout. Applications of the layout function are further elaborated in the preview module.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark46"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark44"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark45"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark47"></a> Storage Server</li>
</ol>
<p>Switch to the page of “Storage” in the device management module, as shown below:</p>
<p><em>ZKTecü</em></p>
<p><strong>AntarVis 2.0</strong></p>
<p><strong>□□□</strong></p>
<p><strong>□□O □□□</strong></p>
<p>Control</p>
<p>panel</p>
<p>— *</p>
<p>Device<br />
management</p>
<p>User: admin G» <sup>CPU: 8%</sup></p>
<p>_. . . . ■ ■ . Memory: 71%</p>
<p><strong>Right </strong>ad<sub>ml</sub>n<sub>ls</sub>t<sub>r</sub>atar <sub>Up;</sub></p>
<p>Time: 2018-12-07 16:15:30 Down* 3KB/S</p>
<p>Device Center Decoder Group</p>
<p>Layout I Storage Dec Group</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Alarm Event &lt; 4)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Alarm Time</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm Type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Device Serial</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Param</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm Source</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm State H</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-07 16:14&#8230;</td>
<td>Motion detection</td>
<td>0B3F00020BDF00004624</td>
<td>4</td>
<td></td>
<td>NVR_192.168.0.218-CH4</td>
<td>Stop Alarm <strong>H</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-0716:14&#8230;</td>
<td>Motion detection</td>
<td>0B810002ADBF0000BA47</td>
<td>1</td>
<td></td>
<td>IPC_192.168.0.101-CH01</td>
<td>Stop Alarm <strong>SB</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>This page displays relevant information of the storage server, including the server name, server</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 13</p>
<p>address and used space of the hard disk drive. Click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="279" height="95" class="wp-image-4209" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-31-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 31 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 379"></p>
<p>to set a storage server, as</p>
<p>shown in the figure below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1713" height="1207" class="wp-image-4210" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-32-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 32 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 380" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-32-1.jpeg 1713w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-32-1-300x211.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-32-1-1024x722.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-32-1-768x541.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-32-1-1536x1082.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-32-1-1200x846.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1713px) 100vw, 1713px" /></p>
<p>Right-click on the blank area of the RecPlan on the left side, then add a channel to the storage server;</p>
<p>when it is done, select the channel to set the RecPlan.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1559" height="1101" class="wp-image-4211" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-33-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 33 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 381" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-33-1.jpeg 1559w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-33-1-300x212.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-33-1-1024x723.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-33-1-768x542.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-33-1-1536x1085.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-33-1-1200x847.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1559px) 100vw, 1559px" /></p>
<p>14 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1605" height="1133" class="wp-image-4212" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-34-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 34 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 382" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-34-1.jpeg 1605w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-34-1-300x212.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-34-1-1024x723.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-34-1-768x542.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-34-1-1536x1084.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-34-1-1200x847.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1605px) 100vw, 1605px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1733" height="1223" class="wp-image-4213" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-35-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 35 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 383" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-35-1.jpeg 1733w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-35-1-300x212.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-35-1-1024x723.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-35-1-768x542.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-35-1-1536x1084.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-35-1-1200x847.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1733px) 100vw, 1733px" /></p>
<p>RecPlan has a default whole-day template and a working day template. In case of the need of other RecPlan templates, click on “User Template” to add those you need; start to record as the RecPlan set. Yellow arrow in the figure shows the recording status of the channel. Red means the channel is working; blue means the otherwise.</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 15</p>
<p>There are four kinds of recording modes, including timing &amp; alarm recording, timing recording, alarm recording and stop recording, among which, timing &amp; alarm recording refers to the timing plus alarm recording, i.e. timing recording runs if no alarm recording has been triggered, while alarm recording runs as an alarm has been triggered; timing recording refers to only time stamps you set; alarm recording means record starts when an alarm is triggered; and stop recording means do not record at all.</li>
<li>Pre-record and time delay function are only available in two modes: timing &amp; alarm recording and alarm recording, particularly the alarm recording; copy to channel refers to copy the RecPlan of certain channel to other channel that already added to the storage server; advanced setting can set up different partitions of disk for recording while some others do not; the default setting is that other disks can be used for recording besides the system disk. Click on “Save” to make the settings effective as the configuration completed.
<p>In case the channel added to the storage server shall be modified, right-click on the channel added to add a channel, delete single channel and delete all channels; click on “Save” when the configuration completed and recording starts.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark50"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark48"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark49"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark51"></a> Decoding Group</li>
</ol>
<p>Switch to the “Dec Group” interface in the device management module, as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1842" height="1150" class="wp-image-4214" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-36-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 36 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 384" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-36-1.jpeg 1842w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-36-1-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-36-1-1024x639.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-36-1-768x479.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-36-1-1536x959.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-36-1-1200x749.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-36-1-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1842px) 100vw, 1842px" /></p>
<p>16 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p>The operation configuration method of this group is similar to the preview group mentioned above, except that this group is used for intra-group patrol on the decoder. For details, please refer to the introduction of the decoding management module in the following section.</p>
<p><a id="post-4059-bookmark52"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark53"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark54"></a> 2. Preview</p>
<p>Click “Preview” on the main interface to enter the preview module:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1842" height="1153" class="wp-image-4215" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-37-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 37 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 385" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-37-1.jpeg 1842w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-37-1-300x188.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-37-1-1024x641.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-37-1-768x481.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-37-1-1536x961.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-37-1-1200x751.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-37-1-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1842px) 100vw, 1842px" /></p>
<p>As shown in the figure, the device list is on the left side, displaying all devices added currently and the online and offline status of device. PTZ control interface and video parameter control interface are on the right side. Below the video parameter control interface is the split screen switch button, with which, user may manually switch the number of split screens according to the actual demand.</li>
<li>Split screen modes include standard split and wide-screen split, corresponding to different window scales. The differences between them have been elaborated in the layout module, thus no further introduction now. Besides the regular kinds of split screens, there are several special-shaped splits for customers to select corresponding numbers as needed.
<p>Double-click on the device list on the left side or drag the channel to the window opens the preview window of the device channel. Opened channels video will play on the corresponding panels.</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 17</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1832" height="1144" class="wp-image-4216" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-38-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 38 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 386" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-38-1.jpeg 1832w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-38-1-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-38-1-1024x639.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-38-1-768x480.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-38-1-1536x959.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-38-1-1200x749.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-38-1-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1832px) 100vw, 1832px" /></p>
<p><strong>©Note: </strong>the green triangle on the left-top of the picture above shows that this channel is in preview; the buttons yellow arrows point to shows the local recording status of channels. White □ shows that this channel is turned off.</p>
<p>As for local recording, blue</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="72" height="65" class="wp-image-4217" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-39-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 39 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 387"></p>
<p>indicates that local recording is turned on in this channel and</p>
<p>is working. Right-click on the channel to turn local recording on or off.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark57"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark55"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark56"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark58"></a> Device/Right-Click Function of Channel</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark59"></a> Open all stream</li>
</ol>
<p>Open devices’ stream with one key. You may open stream of a maximum of 64 channels each time.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark60"></a> Close all preview</li>
</ol>
<p>Close all previews that the current device has activated with one key.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark61"></a> Open record</li>
</ol>
<p>Open local recording of this channel.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark62"></a> Open intercom</li>
</ol>
<p>Open intercom of PC and the device.</p>
<p>18 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark65"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark63"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark64"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark66"></a> Preview Window Toolbar</li>
</ol>
<p>On Preview panels, there is a row of shortcuts above the preview window as indicated in the figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1832" height="1143" class="wp-image-4218" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-40-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 40 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 388" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-40-1.jpeg 1832w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-40-1-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-40-1-1024x639.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-40-1-768x479.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-40-1-1536x958.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-40-1-1200x749.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-40-1-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1832px) 100vw, 1832px" /></p>
<p>1)</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="72" height="65" class="wp-image-4219" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-41-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 41 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 389"></p>
<p>represents the channel intercom switch; click on it to enable or disable intercom of PC and</p>
<p>thischannel.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark67"></a> □ represents the device recording switch; click on it to enable or disable local recording of this channel; blue icon □ indicates that the feature is activated, while white icon □ indicates</li>
</ol>
<p>that the feature is not activated.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark68"></a> LU represents the capture button; click on it to take a snapshot of the current display of this</li>
</ol>
<p>channel.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark69"></a> represents the audio preview switch; click on it to turn the audio on or off. indicates it is off; indicates it is on.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark70"></a> 0 represents the button to quit preview; click on it to close the current preview of this channel.</li>
</ol>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 19</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark73"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark71"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark72"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark74"></a> Preview Function Button</li>
</ol>
<p>There is a toolbar</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="317" height="75" class="wp-image-4220" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-42-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 42 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 390" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-42-1.jpeg 317w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-42-1-300x71.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 317px) 100vw, 317px" /></p>
<p>on the lower right side of the preview interface, among which:</p>
<p>represents the capture button; select a preview window, then click on this button to take a</p>
<p>snapshot of the display;</p>
<p>represents the full-screen button, click on it to switch between the selected window and the</p>
<p>full-screen mode;</p>
<p>represents the on/off button for UTC function; click to enable the UTC function. Please note</p>
<p>that this feature requires a front-end equipment to operate;</p>
<p>4)</p>
<p>3D</p>
<p>represents the on/off button for 3D positioning; click to enable the 3D positioning function.</p>
<p>Please note that this feature requires a front-end equipment and 18H protocol to operate;</p>
<p>to close all preview windows opened at present.</p>
<p>□ All □ Rule □ Result</p>
<p>B^^B^^^B^^^^Hcheck boxes are for Intelligent detection, intelligent detection supported<br />
by front-end devices includes NVR and IPC. When it is used, the setup intelligent rule will be</p>
<p>displayed in the preview screen. If a target triggers the intelligent alarm, the target triggering the</p>
<p>alarm will be displayed in the preview screen.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark77"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark75"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark76"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark78"></a> Device Grouping Patrol</li>
</ol>
<p>To add two or more groups. For details, please see ”Group“ for specific operation under the section</p>
<p>Device Management”. When a group is created, you may switch to the group page on the preview</p>
<p>interface, as shown in the figure below:</p>
<p>20 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1832" height="1144" class="wp-image-4221" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-43-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 43 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 391" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-43-1.jpeg 1832w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-43-1-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-43-1-1024x639.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-43-1-768x480.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-43-1-1536x959.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-43-1-1200x749.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-43-1-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1832px) 100vw, 1832px" /></p>
<p>Right-click on the selected group to operate “Start Patrol” and “Stop Patrol” functions. Time intervals between patrols can be set up in the local configuration module, which will be illustrated below. The default interval is 30 seconds.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark81"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark79"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark80"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark82"></a> Device Layout Patrol</li>
</ol>
<p>To add two or more layouts. For details, please refer to the paragraph “Layout” under the section “Device Management”. When a layout is created, you may switch to the layout page on the preview interface, as shown in the figure below:</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 21</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1762" height="1065" class="wp-image-4222" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-44-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 44 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 392" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-44-1.jpeg 1762w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-44-1-300x181.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-44-1-1024x619.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-44-1-768x464.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-44-1-1536x928.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-44-1-1200x725.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1762px) 100vw, 1762px" /></p>
<p>Right-click on the selected layout to open the preview of this layout with one key. Select “Start Patrol” to start the patrol function among several layouts. The interval between patrols can be set up when the layout is set up. Click on “Stop all” to stops the patrol function or close the current preview.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark85"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark83"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark84"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark86"></a> PTZ</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark89"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark87"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark88"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark90"></a> PTZ Control</li>
</ol>
<p>Users may adjust rotation of the camera in 8 directions, including up, down, left, right, upper left,</p>
<p>lower left, upper right and lower right. “Zoom” means that users may zoom in or out and adjust the</p>
<p>visual angle; “Focus” helps adjust the focal length of the camera to ensure the clearness of the</p>
<p>picture; the enlargement and narrowing of the aperture ensures the brightness and depth of field of</p>
<p>the picture; the setting of the PTZ control speed can adjust the rotation speed of the speed dome</p>
<p>camera. Click on “AUTO”, the speed dome camera automatically starts scanning. Please see the</p>
<p>following figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="663" height="406" class="wp-image-4223" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-45-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 45 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 393" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-45-1.jpeg 663w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-45-1-300x184.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 663px) 100vw, 663px" /></p>
<p>22 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark93"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark91"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark92"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark94"></a> Preset, Cruise and Track</li>
</ol>
<p>Preset: <sup>2</sup> 0 <sup>Z X|</sup></p>
<p>Cruise: 5 <sup>T</sup> ✓ X|</p>
<p>Trade 3 ▼ -») ✓ XI</p>
<p>1) Preset: the rotation of the PTZ camera requires the setting of the direction of the preset. Click</p>
<p>on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="96" height="84" class="wp-image-4224" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-46-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 46 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 394"></p>
<p>to set up the preset. A maximum of 255 presets can be set up. To adjust the presets,</p>
<p>2)</p>
<p>select the preset to be adjusted, click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="84" height="79" class="wp-image-4225" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-47-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 47 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 395"></p>
<p>to call or click on</p>
<p>Cruise: as the preset settings are done, click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="95" height="84" class="wp-image-4226" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-48-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 48 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 396"></p>
<p>maximum of 255 cruise paths can be set; click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="84" height="79" class="wp-image-4227" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-49-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 49 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 397"></p>
<p>to call or click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="80" height="83" class="wp-image-4228" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-50-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 50 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 398"></p>
<p>to delete the preset.</p>
<p>to edit and set the cruise path. A</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="80" height="84" class="wp-image-4229" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-51-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 51 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 399"></p>
<p>to delete the</p>
<p>selected cruise path.</p>
<p>3)</p>
<p>Track: click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="95" height="84" class="wp-image-4230" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-52-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 52 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 400"></p>
<p>to edit and set the track; click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="84" height="80" class="wp-image-4231" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-53-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 53 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 401"></p>
<p>to call or click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="80" height="84" class="wp-image-4232" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-54-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 54 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 402"></p>
<p>to delete</p>
<p>the track set.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark97"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark95"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark96"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark98"></a> Picture Parameters</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>As the preview opened, parameters of the pictures can be adjusted; the adjustment here will not affect the front-end parameters of IPC but the display effect of the picture in the client-end. Please</p>
<p>see the following figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="664" height="217" class="wp-image-4233" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-55-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 55 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 403" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-55-1.jpeg 664w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-55-1-300x98.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 664px) 100vw, 664px" /></p>
<p>Users may adjust the relevant parameters, namely brightness and contrast, as needed.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark101"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark100"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark102"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark99"></a> Preview Digital Zoom</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>As the preview interface opened, select a corresponding window and then scroll the mouse wheel to adjust digital zoom-in and zoom-out of the current picture.</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 23</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark105"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark103"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark104"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark106"></a> Preview Multi-screen Display</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You may access multiple modules in the preview module. Each of them is independent. If the user&#8217;s monitor supports multi-screen mode output, you may use the multi-screen display feature. Considering the actual situation, the maximum preview module to be opened can be restricted to 5. For instance, when you have opened two preview modules, you may drag one of them out with the same operations as dragging the module to another monitoring screen, as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1846" height="572" class="wp-image-4234" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-56-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 56 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 404" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-56-1.jpeg 1846w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-56-1-300x93.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-56-1-1024x317.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-56-1-768x238.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-56-1-1536x476.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-56-1-1200x372.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1846px) 100vw, 1846px" /></p>
<p>The monitoring screen on the left is the primary screen; while that on the right is the complementary screen. The operations of preview between two screens doesn’t influence each other; closing the complementary screen will not affect the primary screen, however, the complementary screen will be closed if the primary screen is closed.</li>
<li>Users may select the number of preview screens to be opened as needed. For instance, one screen can be selected to open Cruise and display independently in one monitor, meanwhile, another screen can carry out the operations of temporary preview, monitoring and intercom.
<p>24 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark109"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark107"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark108"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark110"></a> Video Playback</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the “Playback” button on the main interface to enter the video playback module:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="154" height="38" class="wp-image-4235" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-57-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 57 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 405" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-57-1.jpeg 154w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-57-1-150x38.jpeg 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 154px) 100vw, 154px" /></p>
<p><strong>AntarVis 2.0</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="55" height="35" class="wp-image-4236" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-58-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 58 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 406"></p>
<p>Preview</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="139" height="111" class="wp-image-4237" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-59-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 59 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 407"></p>
<p><strong>□□□ □□□ ooo</strong></p>
<p>Control<br />
panel</p>
<p>User: admin B</p>
<p>Right: administrator</p>
<p>Time: 2018-12-08 10:40:15</p>
<p>CPU: 19%</p>
<p>Memory: 69%</p>
<p>Up: 11 KB/S</p>
<p>Down: 794KB/S</p>
<p>Device Localhost ^Storage</p>
<p><sup>J</sup> ■ ■ Local_Storager</p>
<ul>
<li>&lt;¥NVR_192.168.0.2</li>
<li>&lt;&gt;NVR_192.168.0.2</li>
<li>^NVR_192.168.0.2</li>
<li>&lt;TNVR_192.168.0.2</li>
<li>e»IPC_192.168.0.1S</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1544" height="784" class="wp-image-4238" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-60-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 60 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 408" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-60-1.jpeg 1544w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-60-1-300x152.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-60-1-1024x520.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-60-1-768x390.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-60-1-1536x780.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-60-1-1200x609.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1544px) 100vw, 1544px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Event | &lt; 4»</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>B W</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Time</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Messages</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-08 10:13:26</td>
<td>Recording Plan Save Success</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-08 10:13:19</td>
<td>Recording Plan Save Success</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark113"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark111"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark112"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark114"></a> Video Search</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Select a device channel where the video to be played from the device tree on the left. Please note that only videos in the same device or same storage server can be played simultaneously, and at most 9 channels can be selected each time.</li>
<li>Select the storage path of the video on the left, select the stream type of the video to be played in the column of “stream type”, and select the date on the calendar, click on “video search”, then the system will starts to search for the relevant video(s) and display the search results on the search result panel.</li>
<li>Video path includes “device”, “local” and “storage”, among which, the device video refers to the video stored in the hard disk or the SD card of the front-end device, local video refers to the video stored in the PC of the client server and the storage video refers to the video stores in the storage server.</li>
<li>The stream type includes main stream and sub stream. When a customer opens dual stream in the course of recording, relevant videos can be searched for as needed. The search result will be shown as below:
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 25</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1783" height="1101" class="wp-image-4239" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-61-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 61 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 409" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-61-1.jpeg 1783w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-61-1-300x185.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-61-1-1024x632.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-61-1-768x474.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-61-1-1536x948.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-61-1-1200x741.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-61-1-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1783px) 100vw, 1783px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark117"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark115"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark116"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark118"></a> Video Playback</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="107" height="107" class="wp-image-4240" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-62-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 62 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 410"></p>
<p>on the interface to start playing or pause; click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="98" height="101" class="wp-image-4241" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-63-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 63 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 411"></p>
<p>to stop playing. Place the</p>
<p>cursor on the video bar and scroll the mouse wheel to enlarge or reduce the scale of the video</p>
<p>bar. Double-click on the video bar to play, and double-click in the timeline of playback to switch the</p>
<p>time stamps for playback, as shown in the figure below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1773" height="1092" class="wp-image-4242" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-64-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 64 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 412" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-64-1.jpeg 1773w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-64-1-300x185.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-64-1-1024x631.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-64-1-768x473.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-64-1-1536x946.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-64-1-1200x739.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-64-1-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1773px) 100vw, 1773px" /></p>
<p>26 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p>During playback in several channels, select certain windows, double left-click to switch the window into full screen; place the mouse on certain window, scroll the mouse wheel to operate digital enlargement of this window.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark121"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark119"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark120"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark122"></a> Video File Download</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click on the</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="84" height="100" class="wp-image-4243" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-65-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 65 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 413"></p>
<p>button on the interface to enter the download interface of the video file, as shown</p>
<p>below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1613" height="939" class="wp-image-4244" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-66-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 66 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 414" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-66-1.jpeg 1613w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-66-1-300x175.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-66-1-1024x596.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-66-1-768x447.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-66-1-1536x894.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-66-1-1200x699.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1613px) 100vw, 1613px" /></p>
<p>Select the video location(including device videos and storage server videos), channel, range of recording time file save path in proper order, click on the “Start” button to start downloading. When the progress reaches 100%, download is completed.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark125"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark123"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark124"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark126"></a> Toolbar Overview</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Among the functional buttons</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="849" height="94" class="wp-image-4245" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-67-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 67 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 415" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-67-1.jpeg 849w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-67-1-300x33.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-67-1-768x85.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 849px) 100vw, 849px" /></p>
<p>on the interface,</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="92" height="83" class="wp-image-4246" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-68-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 68 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 416"></p>
<p>represents frame play; click on the button to play the selected video frame by frame, and one</p>
<p>frame will be played for each click.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="88" height="83" class="wp-image-4247" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-69-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 69 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 417"></p>
<p>represents audio switch, which can turn on/ off the audio</p>
<p>of playback.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="283" height="83" class="wp-image-4248" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-70-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 70 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 418"></p>
<p>represents play speed adjustment buttons, with which, users may</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 27</p>
<p>n</p>
<p>adjust the play speed between 1/16X and 16X.</p>
<p>represents the capture button; click on this</p>
<p>button to take a snapshot during playback.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="74" height="82" class="wp-image-4249" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-71-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 71 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 419"></p>
<p>represents the full-screen button; click to switch to</p>
<p>full-screen (right-click to exit the full-screen mode).</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="251" height="84" class="wp-image-4250" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-72-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 72 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 420"></p>
<p>represents window-split buttons;</p>
<p>users may manually switch the display to single screen, 4 screens and 9 screens as needed.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="556" height="84" class="wp-image-4251" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-73-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 73 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 421" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-73-1.jpeg 556w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-73-1-300x45.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 556px) 100vw, 556px" /></p>
<p>represents the starting time and ending time; As for certain play</p>
<p>point, select the starting or ending time to add a sign on the video bar. When the starting or ending time is selected, click on “Download” to rapidly download the video between the two tags to facilitate further operations.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark129"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark127"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark128"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark130"></a> Map Configuration</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on “Map configuration” on the main interface to enter the map configuration module, as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1842" height="1134" class="wp-image-4252" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-74-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 74 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 422" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-74-1.jpeg 1842w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-74-1-300x185.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-74-1-1024x630.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-74-1-768x473.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-74-1-1536x946.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-74-1-1200x739.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-74-1-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1842px) 100vw, 1842px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark133"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark131"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark132"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark134"></a> Add a Map</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Right-click on the signed place in the figure, select “Add map”, pop up the window:</p>
<p>28 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1598" height="417" class="wp-image-4253" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-75-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 75 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 423" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-75-1.jpeg 1598w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-75-1-300x78.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-75-1-1024x267.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-75-1-768x200.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-75-1-1536x401.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-75-1-1200x313.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1598px) 100vw, 1598px" /></p>
<p>Fill in the name, select a picture, click on “OK” to add a map, then several maps is added; meanwhile, sub-map can be added under the map has been added, as shown in figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1843" height="1134" class="wp-image-4254" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-76-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 76 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 424" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-76-1.jpeg 1843w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-76-1-300x185.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-76-1-1024x630.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-76-1-768x473.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-76-1-1536x945.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-76-1-1200x738.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1843px) 100vw, 1843px" /></p>
<p>The map opened will be indicated in yellow for differentiation:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="595" height="275" class="wp-image-4255" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-77-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 77 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 425" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-77-1.jpeg 595w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-77-1-300x139.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 595px) 100vw, 595px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark137"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark135"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark136"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark138"></a> Right-Click on Map Tree</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark139"></a> Add map: add a new map.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark140"></a> Delete map: delete the selected map.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark141"></a> Add child map: add a child map under the current map list. You may add several or multi-level</li>
</ol>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 29</p>
<p>sub-maps for each map. When a sub-map is added, drag the sub-map to the main map to</p>
<p>complete association and the sub-map shall be displayed in the main map as the icon</p>
<p>Double-click on the icon in the main map to switch to the corresponding sub-map; and click on</p>
<p>the</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="101" height="84" class="wp-image-4256" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-78-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 78 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 426"></p>
<p>button in the sub-map to return to the main map.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark144"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark142"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark143"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark145"></a> Map Deployment</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Drag the device channel or alarm input from the lower-left to the map, then the deployment will be completed:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1835" height="1119" class="wp-image-4257" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-79-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 79 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 427" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-79-1.jpeg 1835w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-79-1-300x183.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-79-1-1024x624.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-79-1-768x468.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-79-1-1536x937.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-79-1-1200x732.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1835px) 100vw, 1835px" /></p>
<p><strong>©Note: </strong>as the channel has been dragged to the map, the position shall be adjusted by dragging it again; right-click on the deployed channel to select or delete an icon (bullet/ dome/ PTZ). Place the cursor on the map, scroll the mouse wheel to zoom in/out the map. The channel deployed to the map shall not be dragged repeatedly. Place the mouse on the deployed channel to view the channel information.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark148"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark146"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark147"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark149"></a> Map Management</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the “Map” button on the main interface to enter the map management module as shown</p>
<p>30 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p>below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1836" height="1121" class="wp-image-4258" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-80-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 80 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 428" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-80-1.jpeg 1836w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-80-1-300x183.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-80-1-1024x625.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-80-1-768x469.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-80-1-1536x938.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-80-1-1200x733.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1836px) 100vw, 1836px" /></p>
<p>Double-click on the map to view the map configured and deployed channel. The relevant configuration and modification cannot be executed on the map. Right-click on the channel deployed on the map to allow preview and playback of the corresponding channel. Users, in the actual applications, may swiftly call the preview and playback of the corresponding channel according to the map, which makes the operation clearer and easier. When an alarm is triggered and the associated channel is deployed on the map, the channel icon on the map will turn into red.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark152"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark150"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark151"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark153"></a> Decoder Configuration</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the “Decoder configuration” button on the main interface to enter the decoder configuration module:</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 31</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1839" height="1128" class="wp-image-4259" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-81-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 81 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 429" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-81-1.jpeg 1839w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-81-1-300x184.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-81-1-1024x628.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-81-1-768x471.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-81-1-1536x942.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-81-1-1200x736.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1839px) 100vw, 1839px" /></p>
<p>The module shows the TV wall scheme currently set and the enabled status of the scheme. In terms of the existing TV wall scheme, you may operate “modify”, “delete” and “disable/enable”. Click on “Add TV wall” button in the top right corner to add new TV wall schemes, as shown in the figure below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1842" height="1173" class="wp-image-4260" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-82-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 82 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 430" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-82-1.jpeg 1842w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-82-1-300x191.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-82-1-1024x652.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-82-1-768x489.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-82-1-1536x978.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-82-1-1200x764.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1842px) 100vw, 1842px" /></p>
<p>32 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark156"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark154"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark155"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark157"></a> Layout Setting</li>
</ol>
<p>Set a TV wall layout, fill in the relevant information here:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1842" height="1172" class="wp-image-4261" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-83-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 83 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 431" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-83-1.jpeg 1842w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-83-1-300x191.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-83-1-1024x652.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-83-1-768x489.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-83-1-1536x977.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-83-1-1200x764.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1842px) 100vw, 1842px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark158"></a> Matrix layout setting: user cab set the matrix layout as actually needed, maximally support 8&#215;8 layout; when a layout is selected, click on “Set” to make the changes effective.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark159"></a> Fill in the name of TV wall scheme; users may customize the name of the TV wall scheme as needed (©<strong>Note: </strong>the name will not be modified as defined).</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark160"></a> TV wall scheme description: users may describe the scheme for differentiation, optional.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark161"></a> TV wall splice: users may set the TV wall as splice mode or non-splice mode.</li>
</ol>
<p>As completed, click on “Next step”.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark164"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark162"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark163"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark165"></a> Screen Input Binding</li>
</ol>
<p>Drag the decoder added to the layout set, as shown below:</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 33</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1771" height="1018" class="wp-image-4262" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-84-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 84 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 432" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-84-1.jpeg 1771w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-84-1-300x172.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-84-1-1024x589.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-84-1-768x441.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-84-1-1536x883.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-84-1-1200x690.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1771px) 100vw, 1771px" /></p>
<p>On this interface, users may set the layout and associate the decoder to the TV wall matrix layout according to different situations. To complete settings, click on “Finish”.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="149" height="60" class="wp-image-4263" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-85-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 85 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 433"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="47" height="33" class="wp-image-4264" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-86-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 86 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 434"></p>
<p><strong>□□□ □□□ DOO</strong></p>
<p>Control<br />
panel</p>
<p>Decoder<br />
configuration</p>
<p>User: admin G»</p>
<p><strong>Right: </strong>administrator</p>
<p>Time: 2018-12-08 11:10:10</p>
<p>CPU: 11% İJ.E3.</p>
<p><strong>Memory: </strong>65%</p>
<p>Up: 13KB/S</p>
<p><strong>Down: </strong>522KB/S</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1756" height="751" class="wp-image-4265" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-87-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 87 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 435" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-87-1.jpeg 1756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-87-1-300x128.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-87-1-1024x438.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-87-1-768x328.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-87-1-1536x657.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-87-1-1200x513.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1756px) 100vw, 1756px" /></p>
<p>2018-12-08 10:50:18</p>
<p>Channels should be in the same device</p>
<p><strong>Messages</strong></p>
<p>Channels should be less than9</p>
<p>After finishing the settings, the saved TV wall will be seen on the decoder configuration interface and can be edited, deleted and disabled/enabled.</p>
<p>If the configuration shall be enabled as the setting completed, select “Enable this configuration immediately”, then click on the “Finish” button below. If you do not want to enable the setting, directly click on “Finish” to exit. As the setting is completed, this configuration scheme will be displayed in the decoder configuration list.</p>
<p>34 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark168"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark166"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark167"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark169"></a> Decoder Management</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the “Decoder” button on the main interface to enter the decoder management module, as shown below:</p>
<p>User: admin G»</p>
<p>Hııjlıt Admin</p>
<p>CPU: 53%</p>
<p>Memory: 40%</p>
<p>rime: 2018-08-31 10:51:46</p>
<p>^NVR_192.168.130.188-CH<br />
«T NVR_192.168.130.188-Ch<br />
e»NVR 192,188.130,188-CH</p>
<p>Firstly, drop-down the check box in the signed place of the figure to select TV wall. All rules set and enabled will be shown in this box. Select a scheme.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark172"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark170"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark171"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark173"></a> Decoding Mode Selection</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When you have selected a scheme, please set the decoding mode of the decoder to ensure normal decoding. The decoding mode is relevant to the decoder and varies according to different decoders, and the decoding mode is the expression of the decoding capability of the decoder. Click on</p>
<p>the button in the figure, as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1278" height="489" class="wp-image-4266" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-88-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 88 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 436" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-88-1.jpeg 1278w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-88-1-300x115.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-88-1-1024x392.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-88-1-768x294.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-88-1-1200x459.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1278px) 100vw, 1278px" /></p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 35</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1756" height="1058" class="wp-image-4267" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-89-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 89 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 437" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-89-1.jpeg 1756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-89-1-300x181.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-89-1-1024x617.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-89-1-768x463.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-89-1-1536x925.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-89-1-1200x723.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1756px) 100vw, 1756px" /></p>
<p>Decoding mode represents the current decoding capability of the decoder, which is listed in the figure and supports 3 decoding modes, i.e. 16 channels 720 x576, 9 channels 1280 x960 and 4 channels 2048 x1536.</li>
<li>Please note that the subsequent number represents the maximum resolution of decoding, for example, under the 9-channel mode, the maximum resolution of decoding is 1280&#215;960; the decoding mode of different decoders varies as well. It shall be normally decoded and displayed as the resolution of the front-end IPC has been guaranteed not to exceed the resolution restriction of the current decoder mode.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark176"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark174"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark175"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark177"></a> Decoding on the wall</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When you have selected a scheme, select the channel for decoding on the wall in the device list on</p>
<p>the left, then drag the relevant decoder to the corresponding decoding screen to complete decoding</p>
<p>on the wall. Use the</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="121" height="82" class="wp-image-4268" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-90-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 90 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 438"></p>
<p>button to change the stream type of decoding on the wall before</p>
<p>dragging. Select main stream or sub-stream on the wall.</p>
<p>ZKTm is — :::</p>
<p><strong>AntarVis 2.0 </strong>Control Decoder Device Mgmt I Decoder</p>
<p>Panel Config</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1827" height="860" class="wp-image-4269" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-91-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 91 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 439" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-91-1.jpeg 1827w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-91-1-300x141.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-91-1-1024x482.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-91-1-768x362.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-91-1-1536x723.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-91-1-1200x565.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1827px) 100vw, 1827px" /></p>
<p>If the channel dragged to the channel of the decoding screen shall be changed to other channels, the other channels shall be directly dragged to the corresponding window.</p>
<p>36 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1531" height="572" class="wp-image-4270" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-92-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 92 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 440" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-92-1.jpeg 1531w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-92-1-300x112.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-92-1-1024x383.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-92-1-768x287.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-92-1-1200x448.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1531px) 100vw, 1531px" /></p>
<p>1) İDİ is used to open the decoding module preview window. Click on it to access a preview</p>
<p>window on the current page, which is convenient for customers to view pictures on the wall.</p>
<p>2) H is used to delete the current channel. Click on it to delete the decoding channel of the</p>
<p>current split screen.</p>
<p><a id="post-4059-bookmark178"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark179"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark180"></a> 7.2.1 Decoding group Patrol</p>
<p>The decoding management group has been mentioned in the device management module discussed above. After setting up the decoding group, users may drag the group to the TV wall in the</p>
<p>decoding group module, as follows:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1816" height="757" class="wp-image-4271" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-93-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 93 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 441" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-93-1.jpeg 1816w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-93-1-300x125.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-93-1-1024x427.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-93-1-768x320.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-93-1-1536x640.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-93-1-1200x500.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1816px) 100vw, 1816px" /></p>
<p>The group dragged to the TV wall output can automatically open the patrol within group. The patrol interval can be set at the time of configuring the decoding group. The default value is 2 seconds.</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 37</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1854" height="1079" class="wp-image-4272" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-94-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 94 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 442" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-94-1.jpeg 1854w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-94-1-300x175.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-94-1-1024x596.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-94-1-768x447.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-94-1-1536x894.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-94-1-1200x698.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1854px) 100vw, 1854px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark183"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark181"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark182"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark184"></a> Decoding Pre-plan Patrol</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click on the “ADD” button to add a pre-plan:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="998" height="659" class="wp-image-4273" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-95-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 95 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 443" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-95-1.jpeg 998w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-95-1-300x198.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-95-1-768x507.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 998px) 100vw, 998px" /></p>
<p>Set a “Plan Name” and “Stay Time” for the pre-plan patrol. The default value of “Stay Time” is 15 seconds; the minimum value is 10 seconds. After completion of settings, please click on “OK” to enter the pre-plan edit mode:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1841" height="1102" class="wp-image-4274" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-96-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 96 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 444" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-96-1.jpeg 1841w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-96-1-300x180.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-96-1-1024x613.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-96-1-768x460.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-96-1-1536x919.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-96-1-1200x718.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1841px) 100vw, 1841px" /></p>
<p>Configure the Pre-plan. Select the decoder split screen, decoding stream type and channel to edit the pre-plan settings. When you have completed settings, please click on “Save Pre-plan” to complete the editing.</p>
<p>Click on “Pre-plan” to make this group of Pre-plan to TV Wall directly with no necessary manual</p>
<p>38 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p>operation, which is much convenient for users. Users may delete the saved pre-plans and perform other operations. If you have set several pre-plans, click “Start Pre-plan Patrol” to allow the decoder to start cruise according to the configured pre-plan.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark187"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark185"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark186"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark188"></a> Decoding rolling</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>In case of Decoding rolling to be fulfilled in certain decoder, the decoder must be selected for Cruise during TV wall scheme setting (please see section 6.2), and the roll group has been determined in the course of scheme setting.</p>
<p>As the roll group and roll screen has been assured to be set in the scheme, on the button below in the interface to start/pause the Cruise , click the o button in the process of roll to stop roll (note: roll control button is only effective to roll decoder but general decoder).</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark191"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark189"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark190"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark192"></a> Introduction of Buttons on Preview Operation Interface</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>On the preview operation interface, there is a row of function buttons</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="81" class="wp-image-4275" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-97-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 97 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 445" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-97-1.jpeg 473w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-97-1-300x51.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="799" height="84" class="wp-image-4276" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-98-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 98 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 446" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-98-1.jpeg 799w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-98-1-300x32.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-98-1-768x81.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 799px) 100vw, 799px" /></p>
<p>are split-screen switch control buttons. When a user selects the decoding screen, he/she may use the</p>
<p>buttons here to switch the number of split screens between different modes, such as 1,4, 9, 16, 36,</p>
<p>64. is a full screen control; users may click on it to activate full screen mode, right-click to exit.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="87" height="83" class="wp-image-4277" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-99-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 99 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 447"></p>
<p>is a split control; users may open/close the decoder split.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="167" height="86" class="wp-image-4278" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-100-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 100 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 448"></p>
<p>is a channel-clear-control; iib</p>
<p>is used to clear all decoding channels in certain decoders with one key, while</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="86" height="86" class="wp-image-4279" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-101-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 101 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 449"></p>
<p>is used to clear all</p>
<p>decoding channels in all decoders with one key.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark195"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark193"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark194"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark196"></a> Decoder Playback</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Access the playback operation interface as shown below:</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 39</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1851" height="1135" class="wp-image-4280" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-102-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 102 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 450" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-102-1.jpeg 1851w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-102-1-300x184.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-102-1-1024x628.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-102-1-768x471.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-102-1-1536x942.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-102-1-1200x736.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1851px) 100vw, 1851px" /></p>
<p>Drag the channel to be played to the decoder, then select the criteria for searching, such as date and video path. Click on the “video retrieval” button to search for video files in the corresponding</p>
<p>channel. Operation here is similar to that of video playback. All playback channels must be in the</p>
<p>same device, and a maximum of 9 channels of playbacks simultaneously. When the video search is</p>
<p>completed, click on the</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="88" height="85" class="wp-image-4281" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-103-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 103 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 451"></p>
<p>button or double-click on timeline to start playing. Double-click to</p>
<p>relocate time stamp during playing, as shown in the figure:</p>
<p>40 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1852" height="1113" class="wp-image-4282" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-104-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 104 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 452" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-104-1.jpeg 1852w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-104-1-300x180.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-104-1-1024x615.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-104-1-768x462.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-104-1-1536x923.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-104-1-1200x721.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1852px) 100vw, 1852px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark199"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark197"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark198"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark200"></a> Introduction of Buttons on Playback Operation Interface</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The function buttons in the lower part of playback operation interface are</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1373" height="90" class="wp-image-4283" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-105-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 105 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 453" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-105-1.jpeg 1373w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-105-1-300x20.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-105-1-1024x67.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-105-1-768x50.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-105-1-1200x79.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1373px) 100vw, 1373px" /></p>
<p>For details about the</p>
<p>functions of the buttons, please see the section above. Its functions includes: play/pause, stop, frame</p>
<p>play, playback speed adjustment, full screen, split -screen number button, decoder CLS, splict offset settings, open/close the split, TV wall CLS.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark203"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark201"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark202"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark204"></a> Alarm Configuration</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the “Alarm configuration” button on the main interface to access the alarm configuration interface. “Alarm configuration” is an alarm rule setting module. If a user wants to fulfill alarm linkage in the client-end, the alarm linkage rule must be set in advance.</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 41</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><em>ZKTebo</em></p>
<p><strong>AntarVis 2.0</strong></td>
<td><strong>□□□ □□□ OOO</strong></p>
<p>Control panel</td>
<td>Alarm configuration</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>User: admin &amp;</p>
<p>Right: administrator</p>
<p>Time: 2018-12-08 11:30:29</td>
<td>CPU: 13% &#8211;</p>
<p>Memory: 69%</p>
<p>Up: 13KB/S</p>
<p>Down: 586KB/S</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add Device Refresh</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Rule Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm Type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm Source</strong></td>
<td><strong>Remarks</strong></td>
<td><strong>Enable</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Alarm | Event I &lt; 4&gt; ■** a «</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Time</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Messages</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-08 11:29:25</td>
<td>Select channels</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-08 11:28:54</td>
<td>Select channels</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Alarm configuration interface shows the currently set linkage rules and the state of the rule.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark207"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark205"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark206"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark208"></a> Add Linkage Rule</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>To add an alarm linkage rule, please click on “Add” at the upper left corner, as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1233" height="1201" class="wp-image-4284" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-106-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 106 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 454" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-106-1.jpeg 1233w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-106-1-300x292.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-106-1-1024x997.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-106-1-768x748.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-106-1-1200x1169.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1233px) 100vw, 1233px" /></p>
<p>42 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark209"></a> Rule name: alarm linkage rule name is user-defined.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark210"></a> Alarm type: currently support 8 types of alarm, including Alarm in, Motion detection, Tampering, Video Loss, Area alarm, Object alarm, Cross line alarm and Counting alarm. Among which, the last four kinds are specialized to the device about intelligent detection. Regarding the definitions of the 8 types of alarm, please see NVR’s specifications.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark211"></a> Alarm source: Click on the check box to add all channels of all devices to VMS which can currently be selected.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark212"></a> Linkage action: includes capture, PTZ, Map, Record, pop Image and TV wall, which are defined respectively as below.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Capture: </strong>captures the picture of the linkage channel.</p>
<p><strong>PTZ: </strong>controls the linkage channel. You may choose to call certain presets, call certain cruises or certain tracks. Only front devices which support PTZ control can be linked to PTZ.</p>
<p><strong>Map: </strong>displays an alarm on map interface. For the linkage of map alarm, the channel to be linked shall be deployed on the map. When an alarm is triggered, the icon of the channel will be indicated in red on the map.</p>
<p><strong>Record: </strong>when an alarm is triggered, the channel linked starts recording at local storage server, where you shall configure the RecPlan in advance. Records can be viewed by searching in the playback module.</p>
<p><strong>Pop image: </strong>when an alarm is triggered, the preview window will pop up from the main interface displaying the real-time preview of the linked channel.</p>
<p><strong>TV Wall: </strong>select a channel and TV Wall for wall-run. When an alarm is triggered, the real-time preview picture of this channel will be uploaded to the TV Wall.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If the linkage action has been set as map, video, popup image and TV Wall, the front-end devices shall be selected. It shall be “auto-end” or “Schedule end”; “auto end” means that there is no linkage action upon the completion of alarm, while “timing end” means that the linkage action will end at the set time, which ranges from 1 second to 36,000 seconds.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark213"></a> Action param: the linkage action set can be displayed in this column.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark214"></a> Remarks: indicates relevant information of this linkage rule. It can be customized and omitted.</li>
</ol>
<p>Upon completion, the window is as shown below:</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 43</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1105" height="1077" class="wp-image-4285" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-107-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 107 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 455" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-107-1.jpeg 1105w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-107-1-300x292.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-107-1-1024x998.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-107-1-768x749.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1105px) 100vw, 1105px" /></p>
<p>Click on the “Save” button at the bottom to save and complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark217"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark215"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark216"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark218"></a> Modify Alarm Rule</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1852" height="229" class="wp-image-4286" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-108-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 108 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 456" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-108-1.jpeg 1852w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-108-1-300x37.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-108-1-1024x127.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-108-1-768x95.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-108-1-1536x190.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-108-1-1200x148.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1852px) 100vw, 1852px" /></p>
<p>Upon completion of alarm rule adding, users may click on “Modify” indicated in the figure to edit the existing rule.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark221"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark219"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark220"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark222"></a> Delete Alarm Rule</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Add Device Refresh</p>
<p>Rule Name Alarm Type Alarm Source</p>
<p>1 Alarm In DEVICES-NVR_192.168.0.88-NetAI&#8230;</p>
<p>Remarks</p>
<p>Enable</p>
<p>□</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="146" height="138" class="wp-image-4287" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-109-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 109 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 457"></p>
<p>Modify Update</p>
<p>To delete the existing rule, click on the “Delete” button in the figure; in case of disable of the feature at the moment, select the “check” button in the figure.</p>
<p>44 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark225"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark223"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark224"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark226"></a> Alarm Management</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the “Alarm” button on the main interface to enter the alarm management interface:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1854" height="1157" class="wp-image-4288" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-110-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 110 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 458" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-110-1.jpeg 1854w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-110-1-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-110-1-1024x639.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-110-1-768x479.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-110-1-1536x959.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-110-1-1200x749.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-110-1-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1854px) 100vw, 1854px" /></p>
<p>Alarm management interface displays all alarm information upload to VMS. Select time range to search and an alarm type, click on the “Search” button, then the system will search for relevant alarm information. There are 8 types of alarms, including alarm input, motion detection, video tampering alarm, video loss, target count detection, area detection, object detection and line crossing detection.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark229"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark227"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark228"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark230"></a> Log Management</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the “Log” button on the main interface to enter the log management interface:</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 45</p>
<p>User: admin G» CPU: 5%</p>
<p><sub>x</sub> Memory: 77%</p>
<p>Right: administrator <sub>Up: 1IKBS</sub></p>
<p>Time: 2018-12-08 11:53:43 Doyun* 682KR/<sup>&lt;S</sup></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="4" height="638" class="wp-image-4289" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-111-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 111 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 459"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1841" height="992" class="wp-image-4290" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-112-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 112 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 460" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-112-1.jpeg 1841w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-112-1-300x162.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-112-1-1024x552.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-112-1-768x414.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-112-1-1536x828.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-112-1-1200x647.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1841px) 100vw, 1841px" /></p>
<p>Log management interface displays all important operation records of a user. Select a log type and time range to search, click on “Retrieve” to start searching. Log types include login/logout, device management, start/stop rec, linkage management and remote configuration.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark231"></a> login/logout: users log in/out records.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark232"></a> Device management: management of records about user registration, modification and deletion of devices.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark233"></a> Start/stop recording: start/stop local video record.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark234"></a> Linkage management: management about recordsfromf user operations, such as addition, modification and deletion of a linkage rule.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark235"></a> Remote configuration: records of user operations in terms of remote configuration, and modification of parameters for front-end devices.</li>
</ol>
<p>The log will record the operation time, the user performed such operations, IP address where the operation is conducted, types of operations and target address of relevant important operations in details, which help the administrator to find out any issues.</p>
<p>46 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1825" height="155" class="wp-image-4291" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-113-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 113 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 461" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-113-1.jpeg 1825w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-113-1-300x25.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-113-1-1024x87.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-113-1-768x65.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-113-1-1536x130.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-113-1-1200x102.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1825px) 100vw, 1825px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark238"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark236"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark237"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark239"></a> User Management</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the “User management” button on the main interface to enter the user management interface:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><em>ZKTe^</em></p>
<p><strong>AntarVis 2.0</strong></td>
<td><strong>□□□ □□□ □□a</strong></p>
<p>Control panel</td>
<td>X *</p>
<p>Users management</td>
<td></td>
<td>User: admin G»</p>
<p>Right: administrator</p>
<p>Time: 2018-12-0811:58:40</td>
<td>CPU: 4% SI!</p>
<p>Memory: 75%</p>
<p>Up: 14KB/S</p>
<p>Down: 615KB/S</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add user</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Username</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>User type</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>admin</td>
<td></td>
<td>administrator</td>
<td>Modify</td>
<td>Update Right</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Alarm Event</strong></td>
<td><strong>&lt; 4»</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>-•* B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Time</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Messages</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-08 11:47:08</td>
<td></td>
<td>Select an alarm source</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-08 11:46:41</td>
<td></td>
<td>Fill in rule name</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>User admin listed in the user management interface has the rights to set privilege for sub-users and users. There is a default super user whose name is “admin”, which can not be deleted and has all privileges. Click on “Modify” to change the password of the super user.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark242"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark240"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark241"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark243"></a> Add Sub-user</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click on “Add user” at the left-upper corner to add a new user:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="860" height="550" class="wp-image-4292" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-114-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 114 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 462" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-114-1.jpeg 860w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-114-1-300x192.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-114-1-768x491.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 860px) 100vw, 860px" /></p>
<p>The default user type is “Guest”, which means an ordinary user, not an administrative user. The user</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 47</p>
<p>type cannot be modified. Fill in the user name, password, type the password again, then click on “OK&#8217; to add a new user. The password and that to input at the field “Confirm password” shall be the same.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark246"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark244"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark245"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark247"></a> Sub-user Access Distribution</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Add user</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>User name</strong></td>
<td><strong>User type</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td>Righ^</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>admin</strong></td>
<td><strong>Administrator</strong></td>
<td>Modify</td>
<td><strong>II</strong></td>
<td>Delete</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>test</strong></td>
<td><strong>Guest</strong></td>
<td>Modify</td>
<td><strong>II</strong></td>
<td>Delete</td>
<td>Right</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>To assign sub-users access rights, click on the “Right” button indicated in the figure to grant the users relevant access privileges:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1689" height="1263" class="wp-image-4293" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-115-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 115 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 463" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-115-1.jpeg 1689w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-115-1-300x224.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-115-1-1024x766.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-115-1-768x574.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-115-1-1536x1149.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-115-1-1200x897.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1689px) 100vw, 1689px" /></p>
<p>Types of access include common access, map access and decoder access.</p>
<p>Common access: includes preview, playback, video, intercom and PTZ control; depends on channels. The administrator may distribute relevant channels to the corresponding sub-users. The number corresponding to PTZ represents the control priority of PTZ. You may double-click to edit, and select a value from 0 to 10, among which, 0 indicates that there will be no PTZ control access, and 1-10 indicates the priority of PTZ control access. The larger the number, the higher the authority, i.e. 10</p>
<p>48 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p>represents the top priority of PTZ control while 1 represents the lowest priority.</p>
<p>Channels without preview access distributed will be hidden if a sub-user logs in. Similarly, channels without relevant access rights cannot offer users access to playback, video and intercom. users can’t apply the corresponding functions. For instance, there are only 3 channels have been distributed to test sub-user, as shown in the figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1368" height="1025" class="wp-image-4294" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-116-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 116 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 464" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-116-1.jpeg 1368w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-116-1-300x225.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-116-1-1024x767.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-116-1-768x575.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-116-1-1200x899.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1368px) 100vw, 1368px" /></p>
<p>Login with sub-user can only view three channels, as shown in the figure below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1780" height="1115" class="wp-image-4295" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-117-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 117 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 465" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-117-1.jpeg 1780w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-117-1-300x188.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-117-1-1024x641.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-117-1-768x481.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-117-1-1536x962.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-117-1-1200x752.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-117-1-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1780px) 100vw, 1780px" /></p>
<p><strong>©Note: </strong>the super user has top access priority which cannot be modified.</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 49</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark250"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark248"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark249"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark251"></a> Sub-user Modification and Deletion</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1846" height="1147" class="wp-image-4296" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-118-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 118 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 466" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-118-1.jpeg 1846w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-118-1-300x186.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-118-1-1024x636.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-118-1-768x477.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-118-1-1536x954.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-118-1-1200x746.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-118-1-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1846px) 100vw, 1846px" /></p>
<p>1) Modify a sub-user</p>
<p>Click on the “Modify” button indicated in the figure to pop up the editing interface.</p>
<p><strong>Edit &#8211; X</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1037" height="465" class="wp-image-4297" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-119-1.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 119 1" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 467" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-119-1.jpeg 1037w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-119-1-300x135.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-119-1-1024x459.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-119-1-768x344.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1037px) 100vw, 1037px" /></p>
<p>OK</p>
<p>Users may modify their passwords as needed. Upon completion of input, click on the “OK” button to confirm and save.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark252"></a> Delete a sub-user</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the “Delete” button on the user management interface to delete corresponding users, among which, you may not delete the super user account.</p>
<p>50 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark255"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark253"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark254"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark256"></a> Local Configuration</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the “Local configuration” button on the main interface to enter the local configuration</p>
<p>interface:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><em>ZKTeco</em></td>
<td>□□a</p>
<p>□□a OOO</td>
<td>o</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>AntarVis 2.0</strong></td>
<td>Control</td>
<td>Local</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>panel</td>
<td>configuration</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>User admin &amp; <sup>CPU: 13%</sup></p>
<p>. &#8230; * Memory: 74%</p>
<p>Right: administrator ..</p>
<p>Up: 11 KB/S</p>
<p>Time: 2018-12-08 12:11:49 <sub>Down:</sub> 625KB/S</p>
<p>□ Autologin □ Bootfrom the start</p>
<p>0 Auto stream O Speed mode ® Save mode 4 ■» sub screen open the main stream</p>
<p>Window scale</p>
<p>Capture path</p>
<p>Download path</p>
<p>Export log path</p>
<p>FullScreen</p>
<p>C:\Capture</p>
<p>C:\Download</p>
<p>C:\Logs</p>
<p>Browse Open</p>
<p>Browse Open</p>
<p>Browse Open</p>
<p>Sync device time I Set Time □ Auto time Sync time 00:00 * Interval 1 ’ Day</p>
<p>Alarm sounds f Set</p>
<p>Rec storage path settings | Set</p>
<p>Data backup and restore Backup Restore</p>
<p>Channel count</p>
<p>ZKTeco: unlimited Channel</p>
<p>ONVIF: unlimited Channel; P2P: unlimited Channel; ZKTeco-P:unlimited Chai</p>
<p>Record colors ScheduleMotion detect</p>
<p>Smart</p>
<p>Version V2.0[20181123]</p>
<p>Save</p>
<p><strong>Alarm Event &lt; -♦* n </strong>s</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Alarm Time</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm Type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Device Serial</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Param</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm Source</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm State</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-08 12:10&#8230;</td>
<td>Motion detection</td>
<td>0B9301230911945AE75A</td>
<td>2</td>
<td></td>
<td>NVR._192.168.0.88-CH2</td>
<td>Stop Alarm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-08 12:10&#8230;</td>
<td>Motion detection</td>
<td>0B810002ADBF0000BA47</td>
<td>1</td>
<td></td>
<td>IPC_192.168.0.101-CH01</td>
<td>Stop Alarm</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark257"></a> Auto login: when VMS software opens, it will automatically log in.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark258"></a> Boot from the start: when you select this feature, the client-end program will run automatically when the server which runs VMS boot up.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark259"></a> Auto stream: when speed mode and save mode are selected, as shown in the figure,</li>
</ol>
<p>□ Auto stream 0 Speed mode 0 Save mode 4 ’ sub screen open the main stream</p>
<p>among which,</p>
<p>open of preview will open main stream and sub stream under the speed mode, however, only one of them will be displayed, therefor, it will be faster for switching and also saves the bandwidth. “Save” mode means that only one stream shall be opened at the same time; the current stream shall be closed to open another. It is slower and saves the bandwidth as well.</li>
<li>Users may select the mode as needed. In addition, it can be selected under certain number of split screens to automatically switch to main stream under the circumstance of auto stream, 1,4 and 9 channels are optional.
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 51</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark260"></a> Window scale: for preview or playback. You may choose from full screen, 4:3 and 16:9.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark261"></a> Capture path: the directory to save captured pictures, including preview captures, playback captures and alarm linkage captures.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark262"></a> Download path: the directory to down documents.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark263"></a> Export log path: the directory to export log documents.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark264"></a> Sync device time: manual or automatic synchronization of time of access devices.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark265"></a> Alarm sounds: selection of sound, which is used as alarm linkage sound. You may customize the sound.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark266"></a> Rec storage path setting: setting local directory to save recorded documents.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark267"></a> Data backup and restore: backing up and restoring database to prevent data loss.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark268"></a> Channel count: displaying the authorized total number of channels. ZKTeco: unlimited Channel;</li>
</ol>
<p>ONVIF: unlimited Channel; P2P: unlimited Channel; ZKTeco-P: unlimited Channel</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark269"></a> Record colors: defining the color of indication of different types of videos.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark270"></a> Version: the version number of the current program (non-modifiable).</li>
</ol>
<p>Upon completion of settings, click on “Save” to quit.</p>
<p>52 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</li>
</ol>
</blockquote>
<p>Click “Next” to confirm to create desktop shortcut, continue to complete setup (©<strong>note: </strong>computer already setup antivirus program may pop-up prompt; please select “allow” with no exception for the normal setup start of the program), the program runs as the setup completed, as shown in figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="213" height="53" class="wp-image-4064" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-5.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 5" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 468"></p>
<p><strong>AntarVis 2.0</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="472" height="287" class="wp-image-4065" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-6.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 6" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 469" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-6.jpeg 472w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-6-300x182.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 472px) 100vw, 472px" /></p>
<p><strong>Login</strong></p>
<p>Forgot password</p>
<p>Users may manually switch between languages. The initial user name is <strong>admin</strong>, and the initial password is <strong>123456</strong>. Enter the password, click on “Login”; if you have selected “Remember password”, you do not have to enter the password and the program automatically logs in as “Auto login”.</p>
<p>The function of automatic login can be canceled in local configuration. When you forget the password, click on &#8220;Forgot password&#8221; to get a temporary key for the supplier to help you get a temporary password. Below is the main interface of the program:</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 3</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1726" height="1074" class="wp-image-4066" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-7.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 7" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 470" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-7.jpeg 1726w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-7-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-7-1024x637.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-7-768x478.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-7-1536x956.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-7-1200x747.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-7-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1726px) 100vw, 1726px" /></p>
<p>1) Display current user, user rights, current time, consumption of CPU memory and real-time</p>
<p>network data flow; click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="76" height="76" class="wp-image-4067" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-8.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 8" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 471"></p>
<p>to log out.</p>
<p>2) Display real-time alarm messages and event messages; double-click on the alarm message to</p>
<p>open the preview of the current alarm channel for users to view alarm in real-time manner.</p>
<p>3)</p>
<p>The functions in the toolbar</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="154" height="95" class="wp-image-4068" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-9.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 9" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 472"></p>
<p>, from left to right, are: clear alarm/event message, close</p>
<p>sound/open sound.</p>
<p>4)</p>
<p>The functions in the toolbar</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="263" height="95" class="wp-image-4069" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-10.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 10" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 473"></p>
<p>, from left to right, are: stay window, window max,</p>
<p>hide window.</p>
<p><a id="post-4059-bookmark25"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark26"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark27"></a> 1. Device Management</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark30"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark28"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark29"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark31"></a> Add a Device</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on “Device management” on the main interface.</p>
<p>This interface displays relevant information of all devices added to VMS, including device type, protocol type and online and offline status; click on “Add device” at the top right corner, the “add device” interface will then pop up:</p>
<p>4 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1303" height="461" class="wp-image-4070" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-11.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 11" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 474" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-11.jpeg 1303w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-11-300x106.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-11-1024x362.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-11-768x272.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-11-1200x425.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1303px) 100vw, 1303px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1144" height="879" class="wp-image-4071" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-12.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 12" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 475" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-12.jpeg 1144w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-12-300x231.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-12-1024x787.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-12-768x590.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1144px) 100vw, 1144px" /></p>
<p>Select a protocol. ZKTeco protocol is an independently developed protocol of our company. Front-end devices should support ZKTeco protocol. ZKTeco’s front-end devices currently used for shipping basically supports this protocol. The ZKTeco-P protocol is the protocol used by PTZ domes.ONVIF protocol is the joint ownership protocol for access to third-party devices that support this protocol.</p>
<p>Select the protocols as needed, it is to click on “Search” to search for online devices in the LAN. Take ZKTeco protocol as an example:</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 5</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1707" height="1066" class="wp-image-4072" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-13.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 13" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 476" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-13.jpeg 1707w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-13-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-13-1024x639.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-13-768x480.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-13-1536x959.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-13-1200x749.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-13-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1707px) 100vw, 1707px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1839" height="1195" class="wp-image-4073" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-14.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 14" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 477" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-14.jpeg 1839w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-14-300x195.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-14-1024x665.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-14-768x499.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-14-1536x998.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-14-1200x780.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1839px) 100vw, 1839px" /></p>
<p>©<strong>Note: </strong>devices displayed in gray are those devices that have been added to the device list; click on “IP address” to sort them according to the IP address of the devices.</p>
<p>Select the device to be added, click on the “Select” button, as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1074" height="806" class="wp-image-4074" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-15.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 15" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 478" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-15.jpeg 1074w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-15-300x225.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-15-1024x768.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-15-768x576.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1074px) 100vw, 1074px" /></p>
<p>Device Name: define by the user as needed.</p>
<p>User Name: user name of the device.</p>
<p>Password: password of the device.</p>
<p>Enter correct user name and password to add the corresponding device into the device list. Also, the front end using the ZKTeco protocol does not require a password. (©<strong>Note: </strong>for safety consideration,</p>
<p>6 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p>Devices using the ONVIF protocol,the password can’t be retrieved and the password of the device needs to be manually filled in; no password filled in or wrong password will lead to add log-in failure.) Fast match function means when there are multiple devices with the same username and password, choose fast match, then you just need to input the username and password for one time.</p>
<p>After adding the equipment, the interface is as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1822" height="1136" class="wp-image-4075" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-16.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 16" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 479" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-16.jpeg 1822w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-16-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-16-1024x638.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-16-768x479.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-16-1536x958.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-16-1200x748.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-16-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1822px) 100vw, 1822px" /></p>
<p>We can edit and delete devices, call remote configuration and modify channel names here. The remote configuration is only supported by ZKTeco protocol; calling the remote configuration can view or modify related parameters of the front-end device. Modifying the channel name is only supported by ZKTeco protocol; It is quick and convenient to modify channel name of the front-end device .</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 7</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark34"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark32"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark33"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark35"></a> Add a Decoder</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="277" height="110" class="wp-image-4076" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-17.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 17" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 480"></p>
<p><strong>□□□</strong></p>
<p><strong>□□o</strong></p>
<p><strong>□□a</strong></p>
<p>Control</p>
<p>panel</p>
<p>Device CenterB Decoder Group</p>
<p><strong>_ »</strong></p>
<p>Device<br />
management</p>
<p>Layout Storage Dec Group</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="186" height="111" class="wp-image-4077" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-18.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 18" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 481"></p>
<p><strong>Decoder name Decoder type</strong></p>
<p>User: admin B <sup>CPU: 10%</sup> “■</p>
<p>. . &#8230; Memory: 72%</p>
<p>Right: administrator ..</p>
<p>Up. UKd/o</p>
<p>Time: 2018-12-07 15:42:25 Down&#8217; *|KB/S</p>
<p><strong>IP address</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="549" height="71" class="wp-image-4078" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-19.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 19" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 482" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-19.jpeg 549w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-19-300x39.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 549px) 100vw, 549px" /></p>
<p>0 records, 1/1 page</p>
<p>First Previous Next Last</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Event</td>
<td><strong>&lt; 4»</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>-*• B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Time</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Messages</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-07 15:39:15</td>
<td></td>
<td>The device added failed</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-07 15:09:58</td>
<td></td>
<td>IP, port, device name and user name could not be empty</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Switch to decoder interface. This interface, which is similar to that to add a device, displays all</p>
<p>decoders added to the server at present and the online and offline status of the decoders. The added</p>
<p>decoders can be edited and deleted; in case of adding a new decode, click on the</p>
<p>Add Decoder</p>
<p>button in the top right corner:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1088" height="876" class="wp-image-4079" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-20.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 20" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 483" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-20.jpeg 1088w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-20-300x242.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-20-1024x824.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-20-768x618.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1088px) 100vw, 1088px" /></p>
<p>Click on “Search” to search for all online decoders in the LAN; similarly, the decoder added to the</p>
<p>8 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p>decoder list will display in gray and can not be added again:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1810" height="969" class="wp-image-4080" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-21.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 21" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 484" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-21.jpeg 1810w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-21-300x161.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-21-1024x548.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-21-768x411.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-21-1536x822.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-21-1200x642.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1810px) 100vw, 1810px" /></p>
<p>Operation</p>
<p>□ All/Not all | Search Stop Fast Match Add batchly</p>
<p>Select a decoder to be added, click on “Select”:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="921" height="813" class="wp-image-4081" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-22.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 22" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 485" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-22.jpeg 921w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-22-300x265.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-22-768x678.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 921px) 100vw, 921px" /></p>
<p><strong>Decoder Name: </strong>users may define and modify the name as needed.</p>
<p><strong>User Name: </strong>the default setting is admin.</p>
<p><strong>Password: </strong>the default setting is null.</p>
<p>When it is completed, click on “Save” to add the decoder to the server; in case you want to add a group of decoders, select multiple decoders on the search interface, fill in the right password, click on “Add batchly” to add multiple devices with one key.</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 9</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark38"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark36"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark37"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark39"></a> Channel Group</li>
</ol>
<p>Switch to the page of “Group” in the device management module, as shown in the figure below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1854" height="1157" class="wp-image-4082" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-23.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 23" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 486" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-23.jpeg 1854w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-23-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-23-1024x639.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-23-768x479.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-23-1536x959.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-23-1200x749.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-23-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1854px) 100vw, 1854px" /></p>
<p>Click on “+” button to add group.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1606" height="507" class="wp-image-4083" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-24.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 24" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 487" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-24.jpeg 1606w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-24-300x95.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-24-1024x323.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-24-768x242.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-24-1536x485.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-24-1200x379.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1606px) 100vw, 1606px" /></p>
<p>Fill in the group name, click on “Save” to create the group; when it is succeeded, select the device</p>
<p>channel on the left, then select a group on the right, click on the</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="232" height="107" class="wp-image-4084" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-25.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 25" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 488"></p>
<p>button to add the</p>
<p>relevant channels to the corresponding group; the actual application of grouping will be described</p>
<p>in the preview module. When adding is completed, the interface will look like below:</p>
<p>10 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong><em>ZKT^</em></strong></p>
<p><strong>AntarVis 2.0</strong></td>
<td><strong>□□□ □□□ □□□</strong></p>
<p>Control panel</td>
<td><strong>_ *</strong></p>
<p>Device management</td>
<td colspan="3">User: admin &amp; <sup>CPU: 2%</sup> — —&#8217;</p>
<p>_. . . . . . . . Memory: 63%</p>
<p>Right: administrator <sub>Up;</sub></p>
<p>Time: 2018-12-07 15:58:14 Down: 2KB/S</td>
<td>X</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Device Center Decoder</td>
<td>Group</td>
<td colspan="2">Layout Storage Dec Group</td>
<td colspan="3"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="8"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="4">‘ ■ ft CMS</p>
<p>■&lt; ■ ®NVR_192.168.0.218</p>
<ul>
<li>¥ CH1</li>
<li>df CH2</li>
<li>&gt;CH3</li>
<li>? CH4</li>
</ul>
<p>* ■•IPC_192.168.0.101</p>
<p>» ■ *»IPC_192.168.0.188</td>
<td>+</p>
<p>*</p>
<p>*</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>s»NVR_192.168.0.218-CH1</li>
<li>«»NVR_192.168.0.218-CH2</li>
</ul>
<p>‘ BM2</p>
<ul>
<li>e»NVR_192.168.0.218-CH3</li>
<li>®»NVR_192.168.0.218-CH4</li>
<li>e?IPC_192.168.0.188-CH01</li>
<li>«WPC_192.168.0.101-CH01</li>
</ul>
</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" rowspan="2"></td>
<td colspan="4" rowspan="2"></td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Interval of preview roll 30 ‘ seconds] save</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">Alarm Event ■&lt; 4»</p>
<p>Time</td>
<td colspan="4"><strong>-H n</strong></p>
<p>Messages</td>
<td><strong>IB</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">2018-12-0715:57:45</td>
<td colspan="4">Add channel success!|IPC_192.168.0.188-CH01]</td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">2018-12-07 15:57:45</td>
<td colspan="4">Add channel success![IPC_192.168.0.101-CH01]</td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Similarly, check the channel in the group and click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="246" height="103" class="wp-image-4085" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-26.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 26" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 489"></p>
<p>to remove the channel from the</p>
<p>group.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark42"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark40"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark41"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark43"></a> Layout</li>
</ol>
<p>Switch to the page of “Layout” in the device management module, as shown below:</p>
<p><strong><em>ZKT^</em></strong></p>
<p><strong>AntarVis 2.0</strong></p>
<p><strong>□□□ □ □□ OOÛ</strong></p>
<p>Control<br />
panel</p>
<p>Device<br />
management</p>
<p>User: admin &amp; CPU: 4%</p>
<p>„ . . .. Memory: 70%</p>
<p><strong>Right: </strong>administrator <sub>Up</sub>. <sub>H8|&lt;B;S</sub></p>
<p>Time: 2018-12-07 15:59:20 Down* 31^3/5</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="107" height="28" class="wp-image-4086" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-27.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 27" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 490"></p>
<p>Device Center Decoder Group I Layout Storage Dec Group</p>
<p>Add Layout</p>
<p><strong>No.</strong></p>
<p><strong>Layout Name</strong></p>
<p><strong>Dwell Times(s)</strong></p>
<p><strong>Window Count</strong></p>
<p><strong>Division Type</strong></p>
<p><strong>Operation</strong></p>
<p>0 records, 1/1 page</p>
<p>First Previous Next Last</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Event</td>
<td><strong>&lt; 4»</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>n «</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Time</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Messages</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-07 15:57:45</td>
<td></td>
<td>Add channel success! [IPC_192.168.0.188-CH01]</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-0715:57:45</td>
<td></td>
<td>Add channel success![IPC_192.168.0.101-CH01]</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Click on the button “Add layout”, then the system will pop up this window:</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 11</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1725" height="1059" class="wp-image-4087" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-28.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 28" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 491" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-28.jpeg 1725w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-28-300x184.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-28-1024x629.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-28-768x471.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-28-1536x943.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-28-1200x737.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1725px) 100vw, 1725px" /></p>
<p>Fill in the name of a layout, select the number of split screens as needed. Types of split screen include standard split and wide-screen split, among which, pictures under ordinary split screen and wide-screen are displayed in 16:9 and 1:1, respectively; select the duration of stay from Dwell option. and then drag the channel for layout. Take 6 split screens as an example:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1713" height="1047" class="wp-image-4088" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-29.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 29" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 492" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-29.jpeg 1713w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-29-300x183.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-29-1024x626.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-29-768x469.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-29-1536x939.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-29-1200x733.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1713px) 100vw, 1713px" /></p>
<p>Click on “New” or “Save” to complete layout settings. Then, the saved layout information shall be</p>
<p>displayed on the right side:</p>
<p>12 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1772" height="1081" class="wp-image-4089" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-30.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 30" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 493" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-30.jpeg 1772w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-30-300x183.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-30-1024x625.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-30-768x469.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-30-1536x937.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-30-1200x732.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1772px) 100vw, 1772px" /></p>
<p>Right-click on the existing layout to edit the layout. Applications of the layout function are further elaborated in the preview module.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark46"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark44"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark45"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark47"></a> Storage Server</li>
</ol>
<p>Switch to the page of “Storage” in the device management module, as shown below:</p>
<p><em>ZKTecü</em></p>
<p><strong>AntarVis 2.0</strong></p>
<p><strong>□□□</strong></p>
<p><strong>□□O □□□</strong></p>
<p>Control</p>
<p>panel</p>
<p>— *</p>
<p>Device<br />
management</p>
<p>User: admin G» <sup>CPU: 8%</sup></p>
<p>_. . . . ■ ■ . Memory: 71%</p>
<p><strong>Right </strong>ad<sub>ml</sub>n<sub>ls</sub>t<sub>r</sub>atar <sub>Up;</sub></p>
<p>Time: 2018-12-07 16:15:30 Down* 3KB/S</p>
<p>Device Center Decoder Group</p>
<p>Layout I Storage Dec Group</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Alarm Event &lt; 4)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Alarm Time</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm Type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Device Serial</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Param</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm Source</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm State H</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-07 16:14&#8230;</td>
<td>Motion detection</td>
<td>0B3F00020BDF00004624</td>
<td>4</td>
<td></td>
<td>NVR_192.168.0.218-CH4</td>
<td>Stop Alarm <strong>H</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-0716:14&#8230;</td>
<td>Motion detection</td>
<td>0B810002ADBF0000BA47</td>
<td>1</td>
<td></td>
<td>IPC_192.168.0.101-CH01</td>
<td>Stop Alarm <strong>SB</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>This page displays relevant information of the storage server, including the server name, server</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 13</p>
<p>address and used space of the hard disk drive. Click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="279" height="95" class="wp-image-4090" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-31.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 31" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 494"></p>
<p>to set a storage server, as</p>
<p>shown in the figure below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1713" height="1207" class="wp-image-4091" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-32.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 32" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 495" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-32.jpeg 1713w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-32-300x211.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-32-1024x722.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-32-768x541.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-32-1536x1082.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-32-1200x846.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1713px) 100vw, 1713px" /></p>
<p>Right-click on the blank area of the RecPlan on the left side, then add a channel to the storage server;</p>
<p>when it is done, select the channel to set the RecPlan.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1559" height="1101" class="wp-image-4092" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-33.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 33" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 496" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-33.jpeg 1559w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-33-300x212.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-33-1024x723.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-33-768x542.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-33-1536x1085.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-33-1200x847.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1559px) 100vw, 1559px" /></p>
<p>14 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1605" height="1133" class="wp-image-4093" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-34.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 34" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 497" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-34.jpeg 1605w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-34-300x212.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-34-1024x723.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-34-768x542.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-34-1536x1084.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-34-1200x847.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1605px) 100vw, 1605px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1733" height="1223" class="wp-image-4094" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-35.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 35" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 498" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-35.jpeg 1733w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-35-300x212.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-35-1024x723.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-35-768x542.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-35-1536x1084.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-35-1200x847.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1733px) 100vw, 1733px" /></p>
<p>RecPlan has a default whole-day template and a working day template. In case of the need of other RecPlan templates, click on “User Template” to add those you need; start to record as the RecPlan set. Yellow arrow in the figure shows the recording status of the channel. Red means the channel is working; blue means the otherwise.</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 15</p>
<p>There are four kinds of recording modes, including timing &amp; alarm recording, timing recording, alarm recording and stop recording, among which, timing &amp; alarm recording refers to the timing plus alarm recording, i.e. timing recording runs if no alarm recording has been triggered, while alarm recording runs as an alarm has been triggered; timing recording refers to only time stamps you set; alarm recording means record starts when an alarm is triggered; and stop recording means do not record at all.</p>
<p>Pre-record and time delay function are only available in two modes: timing &amp; alarm recording and alarm recording, particularly the alarm recording; copy to channel refers to copy the RecPlan of certain channel to other channel that already added to the storage server; advanced setting can set up different partitions of disk for recording while some others do not; the default setting is that other disks can be used for recording besides the system disk. Click on “Save” to make the settings effective as the configuration completed.</p>
<p>In case the channel added to the storage server shall be modified, right-click on the channel added to add a channel, delete single channel and delete all channels; click on “Save” when the configuration completed and recording starts.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark50"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark48"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark49"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark51"></a> Decoding Group</li>
</ol>
<p>Switch to the “Dec Group” interface in the device management module, as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1842" height="1150" class="wp-image-4095" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-36.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 36" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 499" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-36.jpeg 1842w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-36-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-36-1024x639.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-36-768x479.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-36-1536x959.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-36-1200x749.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-36-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1842px) 100vw, 1842px" /></p>
<p>16 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p>The operation configuration method of this group is similar to the preview group mentioned above, except that this group is used for intra-group patrol on the decoder. For details, please refer to the introduction of the decoding management module in the following section.</p>
<p><a id="post-4059-bookmark52"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark53"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark54"></a> 2. Preview</p>
<p>Click “Preview” on the main interface to enter the preview module:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1842" height="1153" class="wp-image-4096" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-37.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 37" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 500" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-37.jpeg 1842w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-37-300x188.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-37-1024x641.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-37-768x481.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-37-1536x961.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-37-1200x751.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-37-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1842px) 100vw, 1842px" /></p>
<p>As shown in the figure, the device list is on the left side, displaying all devices added currently and the online and offline status of device. PTZ control interface and video parameter control interface are on the right side. Below the video parameter control interface is the split screen switch button, with which, user may manually switch the number of split screens according to the actual demand. Split screen modes include standard split and wide-screen split, corresponding to different window scales.</p>
<p>The differences between them have been elaborated in the layout module, thus no further introduction now. Besides the regular kinds of split screens, there are several special-shaped splits for customers to select corresponding numbers as needed.</p>
<p>Double-click on the device list on the left side or drag the channel to the window opens the preview window of the device channel. Opened channels video will play on the corresponding panels.</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 17</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1832" height="1144" class="wp-image-4097" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-38.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 38" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 501" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-38.jpeg 1832w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-38-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-38-1024x639.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-38-768x480.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-38-1536x959.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-38-1200x749.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-38-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1832px) 100vw, 1832px" /></p>
<p><strong>©Note: </strong>the green triangle on the left-top of the picture above shows that this channel is in preview; the buttons yellow arrows point to shows the local recording status of channels. White □ shows that this channel is turned off.</p>
<p>As for local recording, blue</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="72" height="65" class="wp-image-4098" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-39.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 39" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 502"></p>
<p>indicates that local recording is turned on in this channel and</p>
<p>is working. Right-click on the channel to turn local recording on or off.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark57"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark55"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark56"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark58"></a> Device/Right-Click Function of Channel</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark59"></a> Open all stream</li>
</ol>
<p>Open devices’ stream with one key. You may open stream of a maximum of 64 channels each time.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark60"></a> Close all preview</li>
</ol>
<p>Close all previews that the current device has activated with one key.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark61"></a> Open record</li>
</ol>
<p>Open local recording of this channel.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark62"></a> Open intercom</li>
</ol>
<p>Open intercom of PC and the device.</p>
<p>18 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark65"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark63"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark64"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark66"></a> Preview Window Toolbar</li>
</ol>
<p>On Preview panels, there is a row of shortcuts above the preview window as indicated in the figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1832" height="1143" class="wp-image-4099" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-40.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 40" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 503" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-40.jpeg 1832w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-40-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-40-1024x639.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-40-768x479.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-40-1536x958.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-40-1200x749.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-40-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1832px) 100vw, 1832px" /></p>
<p>1)</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="72" height="65" class="wp-image-4100" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-41.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 41" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 504"></p>
<p>represents the channel intercom switch; click on it to enable or disable intercom of PC and</p>
<p>thischannel.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark67"></a> □ represents the device recording switch; click on it to enable or disable local recording of this channel; blue icon □ indicates that the feature is activated, while white icon □ indicates</li>
</ol>
<p>that the feature is not activated.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark68"></a> LU represents the capture button; click on it to take a snapshot of the current display of this</li>
</ol>
<p>channel.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark69"></a> represents the audio preview switch; click on it to turn the audio on or off. indicates it is off; indicates it is on.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark70"></a> 0 represents the button to quit preview; click on it to close the current preview of this channel.</li>
</ol>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 19</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark73"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark71"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark72"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark74"></a> Preview Function Button</li>
</ol>
<p>There is a toolbar</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="317" height="75" class="wp-image-4101" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-42.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 42" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 505" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-42.jpeg 317w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-42-300x71.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 317px) 100vw, 317px" /></p>
<p>on the lower right side of the preview interface, among which:</p>
<p>represents the capture button; select a preview window, then click on this button to take a</p>
<p>snapshot of the display;</p>
<p>represents the full-screen button, click on it to switch between the selected window and the</p>
<p>full-screen mode;</p>
<p>represents the on/off button for UTC function; click to enable the UTC function. Please note</p>
<p>that this feature requires a front-end equipment to operate;</p>
<p>4)</p>
<p>3D</p>
<p>represents the on/off button for 3D positioning; click to enable the 3D positioning function.</p>
<p>Please note that this feature requires a front-end equipment and 18H protocol to operate;</p>
<p>to close all preview windows opened at present.</p>
<p>□ All □ Rule □ Result</p>
<p>B^^B^^^B^^^^Hcheck boxes are for Intelligent detection, intelligent detection supported<br />
by front-end devices includes NVR and IPC. When it is used, the setup intelligent rule will be</p>
<p>displayed in the preview screen. If a target triggers the intelligent alarm, the target triggering the</p>
<p>alarm will be displayed in the preview screen.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark77"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark75"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark76"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark78"></a> Device Grouping Patrol</li>
</ol>
<p>To add two or more groups. For details, please see ”Group“ for specific operation under the section</p>
<p>Device Management”. When a group is created, you may switch to the group page on the preview</p>
<p>interface, as shown in the figure below:</p>
<p>20 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1832" height="1144" class="wp-image-4102" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-43.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 43" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 506" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-43.jpeg 1832w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-43-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-43-1024x639.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-43-768x480.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-43-1536x959.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-43-1200x749.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-43-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1832px) 100vw, 1832px" /></p>
<p>Right-click on the selected group to operate “Start Patrol” and “Stop Patrol” functions. Time intervals between patrols can be set up in the local configuration module, which will be illustrated below. The default interval is 30 seconds.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark81"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark79"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark80"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark82"></a> Device Layout Patrol</li>
</ol>
<p>To add two or more layouts. For details, please refer to the paragraph “Layout” under the section “Device Management”. When a layout is created, you may switch to the layout page on the preview interface, as shown in the figure below:</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 21</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1762" height="1065" class="wp-image-4103" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-44.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 44" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 507" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-44.jpeg 1762w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-44-300x181.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-44-1024x619.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-44-768x464.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-44-1536x928.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-44-1200x725.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1762px) 100vw, 1762px" /></p>
<p>Right-click on the selected layout to open the preview of this layout with one key. Select “Start Patrol” to start the patrol function among several layouts. The interval between patrols can be set up when the layout is set up. Click on “Stop all” to stops the patrol function or close the current preview.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark85"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark83"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark84"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark86"></a> PTZ</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark89"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark87"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark88"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark90"></a> PTZ Control</li>
</ol>
<p>Users may adjust rotation of the camera in 8 directions, including up, down, left, right, upper left,</p>
<p>lower left, upper right and lower right. “Zoom” means that users may zoom in or out and adjust the</p>
<p>visual angle; “Focus” helps adjust the focal length of the camera to ensure the clearness of the</p>
<p>picture; the enlargement and narrowing of the aperture ensures the brightness and depth of field of</p>
<p>the picture; the setting of the PTZ control speed can adjust the rotation speed of the speed dome</p>
<p>camera. Click on “AUTO”, the speed dome camera automatically starts scanning. Please see the</p>
<p>following figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="663" height="406" class="wp-image-4104" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-45.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 45" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 508" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-45.jpeg 663w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-45-300x184.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 663px) 100vw, 663px" /></p>
<p>22 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark93"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark91"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark92"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark94"></a> Preset, Cruise and Track</li>
</ol>
<p>Preset: <sup>2</sup> 0 <sup>Z X|</sup></p>
<p>Cruise: 5 <sup>T</sup> ✓ X|</p>
<p>Trade 3 ▼ -») ✓ XI</p>
<p>1) Preset: the rotation of the PTZ camera requires the setting of the direction of the preset. Click</p>
<p>on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="96" height="84" class="wp-image-4105" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-46.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 46" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 509"></p>
<p>to set up the preset. A maximum of 255 presets can be set up. To adjust the presets,</p>
<p>2)</p>
<p>select the preset to be adjusted, click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="84" height="79" class="wp-image-4106" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-47.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 47" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 510"></p>
<p>to call or click on</p>
<p>Cruise: as the preset settings are done, click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="95" height="84" class="wp-image-4107" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-48.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 48" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 511"></p>
<p>maximum of 255 cruise paths can be set; click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="84" height="79" class="wp-image-4108" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-49.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 49" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 512"></p>
<p>to call or click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="80" height="83" class="wp-image-4109" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-50.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 50" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 513"></p>
<p>to delete the preset.</p>
<p>to edit and set the cruise path. A</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="80" height="84" class="wp-image-4110" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-51.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 51" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 514"></p>
<p>to delete the</p>
<p>selected cruise path.</p>
<p>3)</p>
<p>Track: click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="95" height="84" class="wp-image-4111" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-52.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 52" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 515"></p>
<p>to edit and set the track; click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="84" height="80" class="wp-image-4112" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-53.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 53" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 516"></p>
<p>to call or click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="80" height="84" class="wp-image-4113" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-54.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 54" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 517"></p>
<p>to delete</p>
<p>the track set.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark97"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark95"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark96"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark98"></a> Picture Parameters</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>As the preview opened, parameters of the pictures can be adjusted; the adjustment here will not affect the front-end parameters of IPC but the display effect of the picture in the client-end. Please</p>
<p>see the following figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="664" height="217" class="wp-image-4114" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-55.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 55" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 518" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-55.jpeg 664w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-55-300x98.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 664px) 100vw, 664px" /></p>
<p>Users may adjust the relevant parameters, namely brightness and contrast, as needed.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark101"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark100"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark102"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark99"></a> Preview Digital Zoom</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>As the preview interface opened, select a corresponding window and then scroll the mouse wheel to adjust digital zoom-in and zoom-out of the current picture.</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 23</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark105"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark103"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark104"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark106"></a> Preview Multi-screen Display</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You may access multiple modules in the preview module. Each of them is independent. If the user&#8217;s monitor supports multi-screen mode output, you may use the multi-screen display feature. Considering the actual situation, the maximum preview module to be opened can be restricted to 5. For instance, when you have opened two preview modules, you may drag one of them out with the same operations as dragging the module to another monitoring screen, as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1846" height="572" class="wp-image-4115" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-56.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 56" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 519" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-56.jpeg 1846w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-56-300x93.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-56-1024x317.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-56-768x238.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-56-1536x476.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-56-1200x372.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1846px) 100vw, 1846px" /></p>
<p>The monitoring screen on the left is the primary screen; while that on the right is the complementary screen. The operations of preview between two screens doesn’t influence each other; closing the complementary screen will not affect the primary screen, however, the complementary screen will be closed if the primary screen is closed.</p>
<p>Users may select the number of preview screens to be opened as needed. For instance, one screen can be selected to open Cruise and display independently in one monitor, meanwhile, another screen can carry out the operations of temporary preview, monitoring and intercom.</p>
<p>24 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark109"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark107"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark108"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark110"></a> Video Playback</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the “Playback” button on the main interface to enter the video playback module:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="154" height="38" class="wp-image-4116" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-57.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 57" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 520" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-57.jpeg 154w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-57-150x38.jpeg 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 154px) 100vw, 154px" /></p>
<p><strong>AntarVis 2.0</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="55" height="35" class="wp-image-4117" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-58.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 58" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 521"></p>
<p>Preview</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="139" height="111" class="wp-image-4118" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-59.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 59" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 522"></p>
<p><strong>□□□ □□□ ooo</strong></p>
<p>Control<br />
panel</p>
<p>User: admin B</p>
<p>Right: administrator</p>
<p>Time: 2018-12-08 10:40:15</p>
<p>CPU: 19%</p>
<p>Memory: 69%</p>
<p>Up: 11 KB/S</p>
<p>Down: 794KB/S</p>
<p>Device Localhost ^Storage</p>
<p><sup>J</sup> ■ ■ Local_Storager</p>
<ul>
<li>&lt;¥NVR_192.168.0.2</li>
<li>&lt;&gt;NVR_192.168.0.2</li>
<li>^NVR_192.168.0.2</li>
<li>&lt;TNVR_192.168.0.2</li>
<li>e»IPC_192.168.0.1S</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1544" height="784" class="wp-image-4119" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-60.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 60" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 523" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-60.jpeg 1544w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-60-300x152.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-60-1024x520.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-60-768x390.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-60-1536x780.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-60-1200x609.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1544px) 100vw, 1544px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Event | &lt; 4»</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>B W</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Time</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Messages</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-08 10:13:26</td>
<td>Recording Plan Save Success</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-08 10:13:19</td>
<td>Recording Plan Save Success</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark113"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark111"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark112"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark114"></a> Video Search</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Select a device channel where the video to be played from the device tree on the left. Please note that only videos in the same device or same storage server can be played simultaneously, and at most 9 channels can be selected each time. Select the storage path of the video on the left, select the stream type of the video to be played in the column of “stream type”, and select the date on the calendar, click on “video search”, then the system will starts to search for the relevant video(s) and display the search results on the search result panel.</p>
<p>Video path includes “device”, “local” and “storage”, among which, the device video refers to the video stored in the hard disk or the SD card of the front-end device, local video refers to the video stored in the PC of the client server and the storage video refers to the video stores in the storage server. The stream type includes main stream and sub stream. When a customer opens dual stream in the course of recording, relevant videos can be searched for as needed. The search result will be shown as below:</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 25</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1783" height="1101" class="wp-image-4120" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-61.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 61" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 524" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-61.jpeg 1783w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-61-300x185.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-61-1024x632.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-61-768x474.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-61-1536x948.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-61-1200x741.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-61-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1783px) 100vw, 1783px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark117"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark115"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark116"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark118"></a> Video Playback</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="107" height="107" class="wp-image-4121" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-62.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 62" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 525"></p>
<p>on the interface to start playing or pause; click on</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="98" height="101" class="wp-image-4122" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-63.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 63" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 526"></p>
<p>to stop playing. Place the</p>
<p>cursor on the video bar and scroll the mouse wheel to enlarge or reduce the scale of the video</p>
<p>bar. Double-click on the video bar to play, and double-click in the timeline of playback to switch the</p>
<p>time stamps for playback, as shown in the figure below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1773" height="1092" class="wp-image-4123" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-64.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 64" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 527" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-64.jpeg 1773w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-64-300x185.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-64-1024x631.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-64-768x473.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-64-1536x946.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-64-1200x739.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-64-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1773px) 100vw, 1773px" /></p>
<p>26 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p>During playback in several channels, select certain windows, double left-click to switch the window into full screen; place the mouse on certain window, scroll the mouse wheel to operate digital enlargement of this window.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark121"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark119"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark120"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark122"></a> Video File Download</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click on the</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="84" height="100" class="wp-image-4124" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-65.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 65" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 528"></p>
<p>button on the interface to enter the download interface of the video file, as shown</p>
<p>below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1613" height="939" class="wp-image-4125" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-66.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 66" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 529" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-66.jpeg 1613w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-66-300x175.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-66-1024x596.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-66-768x447.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-66-1536x894.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-66-1200x699.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1613px) 100vw, 1613px" /></p>
<p>Select the video location(including device videos and storage server videos), channel, range of recording time file save path in proper order, click on the “Start” button to start downloading. When the progress reaches 100%, download is completed.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark125"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark123"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark124"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark126"></a> Toolbar Overview</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Among the functional buttons</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="849" height="94" class="wp-image-4126" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-67.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 67" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 530" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-67.jpeg 849w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-67-300x33.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-67-768x85.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 849px) 100vw, 849px" /></p>
<p>on the interface,</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="92" height="83" class="wp-image-4127" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-68.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 68" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 531"></p>
<p>represents frame play; click on the button to play the selected video frame by frame, and one</p>
<p>frame will be played for each click.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="88" height="83" class="wp-image-4128" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-69.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 69" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 532"></p>
<p>represents audio switch, which can turn on/ off the audio</p>
<p>of playback.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="283" height="83" class="wp-image-4129" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-70.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 70" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 533"></p>
<p>represents play speed adjustment buttons, with which, users may</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 27</p>
<p>n</p>
<p>adjust the play speed between 1/16X and 16X.</p>
<p>represents the capture button; click on this</p>
<p>button to take a snapshot during playback.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="74" height="82" class="wp-image-4130" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-71.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 71" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 534"></p>
<p>represents the full-screen button; click to switch to</p>
<p>full-screen (right-click to exit the full-screen mode).</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="251" height="84" class="wp-image-4131" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-72.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 72" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 535"></p>
<p>represents window-split buttons;</p>
<p>users may manually switch the display to single screen, 4 screens and 9 screens as needed.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="556" height="84" class="wp-image-4132" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-73.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 73" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 536" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-73.jpeg 556w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-73-300x45.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 556px) 100vw, 556px" /></p>
<p>represents the starting time and ending time; As for certain play</p>
<p>point, select the starting or ending time to add a sign on the video bar. When the starting or ending time is selected, click on “Download” to rapidly download the video between the two tags to facilitate further operations.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark129"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark127"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark128"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark130"></a> Map Configuration</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on “Map configuration” on the main interface to enter the map configuration module, as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1842" height="1134" class="wp-image-4133" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-74.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 74" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 537" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-74.jpeg 1842w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-74-300x185.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-74-1024x630.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-74-768x473.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-74-1536x946.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-74-1200x739.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-74-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1842px) 100vw, 1842px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark133"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark131"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark132"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark134"></a> Add a Map</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Right-click on the signed place in the figure, select “Add map”, pop up the window:</p>
<p>28 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1598" height="417" class="wp-image-4134" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-75.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 75" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 538" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-75.jpeg 1598w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-75-300x78.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-75-1024x267.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-75-768x200.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-75-1536x401.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-75-1200x313.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1598px) 100vw, 1598px" /></p>
<p>Fill in the name, select a picture, click on “OK” to add a map, then several maps is added; meanwhile, sub-map can be added under the map has been added, as shown in figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1843" height="1134" class="wp-image-4135" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-76.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 76" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 539" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-76.jpeg 1843w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-76-300x185.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-76-1024x630.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-76-768x473.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-76-1536x945.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-76-1200x738.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1843px) 100vw, 1843px" /></p>
<p>The map opened will be indicated in yellow for differentiation:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="595" height="275" class="wp-image-4136" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-77.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 77" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 540" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-77.jpeg 595w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-77-300x139.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 595px) 100vw, 595px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark137"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark135"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark136"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark138"></a> Right-Click on Map Tree</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark139"></a> Add map: add a new map.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark140"></a> Delete map: delete the selected map.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark141"></a> Add child map: add a child map under the current map list. You may add several or multi-level</li>
</ol>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 29</p>
<p>sub-maps for each map. When a sub-map is added, drag the sub-map to the main map to</p>
<p>complete association and the sub-map shall be displayed in the main map as the icon</p>
<p>Double-click on the icon in the main map to switch to the corresponding sub-map; and click on</p>
<p>the</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="101" height="84" class="wp-image-4137" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-78.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 78" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 541"></p>
<p>button in the sub-map to return to the main map.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark144"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark142"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark143"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark145"></a> Map Deployment</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Drag the device channel or alarm input from the lower-left to the map, then the deployment will be completed:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1835" height="1119" class="wp-image-4138" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-79.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 79" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 542" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-79.jpeg 1835w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-79-300x183.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-79-1024x624.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-79-768x468.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-79-1536x937.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-79-1200x732.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1835px) 100vw, 1835px" /></p>
<p><strong>©Note: </strong>as the channel has been dragged to the map, the position shall be adjusted by dragging it again; right-click on the deployed channel to select or delete an icon (bullet/ dome/ PTZ). Place the cursor on the map, scroll the mouse wheel to zoom in/out the map. The channel deployed to the map shall not be dragged repeatedly. Place the mouse on the deployed channel to view the channel information.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark148"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark146"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark147"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark149"></a> Map Management</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the “Map” button on the main interface to enter the map management module as shown</p>
<p>30 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p>below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1836" height="1121" class="wp-image-4139" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-80.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 80" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 543" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-80.jpeg 1836w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-80-300x183.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-80-1024x625.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-80-768x469.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-80-1536x938.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-80-1200x733.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1836px) 100vw, 1836px" /></p>
<p>Double-click on the map to view the map configured and deployed channel. The relevant configuration and modification cannot be executed on the map. Right-click on the channel deployed on the map to allow preview and playback of the corresponding channel. Users, in the actual applications, may swiftly call the preview and playback of the corresponding channel according to the map, which makes the operation clearer and easier. When an alarm is triggered and the associated channel is deployed on the map, the channel icon on the map will turn into red.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark152"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark150"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark151"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark153"></a> Decoder Configuration</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the “Decoder configuration” button on the main interface to enter the decoder configuration module:</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 31</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1839" height="1128" class="wp-image-4140" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-81.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 81" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 544" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-81.jpeg 1839w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-81-300x184.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-81-1024x628.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-81-768x471.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-81-1536x942.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-81-1200x736.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1839px) 100vw, 1839px" /></p>
<p>The module shows the TV wall scheme currently set and the enabled status of the scheme. In terms of the existing TV wall scheme, you may operate “modify”, “delete” and “disable/enable”. Click on “Add TV wall” button in the top right corner to add new TV wall schemes, as shown in the figure below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1842" height="1173" class="wp-image-4141" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-82.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 82" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 545" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-82.jpeg 1842w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-82-300x191.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-82-1024x652.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-82-768x489.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-82-1536x978.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-82-1200x764.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1842px) 100vw, 1842px" /></p>
<p>32 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark156"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark154"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark155"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark157"></a> Layout Setting</li>
</ol>
<p>Set a TV wall layout, fill in the relevant information here:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1842" height="1172" class="wp-image-4142" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-83.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 83" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 546" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-83.jpeg 1842w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-83-300x191.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-83-1024x652.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-83-768x489.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-83-1536x977.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-83-1200x764.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1842px) 100vw, 1842px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark158"></a> Matrix layout setting: user cab set the matrix layout as actually needed, maximally support 8&#215;8 layout; when a layout is selected, click on “Set” to make the changes effective.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark159"></a> Fill in the name of TV wall scheme; users may customize the name of the TV wall scheme as needed (©<strong>Note: </strong>the name will not be modified as defined).</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark160"></a> TV wall scheme description: users may describe the scheme for differentiation, optional.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark161"></a> TV wall splice: users may set the TV wall as splice mode or non-splice mode.</li>
</ol>
<p>As completed, click on “Next step”.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark164"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark162"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark163"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark165"></a> Screen Input Binding</li>
</ol>
<p>Drag the decoder added to the layout set, as shown below:</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 33</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1771" height="1018" class="wp-image-4143" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-84.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 84" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 547" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-84.jpeg 1771w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-84-300x172.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-84-1024x589.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-84-768x441.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-84-1536x883.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-84-1200x690.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1771px) 100vw, 1771px" /></p>
<p>On this interface, users may set the layout and associate the decoder to the TV wall matrix layout according to different situations. To complete settings, click on “Finish”.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="149" height="60" class="wp-image-4144" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-85.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 85" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 548"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="47" height="33" class="wp-image-4145" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-86.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 86" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 549"></p>
<p><strong>□□□ □□□ DOO</strong></p>
<p>Control<br />
panel</p>
<p>Decoder<br />
configuration</p>
<p>User: admin G»</p>
<p><strong>Right: </strong>administrator</p>
<p>Time: 2018-12-08 11:10:10</p>
<p>CPU: 11% İJ.E3.</p>
<p><strong>Memory: </strong>65%</p>
<p>Up: 13KB/S</p>
<p><strong>Down: </strong>522KB/S</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1756" height="751" class="wp-image-4146" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-87.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 87" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 550" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-87.jpeg 1756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-87-300x128.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-87-1024x438.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-87-768x328.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-87-1536x657.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-87-1200x513.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1756px) 100vw, 1756px" /></p>
<p>2018-12-08 10:50:18</p>
<p>Channels should be in the same device</p>
<p><strong>Messages</strong></p>
<p>Channels should be less than9</p>
<p>After finishing the settings, the saved TV wall will be seen on the decoder configuration interface and can be edited, deleted and disabled/enabled.</p>
<p>If the configuration shall be enabled as the setting completed, select “Enable this configuration immediately”, then click on the “Finish” button below. If you do not want to enable the setting, directly click on “Finish” to exit. As the setting is completed, this configuration scheme will be displayed in the decoder configuration list.</p>
<p>34 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark168"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark166"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark167"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark169"></a> Decoder Management</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the “Decoder” button on the main interface to enter the decoder management module, as shown below:</p>
<p>User: admin G»</p>
<p>Hııjlıt Admin</p>
<p>CPU: 53%</p>
<p>Memory: 40%</p>
<p>rime: 2018-08-31 10:51:46</p>
<p>^NVR_192.168.130.188-CH<br />
«T NVR_192.168.130.188-Ch<br />
e»NVR 192,188.130,188-CH</p>
<p>Firstly, drop-down the check box in the signed place of the figure to select TV wall. All rules set and enabled will be shown in this box. Select a scheme.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark172"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark170"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark171"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark173"></a> Decoding Mode Selection</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When you have selected a scheme, please set the decoding mode of the decoder to ensure normal decoding. The decoding mode is relevant to the decoder and varies according to different decoders, and the decoding mode is the expression of the decoding capability of the decoder. Click on</p>
<p>the button in the figure, as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1278" height="489" class="wp-image-4147" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-88.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 88" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 551" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-88.jpeg 1278w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-88-300x115.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-88-1024x392.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-88-768x294.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-88-1200x459.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1278px) 100vw, 1278px" /></p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 35</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1756" height="1058" class="wp-image-4148" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-89.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 89" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 552" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-89.jpeg 1756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-89-300x181.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-89-1024x617.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-89-768x463.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-89-1536x925.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-89-1200x723.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1756px) 100vw, 1756px" /></p>
<p>Decoding mode represents the current decoding capability of the decoder, which is listed in the figure and supports 3 decoding modes, i.e. 16 channels 720 x576, 9 channels 1280 x960 and 4 channels 2048 x1536. Please note that the subsequent number represents the maximum resolution of decoding, for example, under the 9-channel mode, the maximum resolution of decoding is 1280&#215;960; the decoding mode of different decoders varies as well. It shall be normally decoded and displayed as the resolution of the front-end IPC has been guaranteed not to exceed the resolution restriction of the current decoder mode.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark176"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark174"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark175"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark177"></a> Decoding on the wall</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When you have selected a scheme, select the channel for decoding on the wall in the device list on</p>
<p>the left, then drag the relevant decoder to the corresponding decoding screen to complete decoding</p>
<p>on the wall. Use the</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="121" height="82" class="wp-image-4149" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-90.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 90" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 553"></p>
<p>button to change the stream type of decoding on the wall before</p>
<p>dragging. Select main stream or sub-stream on the wall.</p>
<p>ZKTm is — :::</p>
<p><strong>AntarVis 2.0 </strong>Control Decoder Device Mgmt I Decoder</p>
<p>Panel Config</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1827" height="860" class="wp-image-4150" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-91.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 91" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 554" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-91.jpeg 1827w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-91-300x141.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-91-1024x482.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-91-768x362.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-91-1536x723.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-91-1200x565.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1827px) 100vw, 1827px" /></p>
<p>If the channel dragged to the channel of the decoding screen shall be changed to other channels, the other channels shall be directly dragged to the corresponding window.</p>
<p>36 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1531" height="572" class="wp-image-4151" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-92.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 92" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 555" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-92.jpeg 1531w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-92-300x112.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-92-1024x383.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-92-768x287.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-92-1200x448.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1531px) 100vw, 1531px" /></p>
<p>1) İDİ is used to open the decoding module preview window. Click on it to access a preview</p>
<p>window on the current page, which is convenient for customers to view pictures on the wall.</p>
<p>2) H is used to delete the current channel. Click on it to delete the decoding channel of the</p>
<p>current split screen.</p>
<p><a id="post-4059-bookmark178"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark179"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark180"></a> 7.2.1 Decoding group Patrol</p>
<p>The decoding management group has been mentioned in the device management module discussed above. After setting up the decoding group, users may drag the group to the TV wall in the</p>
<p>decoding group module, as follows:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1816" height="757" class="wp-image-4152" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-93.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 93" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 556" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-93.jpeg 1816w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-93-300x125.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-93-1024x427.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-93-768x320.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-93-1536x640.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-93-1200x500.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1816px) 100vw, 1816px" /></p>
<p>The group dragged to the TV wall output can automatically open the patrol within group. The patrol interval can be set at the time of configuring the decoding group. The default value is 2 seconds.</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 37</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1854" height="1079" class="wp-image-4153" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-94.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 94" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 557" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-94.jpeg 1854w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-94-300x175.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-94-1024x596.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-94-768x447.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-94-1536x894.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-94-1200x698.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1854px) 100vw, 1854px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark183"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark181"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark182"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark184"></a> Decoding Pre-plan Patrol</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click on the “ADD” button to add a pre-plan:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="998" height="659" class="wp-image-4154" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-95.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 95" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 558" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-95.jpeg 998w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-95-300x198.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-95-768x507.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 998px) 100vw, 998px" /></p>
<p>Set a “Plan Name” and “Stay Time” for the pre-plan patrol. The default value of “Stay Time” is 15 seconds; the minimum value is 10 seconds. After completion of settings, please click on “OK” to enter the pre-plan edit mode:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1841" height="1102" class="wp-image-4155" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-96.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 96" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 559" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-96.jpeg 1841w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-96-300x180.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-96-1024x613.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-96-768x460.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-96-1536x919.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-96-1200x718.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1841px) 100vw, 1841px" /></p>
<p>Configure the Pre-plan. Select the decoder split screen, decoding stream type and channel to edit the pre-plan settings. When you have completed settings, please click on “Save Pre-plan” to complete the editing.</p>
<p>Click on “Pre-plan” to make this group of Pre-plan to TV Wall directly with no necessary manual</p>
<p>38 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p>operation, which is much convenient for users. Users may delete the saved pre-plans and perform other operations. If you have set several pre-plans, click “Start Pre-plan Patrol” to allow the decoder to start cruise according to the configured pre-plan.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark187"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark185"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark186"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark188"></a> Decoding rolling</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>In case of Decoding rolling to be fulfilled in certain decoder, the decoder must be selected for Cruise during TV wall scheme setting (please see section 6.2), and the roll group has been determined in the course of scheme setting.</p>
<p>As the roll group and roll screen has been assured to be set in the scheme, on the button below in the interface to start/pause the Cruise , click the o button in the process of roll to stop roll (note: roll control button is only effective to roll decoder but general decoder).</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark191"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark189"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark190"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark192"></a> Introduction of Buttons on Preview Operation Interface</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>On the preview operation interface, there is a row of function buttons</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="81" class="wp-image-4156" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-97.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 97" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 560" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-97.jpeg 473w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-97-300x51.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="799" height="84" class="wp-image-4157" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-98.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 98" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 561" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-98.jpeg 799w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-98-300x32.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-98-768x81.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 799px) 100vw, 799px" /></p>
<p>are split-screen switch control buttons. When a user selects the decoding screen, he/she may use the</p>
<p>buttons here to switch the number of split screens between different modes, such as 1,4, 9, 16, 36,</p>
<p>64. is a full screen control; users may click on it to activate full screen mode, right-click to exit.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="87" height="83" class="wp-image-4158" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-99.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 99" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 562"></p>
<p>is a split control; users may open/close the decoder split.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="167" height="86" class="wp-image-4159" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-100.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 100" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 563"></p>
<p>is a channel-clear-control; iib</p>
<p>is used to clear all decoding channels in certain decoders with one key, while</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="86" height="86" class="wp-image-4160" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-101.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 101" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 564"></p>
<p>is used to clear all</p>
<p>decoding channels in all decoders with one key.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark195"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark193"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark194"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark196"></a> Decoder Playback</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Access the playback operation interface as shown below:</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 39</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1851" height="1135" class="wp-image-4161" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-102.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 102" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 565" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-102.jpeg 1851w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-102-300x184.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-102-1024x628.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-102-768x471.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-102-1536x942.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-102-1200x736.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1851px) 100vw, 1851px" /></p>
<p>Drag the channel to be played to the decoder, then select the criteria for searching, such as date and video path. Click on the “video retrieval” button to search for video files in the corresponding</p>
<p>channel. Operation here is similar to that of video playback. All playback channels must be in the</p>
<p>same device, and a maximum of 9 channels of playbacks simultaneously. When the video search is</p>
<p>completed, click on the</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="88" height="85" class="wp-image-4162" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-103.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 103" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 566"></p>
<p>button or double-click on timeline to start playing. Double-click to</p>
<p>relocate time stamp during playing, as shown in the figure:</p>
<p>40 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1852" height="1113" class="wp-image-4163" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-104.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 104" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 567" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-104.jpeg 1852w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-104-300x180.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-104-1024x615.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-104-768x462.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-104-1536x923.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-104-1200x721.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1852px) 100vw, 1852px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark199"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark197"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark198"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark200"></a> Introduction of Buttons on Playback Operation Interface</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The function buttons in the lower part of playback operation interface are</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1373" height="90" class="wp-image-4164" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-105.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 105" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 568" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-105.jpeg 1373w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-105-300x20.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-105-1024x67.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-105-768x50.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-105-1200x79.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1373px) 100vw, 1373px" /></p>
<p>For details about the</p>
<p>functions of the buttons, please see the section above. Its functions includes: play/pause, stop, frame</p>
<p>play, playback speed adjustment, full screen, split -screen number button, decoder CLS, splict offset settings, open/close the split, TV wall CLS.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark203"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark201"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark202"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark204"></a> Alarm Configuration</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the “Alarm configuration” button on the main interface to access the alarm configuration interface. “Alarm configuration” is an alarm rule setting module. If a user wants to fulfill alarm linkage in the client-end, the alarm linkage rule must be set in advance.</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 41</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><em>ZKTebo</em></p>
<p><strong>AntarVis 2.0</strong></td>
<td><strong>□□□ □□□ OOO</strong></p>
<p>Control panel</td>
<td>Alarm configuration</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>User: admin &amp;</p>
<p>Right: administrator</p>
<p>Time: 2018-12-08 11:30:29</td>
<td>CPU: 13% &#8211;</p>
<p>Memory: 69%</p>
<p>Up: 13KB/S</p>
<p>Down: 586KB/S</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add Device Refresh</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Rule Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm Type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm Source</strong></td>
<td><strong>Remarks</strong></td>
<td><strong>Enable</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Alarm | Event I &lt; 4&gt; ■** a «</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Time</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Messages</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-08 11:29:25</td>
<td>Select channels</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-08 11:28:54</td>
<td>Select channels</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Alarm configuration interface shows the currently set linkage rules and the state of the rule.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark207"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark205"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark206"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark208"></a> Add Linkage Rule</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>To add an alarm linkage rule, please click on “Add” at the upper left corner, as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1233" height="1201" class="wp-image-4165" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-106.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 106" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 569" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-106.jpeg 1233w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-106-300x292.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-106-1024x997.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-106-768x748.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-106-1200x1169.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1233px) 100vw, 1233px" /></p>
<p>42 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark209"></a> Rule name: alarm linkage rule name is user-defined.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark210"></a> Alarm type: currently support 8 types of alarm, including Alarm in, Motion detection, Tampering, Video Loss, Area alarm, Object alarm, Cross line alarm and Counting alarm. Among which, the last four kinds are specialized to the device about intelligent detection. Regarding the definitions of the 8 types of alarm, please see NVR’s specifications.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark211"></a> Alarm source: Click on the check box to add all channels of all devices to VMS which can currently be selected.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark212"></a> Linkage action: includes capture, PTZ, Map, Record, pop Image and TV wall, which are defined respectively as below.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Capture: </strong>captures the picture of the linkage channel.</p>
<p><strong>PTZ: </strong>controls the linkage channel. You may choose to call certain presets, call certain cruises or certain tracks. Only front devices which support PTZ control can be linked to PTZ.</p>
<p><strong>Map: </strong>displays an alarm on map interface. For the linkage of map alarm, the channel to be linked shall be deployed on the map. When an alarm is triggered, the icon of the channel will be indicated in red on the map.</p>
<p><strong>Record: </strong>when an alarm is triggered, the channel linked starts recording at local storage server, where you shall configure the RecPlan in advance. Records can be viewed by searching in the playback module.</p>
<p><strong>Pop image: </strong>when an alarm is triggered, the preview window will pop up from the main interface displaying the real-time preview of the linked channel.</p>
<p><strong>TV Wall: </strong>select a channel and TV Wall for wall-run. When an alarm is triggered, the real-time preview picture of this channel will be uploaded to the TV Wall.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If the linkage action has been set as map, video, popup image and TV Wall, the front-end devices shall be selected. It shall be “auto-end” or “Schedule end”; “auto end” means that there is no linkage action upon the completion of alarm, while “timing end” means that the linkage action will end at the set time, which ranges from 1 second to 36,000 seconds.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark213"></a> Action param: the linkage action set can be displayed in this column.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark214"></a> Remarks: indicates relevant information of this linkage rule. It can be customized and omitted.</li>
</ol>
<p>Upon completion, the window is as shown below:</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 43</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1105" height="1077" class="wp-image-4166" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-107.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 107" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 570" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-107.jpeg 1105w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-107-300x292.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-107-1024x998.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-107-768x749.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1105px) 100vw, 1105px" /></p>
<p>Click on the “Save” button at the bottom to save and complete the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark217"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark215"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark216"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark218"></a> Modify Alarm Rule</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1852" height="229" class="wp-image-4167" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-108.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 108" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 571" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-108.jpeg 1852w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-108-300x37.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-108-1024x127.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-108-768x95.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-108-1536x190.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-108-1200x148.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1852px) 100vw, 1852px" /></p>
<p>Upon completion of alarm rule adding, users may click on “Modify” indicated in the figure to edit the existing rule.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark221"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark219"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark220"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark222"></a> Delete Alarm Rule</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Add Device Refresh</p>
<p>Rule Name Alarm Type Alarm Source</p>
<p>1 Alarm In DEVICES-NVR_192.168.0.88-NetAI&#8230;</p>
<p>Remarks</p>
<p>Enable</p>
<p>□</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="146" height="138" class="wp-image-4168" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-109.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 109" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 572"></p>
<p>Modify Update</p>
<p>To delete the existing rule, click on the “Delete” button in the figure; in case of disable of the feature at the moment, select the “check” button in the figure.</p>
<p>44 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark225"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark223"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark224"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark226"></a> Alarm Management</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the “Alarm” button on the main interface to enter the alarm management interface:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1854" height="1157" class="wp-image-4169" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-110.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 110" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 573" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-110.jpeg 1854w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-110-300x187.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-110-1024x639.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-110-768x479.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-110-1536x959.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-110-1200x749.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-110-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1854px) 100vw, 1854px" /></p>
<p>Alarm management interface displays all alarm information upload to VMS. Select time range to search and an alarm type, click on the “Search” button, then the system will search for relevant alarm information. There are 8 types of alarms, including alarm input, motion detection, video tampering alarm, video loss, target count detection, area detection, object detection and line crossing detection.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark229"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark227"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark228"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark230"></a> Log Management</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the “Log” button on the main interface to enter the log management interface:</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 45</p>
<p>User: admin G» CPU: 5%</p>
<p><sub>x</sub> Memory: 77%</p>
<p>Right: administrator <sub>Up: 1IKBS</sub></p>
<p>Time: 2018-12-08 11:53:43 Doyun* 682KR/<sup>&lt;S</sup></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="4" height="638" class="wp-image-4170" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-111.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 111" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 574"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1841" height="992" class="wp-image-4171" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-112.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 112" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 575" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-112.jpeg 1841w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-112-300x162.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-112-1024x552.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-112-768x414.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-112-1536x828.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-112-1200x647.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1841px) 100vw, 1841px" /></p>
<p>Log management interface displays all important operation records of a user. Select a log type and time range to search, click on “Retrieve” to start searching. Log types include login/logout, device management, start/stop rec, linkage management and remote configuration.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark231"></a> login/logout: users log in/out records.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark232"></a> Device management: management of records about user registration, modification and deletion of devices.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark233"></a> Start/stop recording: start/stop local video record.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark234"></a> Linkage management: management about recordsfromf user operations, such as addition, modification and deletion of a linkage rule.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark235"></a> Remote configuration: records of user operations in terms of remote configuration, and modification of parameters for front-end devices.</li>
</ol>
<p>The log will record the operation time, the user performed such operations, IP address where the operation is conducted, types of operations and target address of relevant important operations in details, which help the administrator to find out any issues.</p>
<p>46 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1825" height="155" class="wp-image-4172" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-113.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 113" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 576" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-113.jpeg 1825w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-113-300x25.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-113-1024x87.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-113-768x65.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-113-1536x130.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-113-1200x102.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1825px) 100vw, 1825px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark238"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark236"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark237"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark239"></a> User Management</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the “User management” button on the main interface to enter the user management interface:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><em>ZKTe^</em></p>
<p><strong>AntarVis 2.0</strong></td>
<td><strong>□□□ □□□ □□a</strong></p>
<p>Control panel</td>
<td>X *</p>
<p>Users management</td>
<td></td>
<td>User: admin G»</p>
<p>Right: administrator</p>
<p>Time: 2018-12-0811:58:40</td>
<td>CPU: 4% SI!</p>
<p>Memory: 75%</p>
<p>Up: 14KB/S</p>
<p>Down: 615KB/S</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add user</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Username</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>User type</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>admin</td>
<td></td>
<td>administrator</td>
<td>Modify</td>
<td>Update Right</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Alarm Event</strong></td>
<td><strong>&lt; 4»</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>-•* B</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Time</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Messages</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-08 11:47:08</td>
<td></td>
<td>Select an alarm source</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-08 11:46:41</td>
<td></td>
<td>Fill in rule name</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>User admin listed in the user management interface has the rights to set privilege for sub-users and users. There is a default super user whose name is “admin”, which can not be deleted and has all privileges. Click on “Modify” to change the password of the super user.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark242"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark240"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark241"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark243"></a> Add Sub-user</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click on “Add user” at the left-upper corner to add a new user:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="860" height="550" class="wp-image-4173" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-114.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 114" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 577" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-114.jpeg 860w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-114-300x192.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-114-768x491.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 860px) 100vw, 860px" /></p>
<p>The default user type is “Guest”, which means an ordinary user, not an administrative user. The user</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 47</p>
<p>type cannot be modified. Fill in the user name, password, type the password again, then click on “OK&#8217; to add a new user. The password and that to input at the field “Confirm password” shall be the same.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark246"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark244"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark245"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark247"></a> Sub-user Access Distribution</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Add user</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>User name</strong></td>
<td><strong>User type</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Operation</strong></td>
<td>Righ^</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>admin</strong></td>
<td><strong>Administrator</strong></td>
<td>Modify</td>
<td><strong>II</strong></td>
<td>Delete</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>test</strong></td>
<td><strong>Guest</strong></td>
<td>Modify</td>
<td><strong>II</strong></td>
<td>Delete</td>
<td>Right</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>To assign sub-users access rights, click on the “Right” button indicated in the figure to grant the users relevant access privileges:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1689" height="1263" class="wp-image-4174" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-115.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 115" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 578" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-115.jpeg 1689w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-115-300x224.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-115-1024x766.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-115-768x574.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-115-1536x1149.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-115-1200x897.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1689px) 100vw, 1689px" /></p>
<p>Types of access include common access, map access and decoder access.</p>
<p>Common access: includes preview, playback, video, intercom and PTZ control; depends on channels. The administrator may distribute relevant channels to the corresponding sub-users. The number corresponding to PTZ represents the control priority of PTZ. You may double-click to edit, and select a value from 0 to 10, among which, 0 indicates that there will be no PTZ control access, and 1-10 indicates the priority of PTZ control access. The larger the number, the higher the authority, i.e. 10</p>
<p>48 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<p>represents the top priority of PTZ control while 1 represents the lowest priority.</p>
<p>Channels without preview access distributed will be hidden if a sub-user logs in. Similarly, channels without relevant access rights cannot offer users access to playback, video and intercom. users can’t apply the corresponding functions. For instance, there are only 3 channels have been distributed to test sub-user, as shown in the figure:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1368" height="1025" class="wp-image-4175" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-116.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 116" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 579" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-116.jpeg 1368w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-116-300x225.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-116-1024x767.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-116-768x575.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-116-1200x899.jpeg 1200w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1368px) 100vw, 1368px" /></p>
<p>Login with sub-user can only view three channels, as shown in the figure below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1780" height="1115" class="wp-image-4176" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-117.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 117" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 580" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-117.jpeg 1780w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-117-300x188.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-117-1024x641.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-117-768x481.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-117-1536x962.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-117-1200x752.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-117-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1780px) 100vw, 1780px" /></p>
<p><strong>©Note: </strong>the super user has top access priority which cannot be modified.</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 49</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark250"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark248"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark249"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark251"></a> Sub-user Modification and Deletion</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1846" height="1147" class="wp-image-4177" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-118.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 118" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 581" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-118.jpeg 1846w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-118-300x186.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-118-1024x636.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-118-768x477.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-118-1536x954.jpeg 1536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-118-1200x746.jpeg 1200w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-118-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1846px) 100vw, 1846px" /></p>
<p>1) Modify a sub-user</p>
<p>Click on the “Modify” button indicated in the figure to pop up the editing interface.</p>
<p><strong>Edit &#8211; X</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1037" height="465" class="wp-image-4178" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-119.jpeg" alt="word image 4059 119" title="ZKTeco Antarvis VMS User Guide 582" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-119.jpeg 1037w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-119-300x135.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-119-1024x459.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/word-image-4059-119-768x344.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1037px) 100vw, 1037px" /></p>
<p>OK</p>
<p>Users may modify their passwords as needed. Upon completion of input, click on the “OK” button to confirm and save.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark252"></a> Delete a sub-user</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the “Delete” button on the user management interface to delete corresponding users, among which, you may not delete the super user account.</p>
<p>50 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark255"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark253"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark254"></a><a id="post-4059-bookmark256"></a> Local Configuration</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the “Local configuration” button on the main interface to enter the local configuration</p>
<p>interface:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><em>ZKTeco</em></td>
<td>□□a</p>
<p>□□a OOO</td>
<td>o</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>AntarVis 2.0</strong></td>
<td>Control</td>
<td>Local</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>panel</td>
<td>configuration</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>User admin &amp; <sup>CPU: 13%</sup></p>
<p>. &#8230; * Memory: 74%</p>
<p>Right: administrator ..</p>
<p>Up: 11 KB/S</p>
<p>Time: 2018-12-08 12:11:49 <sub>Down:</sub> 625KB/S</p>
<p>□ Autologin □ Bootfrom the start</p>
<p>0 Auto stream O Speed mode ® Save mode 4 ■» sub screen open the main stream</p>
<p>Window scale</p>
<p>Capture path</p>
<p>Download path</p>
<p>Export log path</p>
<p>FullScreen</p>
<p>C:\Capture</p>
<p>C:\Download</p>
<p>C:\Logs</p>
<p>Browse Open</p>
<p>Browse Open</p>
<p>Browse Open</p>
<p>Sync device time I Set Time □ Auto time Sync time 00:00 * Interval 1 ’ Day</p>
<p>Alarm sounds f Set</p>
<p>Rec storage path settings | Set</p>
<p>Data backup and restore Backup Restore</p>
<p>Channel count</p>
<p>ZKTeco: unlimited Channel</p>
<p>ONVIF: unlimited Channel; P2P: unlimited Channel; ZKTeco-P:unlimited Chai</p>
<p>Record colors ScheduleMotion detect</p>
<p>Smart</p>
<p>Version V2.0[20181123]</p>
<p>Save</p>
<p><strong>Alarm Event &lt; -♦* n </strong>s</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Alarm Time</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm Type</strong></td>
<td><strong>Device Serial</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Param</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm Source</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm State</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-08 12:10&#8230;</td>
<td>Motion detection</td>
<td>0B9301230911945AE75A</td>
<td>2</td>
<td></td>
<td>NVR._192.168.0.88-CH2</td>
<td>Stop Alarm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2018-12-08 12:10&#8230;</td>
<td>Motion detection</td>
<td>0B810002ADBF0000BA47</td>
<td>1</td>
<td></td>
<td>IPC_192.168.0.101-CH01</td>
<td>Stop Alarm</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark257"></a> Auto login: when VMS software opens, it will automatically log in.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark258"></a> Boot from the start: when you select this feature, the client-end program will run automatically when the server which runs VMS boot up.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark259"></a> Auto stream: when speed mode and save mode are selected, as shown in the figure,</li>
</ol>
<p>□ Auto stream 0 Speed mode 0 Save mode 4 ’ sub screen open the main stream</p>
<p>among which,</p>
<p>open of preview will open main stream and sub stream under the speed mode, however, only one of them will be displayed, therefor, it will be faster for switching and also saves the bandwidth. “Save” mode means that only one stream shall be opened at the same time; the current stream shall be closed to open another. It is slower and saves the bandwidth as well. Users may select the mode as needed. In addition, it can be selected under certain number of split screens to automatically switch to main stream under the circumstance of auto stream, 1,4 and 9 channels are optional.</p>
<p>Antarvis2.0 User Manual 51</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark260"></a> Window scale: for preview or playback. You may choose from full screen, 4:3 and 16:9.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark261"></a> Capture path: the directory to save captured pictures, including preview captures, playback captures and alarm linkage captures.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark262"></a> Download path: the directory to down documents.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark263"></a> Export log path: the directory to export log documents.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark264"></a> Sync device time: manual or automatic synchronization of time of access devices.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark265"></a> Alarm sounds: selection of sound, which is used as alarm linkage sound. You may customize the sound.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark266"></a> Rec storage path setting: setting local directory to save recorded documents.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark267"></a> Data backup and restore: backing up and restoring database to prevent data loss.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark268"></a> Channel count: displaying the authorized total number of channels. ZKTeco: unlimited Channel;</li>
</ol>
<p>ONVIF: unlimited Channel; P2P: unlimited Channel; ZKTeco-P: unlimited Channel</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark269"></a> Record colors: defining the color of indication of different types of videos.</li>
<li><a id="post-4059-bookmark270"></a> Version: the version number of the current program (non-modifiable).</li>
</ol>
<p>Upon completion of settings, click on “Save” to quit.</p>
<p>52 Antarvis2.0 User Manual</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/zkteco-antarvis-vms-user-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/acti-cms-2-0-installation-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/acti-cms-2-0-installation-guide/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 16 Jun 2023 12:52:51 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Access Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[administrator]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cms client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CMS setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CORTROL VMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[E-Map]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[fisheye]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Ganz CORTROL]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Internet Explorer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Local Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network Video Recorder]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pc client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Quick User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[System Requirements]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshoot]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VMS Client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[web browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[xmeye]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[xmeye vms]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=840</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide Access and control all NVR servers and cameras, even if they are on the other ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/acti-cms-2-0-installation-guide/#more-840" aria-label="Read more about ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide Access and control all NVR servers and cameras, even if they are on the other side of the world.<br />
Powerful tools to centrally manage NVRs and cameras in multiple locations &#8211; no matter if on different floors or different continents.</p>
<p><strong>Connecting Vision</strong></p>
<p>1| LOGIN &amp; LOGOUT</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark0"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark1"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark2"></a> ACTi CMS 2.0</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark0"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark1"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark3"></a> Quick User Guide</p>
<p>BEFORE YOU START</p>
<p>Thank you for using ACTi CMS 2.0 server system. This guide will demonstrate the fundamentals of how to:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark4"></a> Monitor live view and operate relevant live view functions</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark5"></a> Search recordings</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark6"></a> Export video</li>
</ul>
<p>You may download ACTi CMS 2.0 User’s Manual for detailed operation instructions from product page: <a href="http://www.acti.com/CMS2" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">http://www.acti.com/CMS2</a></p>
<p>For technical support, please contact your system supplier or contact our technical support team via <a href="http://www.acti.com/chd" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">http://www.acti.com/chd.</a></p>
<h2>ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide</h2>
<blockquote><p>Read More :</p>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/781/ganz-cortrol-vms-client-setup-guide/">Ganz CORTROL VMS Client Setup Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to/399/unv-viewing-playback-and-clipping/">How to Configure Gmail for Device Notifications</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/319/xmeye-vms-pc-client-setup-guide/">XMEYE VMS PC CLIENT Setup Guide</a></li>
</ol>
</blockquote>
<p><strong>Log in via CMS2 Workstation</strong></p>
<p>(The <strong>Password </strong>field is case-sensitive)</p>
<p>İ2İ OVERVIEW</p>
<p>Click the buttons on the right to switch between two main screens:</p>
<p><strong>Live View</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark7"></a> See live view</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark8"></a> Control a PTZ camera</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark9"></a> Receive event alerts</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark10"></a> Record manually or take a snapshot</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Playback</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Search / Play back recordings</li>
<li>Export snapshots or video</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Log out from CMS </strong>On top of the screen,</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark11"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark12"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark13"></a> click Options ^</p>
<p>Logout</p>
<p>3İ LIVE VIEW</p>
<p>You will enter the default live view layout after logging</p>
<p>in.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark14"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark15"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark16"></a> •Apply a preset view:</p>
<p>Left-click on a view</p>
<p>□2</p>
<p>&#8216;Channel</p>
<p><strong>Event</strong></p>
<p><strong>•Watch all cameras ■ of an NVR site :</strong></p>
<p>Click on the NVR</p>
<p>•<strong>Watch a camera: </strong>Drag it into layout</p>
<p>&#8211;</p>
<p><strong>Q</strong></p>
<p><strong>|| All Sources</strong></p>
<p><strong>I j îğj 1 MobileGo |</strong></p>
<p><strong>1 11 F_Entrance B© 2 11F_Lab B © 3 7F_Office Area A <sup>rec</sup> IS <sup>4 7F Office PTZ</sup></strong></p>
<p><strong>5 7F Office Area B =T 6 7F Office Area All B© 7 7F Entrance e®[8 7F_Entrance_Coi </strong>rec<strong> Q 11F Entrance OiJ</strong></p>
<p><strong>Device</strong></p>
<p><strong>View</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>Watch an instant event playback: </strong>Select the desired NVR source, and double-click on the event.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="558" height="292" class="wp-image-842" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-2.jpeg" alt="word image 840 2" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 777" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-2.jpeg 558w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-2-300x157.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 558px) 100vw, 558px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="42" height="46" class="wp-image-843" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-3.jpeg" alt="word image 840 3" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 778"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="213" height="251" class="wp-image-844" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-4.jpeg" alt="word image 840 4" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 779"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="219" height="131" class="wp-image-845" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-5.jpeg" alt="word image 840 5" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 780"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="54" height="467" class="wp-image-846" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-6.jpeg" alt="word image 840 6" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 781"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="381" height="194" class="wp-image-847" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-7.jpeg" alt="word image 840 7" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 782" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-7.jpeg 381w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-7-300x153.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 381px) 100vw, 381px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1" height="2" class="wp-image-848" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-8.jpeg" alt="word image 840 8" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 783"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1" height="1" class="wp-image-849" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-9.jpeg" alt="word image 840 9" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 784"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2" height="2" class="wp-image-850" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-10.jpeg" alt="word image 840 10" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 785"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="377" height="191" class="wp-image-853" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-13.jpeg" alt="word image 840 13" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 786" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-13.jpeg 377w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-13-300x152.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 377px) 100vw, 377px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="530" height="550" class="wp-image-854" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-14.jpeg" alt="word image 840 14" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 787" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-14.jpeg 530w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-14-289x300.jpeg 289w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 530px) 100vw, 530px" /></p>
<p><strong>Connecting Vision</strong></p>
<p>4 SINGLE CHANNEL OPTIONS</p>
<p>5 PTZ OPERATION</p>
<p><strong>Operate digital PTZ function</strong></p>
<p>Use the mouse to do digital PTZ operation on a selected</p>
<p>On <strong>Live View </strong>screen, select a single channel on layout.</p>
<p>Take a snapshot to client PC Start/Stop manual recording</p>
<p><strong>Show live view windows on a map</strong></p>
<p><strong>• Show single camera live view: </strong>Double-click on the camera icon</p>
<p>• <strong>Link to another map: </strong>Click</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark17"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark18"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark19"></a> □2</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark20"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark21"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark22"></a> • Show all camera live view:</p>
<p>Right-click to open channel menu^ “<strong>Show All Live View&#8217;</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark23"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark24"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark25"></a> O Draw a zoom area:</p>
<p>Hold left button and draw.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark26"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark27"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark28"></a> &amp; Navigate:</p>
<p>Hold left-button and move the red frame.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark29"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark30"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark31"></a> 0 Cancel digital PTZ:</p>
<p>Right-click in PiP window.</p>
<p><strong>Operate optical PTZ function</strong></p>
<p>Operate a PTZ camera with on-screen controls/joystick.</p>
<p><strong>Preset/Tour /Command menu</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="525" height="349" class="wp-image-856" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-16.jpeg" alt="word image 840 16" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 788" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-16.jpeg 525w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-16-300x199.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 525px) 100vw, 525px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="324" height="123" class="wp-image-857" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-17.jpeg" alt="word image 840 17" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 789" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-17.jpeg 324w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-17-300x114.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 324px) 100vw, 324px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="278" height="200" class="wp-image-858" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-18.jpeg" alt="word image 840 18" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 790"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="527" height="281" class="wp-image-859" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-19.jpeg" alt="word image 840 19" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 791" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-19.jpeg 527w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-19-300x160.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 527px) 100vw, 527px" /></p>
<p>7İ EXPORT VIDEO</p>
<p>Msearch PLAYBACK</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark32"></a> Enter <strong>Playback </strong>screen, select a View or drag a camera to <strong>Display </strong>area.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark33"></a> İDrag the <strong>Time Bar </strong>to find specific scene, and use the controls on <strong>Control </strong>panel to play and search.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>•Apply a preset view</strong></p>
<p><strong>View</strong></p>
<p><strong>Device</strong></p>
<p><strong>a</strong></p>
<p><strong>camera: </strong>Drag it into layout</p>
<p><strong>•Watch all I cameras of an</strong></p>
<p><strong>NVR site :</strong>Click on</p>
<p>the NVR</p>
<p>Time Bai</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark34"></a> Enter <strong>Playback </strong>screen, drag the <strong>Time Bar </strong>to video start point, right-click and select “<strong>Mark Export Start</strong>” on quick menu.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark35"></a> Drag to video end point, right-click and select “<strong>Mark Export End</strong>” on quick menu.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark36"></a> Right-click and select “<strong>Export Video</strong>”.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Control</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark37"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark38"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark39"></a> Rewind /Pause /Play Go to specific time</p>
<p><strong>Previous •­Display*, event</strong></p>
<p><strong>Go to current time</strong></p>
<p><strong>Next Search Export video</strong></p>
<p><strong>• *</strong></p>
<p><strong>Play speed Time bar scale</strong></p>
<p><strong>4. </strong>Set the export settings, and then click “<strong>Apply</strong>”.</p>
<p><strong>NOTE: </strong>The exported video and snapshots are saved to your designated file location, the default location is Windows desktop.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="448" height="223" class="wp-image-860" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-20.jpeg" alt="word image 840 20" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 792" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-20.jpeg 448w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-20-300x149.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 448px) 100vw, 448px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="522" height="120" class="wp-image-861" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-21.jpeg" alt="word image 840 21" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 793" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-21.jpeg 522w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-21-300x69.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 522px) 100vw, 522px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="228" height="156" class="wp-image-865" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-25.jpeg" alt="word image 840 25" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 794"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="337" height="289" class="wp-image-866" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-26.jpeg" alt="word image 840 26" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 795" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-26.jpeg 337w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-26-300x257.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 337px) 100vw, 337px" /></p>
<p>INSTALL THE SERVER</p>
<p>Step 1</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="330" height="352" class="wp-image-867" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-1-1.jpeg" alt="word image 840 1 1" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 796" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-1-1.jpeg 330w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-1-1-281x300.jpeg 281w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 330px) 100vw, 330px" /></p>
<p>ACCESS VIA BROWSER</p>
<p>Step 2</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark0"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark1"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark2"></a> ACTi CMS 2.0</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark0"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark1"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark3"></a> Quick Installation Guide</p>
<p>BEFORE YOU START</p>
<p>Thank you for using ACTi CMS 2.0 product. This guide will demonstrate the fundamentals of how to setup ACTi CMS 2.0 system. For detailed instructions, please refer to ACTi CMS 2.0 System Administrator’s Manual from<a href="http://www.acti.com/downloadcenter" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> http://www.acti.com/downloadcenter</a></p>
<p>Pre-requisites before installation:</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark4"></a> Ensure that your CMS server computer meets the minimum system requirements.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark5"></a> Uninstall other ACTi NVR or previous CMS server product on the CMS server computer, and manually delete <strong>ACTi Corporation </strong>program folder.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark6"></a> Disable UAC function in Windows.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark7"></a> Make sure your NVR servers have been upgraded to the latest version.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong><em>Customer Help Desk</em></strong><em>:</em><a href="http://www.acti.com/CHD" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> http://www.acti.com/CHD</a> <strong><em>US/Canada Toll-free Helpline</em></strong><em>:</em> 1-866-410-2284 (ACTi)</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>ACTi CMS Server v2A01 &#8211; InstallShield Wizard</strong></p>
<p><strong>ACTi</strong></p>
<p><strong>Connecting Vision</strong></td>
<td>Execute install shield</p>
<p><strong>ACTi_CMS_Server_ v2.0.10.exe</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Welcome to the InstallShield Wizard for ACTi CMS Server v2.0.01</strong></p>
<p><strong>The InstalSfeeM Wizard veil nstal ACTi CMS Server v2.0.01 on you computer. To continue, click Next</strong></td>
<td>Follow onscreen instructions to complete the installation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Back | Next &gt;</strong></td>
<td><strong>|_. Cancel |</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Wait for a few seconds until the server is ready.</p>
<p>Connect to <a href="http://localhost/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">http://localhost/ </a>via</p>
<p><strong>Internet Explorer</strong>.</p>
<p>Install two ACTi ActiveX control components.</p>
<p>Step 3</p>
<p>LOGIN</p>
<p>CMS v2.0</p>
<p>Account admin</p>
<p>Password ••••••</p>
<p>On <strong>Login </strong>page, enter: •<strong>Account</strong>: <strong>admin </strong>• <strong>Password</strong>: <strong>123456</strong></p>
<p>Click “<strong>Login</strong>”.</p>
<p><strong>Live View</strong></p>
<p><strong>Playback</strong></p>
<p><strong>Setup</strong></p>
<p>Language English</p>
<p>Remember login info</p>
<p>Don&#8217;t Remember</p>
<p>Note</p>
<p>If you meet any of the following problems, please try the methods below to fix it or contact our technical support team:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark8"></a><strong>Cannot access Login page</strong></li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark9"></a> Server is not ready, please wait for a while and connect again.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark10"></a> Your CMS server port is being used by another application, please close that application. For instance, if you use default port 80, Skype might have taken it.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark11"></a><strong>Cannot install the ActiveX controls</strong></li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark12"></a> Use <strong>Internet Explorer </strong>browser <strong>32-bit </strong>version.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark13"></a> The UAC function in <strong>Windows Vista </strong>or <strong>Windows 7 </strong>restricts the installation of add-ons. Please turn off the UAC function.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark14"></a> Internet Explorer security settings restrict the installation of add-on components. Please turn off the browser&#8217;s <strong>ActiveX Filtering </strong>function, add this CMS server site to <strong>Trusted sites </strong>list, and set the security level to <strong>Medium-high </strong>or lower.</li>
</ol>
<p>REGISTER THE LICENSE</p>
<p>Step 4</p>
<p><strong>1&#8242; </strong>Make sure you have the information on hand:</p>
<p><strong>License key </strong>and <strong>ACTi member account/password</strong></p>
<p>(ACTi Member Center &#8211;<a href="http://member.acti.com/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> http://member.acti.com/)</a></p>
<p>■Go to <strong>Setup </strong>page ^ <strong>System </strong>tab ^ <strong>License</strong></p>
<p><strong>3&#8242; </strong>On <strong>Online Registration </strong>tab, fill in the required fields, and then click &#8220;<strong>Apply&#8221;</strong>. Make sure the total of licensed channels is enough for the number of devices you are going to add to CMS server.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="440" height="254" class="wp-image-868" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-2-1.jpeg" alt="word image 840 2 1" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 797" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-2-1.jpeg 440w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-2-1-300x173.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 440px) 100vw, 440px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="274" height="41" class="wp-image-869" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-3-1.jpeg" alt="word image 840 3 1" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 798"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="518" height="154" class="wp-image-870" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-4-1.jpeg" alt="word image 840 4 1" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 799" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-4-1.jpeg 518w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-4-1-300x89.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 518px) 100vw, 518px" /></p>
<p><strong>Connecting Vision</strong></p>
<p>CREATE USERS</p>
<p>Step 5</p>
<p>ADD NVR SERVERS</p>
<p>Step 6</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="188" height="51" class="wp-image-871" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-5-1.jpeg" alt="word image 840 5 1" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 800"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="540" height="236" class="wp-image-872" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-6-1.jpeg" alt="word image 840 6 1" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 801" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-6-1.jpeg 540w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-6-1-300x131.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 540px) 100vw, 540px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="542" height="236" class="wp-image-873" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-7-1.jpeg" alt="word image 840 7 1" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 802" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-7-1.jpeg 542w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-7-1-300x131.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 542px) 100vw, 542px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="347" height="308" class="wp-image-874" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-8.png" alt="word image 840 8" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 803" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-8.png 347w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-8-300x266.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 347px) 100vw, 347px" /></p>
<p>(fl Enter <strong>Setup </strong>page ^ <strong>Users </strong>tab ^ ,■</p>
<p>Add a user group:</p>
<p>expand its properties.</p>
<p>■Select the newly-created group on the group list and modify its <strong>CMS Permissions </strong>and <strong>NVR Permissions</strong>.</p>
<p>■On <strong>Users </strong>tab, select | <strong>Users</strong></p>
<p>Create a new user account:</p>
<p>(fl Enter <strong>Setup </strong>page ^ <strong>Source </strong>tab, and click “<strong>Add Source</strong>”.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="281" height="96" class="wp-image-875" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-9-1.jpeg" alt="word image 840 9 1" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 804"></p>
<p>(fl Input the NVR server information and the NVR Administrator&#8217;s <strong>password</strong>, and then click “<strong>Apply</strong>”.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="489" height="44" class="wp-image-876" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-10-1.jpeg" alt="word image 840 10 1" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 805" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-10-1.jpeg 489w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-10-1-300x27.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 489px) 100vw, 489px" /></p>
<p>On <strong>All Sources </strong>tree, click □ by the NVR sever name to</p>
<p><strong>(A) </strong>To synchronize with the devices, click i <strong>(B) </strong>To modify NVR server or device settings, click the item in the NVR category to enter setup page.</p>
<p>SET EVENT RULES</p>
<p>Step 7</p>
<p>CUSTOMIZE LIVE VIEWS</p>
<p>Step 8</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="538" height="226" class="wp-image-877" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-11-1.jpeg" alt="word image 840 11 1" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 806" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-11-1.jpeg 538w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-11-1-300x126.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 538px) 100vw, 538px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="539" height="235" class="wp-image-878" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-12-1.jpeg" alt="word image 840 12 1" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 807" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-12-1.jpeg 539w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-12-1-300x131.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 539px) 100vw, 539px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="406" height="184" class="wp-image-879" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-13-1.jpeg" alt="word image 840 13 1" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 808" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-13-1.jpeg 406w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-13-1-300x136.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 406px) 100vw, 406px" /></p>
<p>O Select an event type from the event list.</p>
<p>(■Configure the response settings on <strong>Event Edit </strong>window, and then click “<strong>Apply</strong>”.</p>
<p>VALIDATION</p>
<p>Step 9</p>
<p>fl Enter <strong>Setup </strong>page ^ <strong>Event </strong>tab</p>
<p>fl From <strong>All Sources </strong>t ree, select your event source: an NVR server or a device &#8211; .</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark15"></a> Go to <strong>Live View </strong>page. On <strong>View Tool </strong>bar, click O to create a new view, then clickQ to enter edit mode.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark16"></a> Select a layout style.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark17"></a> »To add a camera view: Pull a device from <strong>Device </strong>list to a channel.</li>
</ol>
<p>•To add a map view: Select a channel and click I , upload the map, drag the lower right corners to adjust map size, and add devices from <strong>Device </strong>list.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark18"></a> On <strong>View Tool </strong>bar, click ! to save the view.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark19"></a> ClickO to set this view as default live view.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark20"></a> On <strong>Live View </strong>page, check live streaming by selecting a view on <strong>View </strong>list or an NVR in <strong>Device </strong>list.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark21"></a> On <strong>Live View </strong>page, check the <strong>Event </strong>list for instant event notifications from devices.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark22"></a> On <strong>Playback </strong>page, check the recordings by selecting a view on <strong>View </strong>list or an NVR in <strong>Device </strong>list, drag the time bar and use the <strong>Control </strong>buttons to play.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Connecting Vision</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark65"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark66"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark67"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark64"></a> Overview</p>
<p>Designed for large-scale multi-site video surveillance solution, <strong>Central Management System 2.0 </strong>(hereafter referred to as <strong>CMS</strong>) software allows its user the full capabilities to monitor and manage multiple <strong>Network Video Recorders </strong>(<strong>NVR</strong>) via network. It also possesses full functionalities to manage not only NVRs but devices (network cameras, video encoders, etc.), users and events.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark69"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark70"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark71"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark68"></a> CMS Server / Client Architecture</p>
<p><strong>CMS </strong>is a typical web-based server/client system. In a multi-site surveillance solution, <strong>CMS Server </strong>serves as a management command center; a <strong>Client </strong>makes requests of monitoring video streams or playing recordings sent to <strong>CMS Server</strong>, and <strong>CMS Server </strong>will pass this request to the involved <strong>NVR Server </strong>to send data/video stream to the <strong>Client</strong>. <strong>CMS Server </strong>starts automatically as soon as the <strong>Server computer </strong>(where it is installed) boots up, and operates in the background without requiring the login of administrator. It would provide services over the TCP/IP network to multiple <strong>Clients </strong>upon requests coming through HTTP protocol.</p>
<p>There are two types of <strong>Clients </strong>in CMS system: <strong>Web Client </strong>and <strong>Workstation Client</strong>. A user, connecting from whether web browser or workstation, will be provided with the same user interface and be CMS functions.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark72"></a><strong>Web Client</strong>: the web version of interface to access <strong>CMS Server </strong>without the need of installing any client program. Logging in to the <strong>CMS Server </strong>is as simple as visiting a website through the browser.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark73"></a><strong>Workstation Client: </strong>the client application making accessing <strong>CMS Server </strong>free from the use of browser .The workstation includes a set of programs that provide interface between users and the <strong>CMS Server</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="463" class="wp-image-880" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-1-2.jpeg" alt="word image 840 1 2" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 809" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-1-2.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-1-2-300x136.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-1-2-768x347.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark87"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark88"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark89"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark86"></a> Prerequisites</p>
<p>Please preview these prerequisites below and make sure they are met before installation:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark92"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark90"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark91"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark93"></a> Upgrade All the NVR servers</li>
</ol>
<p>Please upgrade all the NVR servers to the latest version.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark96"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark94"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark95"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark97"></a> Suitable System Specifications</li>
</ol>
<p>Ensure that the server computer meets the minimum system requirements.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark100"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark101"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark98"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark99"></a> Uninstall Previous ACTi NVR or CMS Products</li>
</ol>
<p>As the previous ACTi NVR server software ( NVR 2.X) or previous CMS server software (CMS1.X) cannot co-exist with CMS 2.0 server on the same computer, please uninstall their main program and patches from <strong>Windows </strong>^ <strong>Control Panel </strong>before installing CMS 2.0 server. Please also manually delete the program folder. By default, this folder <strong>ACTi Corporation </strong>is under <em>C:\Program Files.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="471" height="276" class="wp-image-881" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-2-2.jpeg" alt="word image 840 2 2" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 810" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-2-2.jpeg 471w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-2-2-300x176.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 471px) 100vw, 471px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark104"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark102"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark103"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark105"></a> Turn off UAC in Windows</li>
</ol>
<p>UAC (User Access Control) is a security setting that restricts access in Microsoft Windows.</p>
<p>You must disable UAC before installing CMS 2.0 in <strong>Windows 7</strong>, for the installation of application components and certain program features would be interrupted by this security rule. If you are using <strong>Windows 8</strong>, please enable the built-in <strong>Administrator </strong>account and log in with this identity, or add this CMS site to IE browser’s trusted sites (please follow the solution provided for<a href="#post-840-bookmark192"> Condition 2: Why can’t I install Active X controls after logging in? </a>on page 29 to do so).</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark106"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark107"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark108"></a> Disable UAC in Windows 7</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark109"></a> Go to <strong>Windows Control Panel</strong>, type “<strong>UAC</strong>” in search box.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark110"></a> Click “<strong>Change User Account Control settings</strong>”</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="360" height="229" class="wp-image-882" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-3-2.jpeg" alt="word image 840 3 2" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 811" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-3-2.jpeg 360w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-3-2-300x191.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 360px) 100vw, 360px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark111"></a> Move the slider to “<strong>Never notify position</strong>”, and then click “<strong>OK</strong>”. You will have to restart</li>
</ol>
<p>the computer for this change to take place.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="363" height="305" class="wp-image-883" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-4-2.jpeg" alt="word image 840 4 2" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 812" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-4-2.jpeg 363w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-4-2-300x252.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 363px) 100vw, 363px" /></p>
<p><strong>1.</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark114"></a> Disable UAC in Windows Vista</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark112"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark113"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark115"></a> Go to Windows Control Panel, click “User Account and Family safety”.</p>
<p>System and Maintenance Get started with Windows</p>
<p>Back up your computer</p>
<p>Security</p>
<p>«jPw Check for updates</p>
<p>Check this computer&#8217;s security status</p>
<p>»</p>
<p>Allow a programı through Windows Firewall</p>
<p>Network and Internet View network status and tasks Set up file sharing</p>
<p>^■7 Hardware and Sound</p>
<p>Play CDs or other media automatically</p>
<p>Mouse</p>
<p>Programs</p>
<p>■-tt|| Uninstall a program</p>
<p>Change startup programs</p>
<p>User Accounts and Family Safety</p>
<p>SŞ Set up parental controls for any user ®Add or remove user accounts</p>
<p>m . Appearance and Personalization Change desktop background Change the color scheme Adjust screen resolution</p>
<p>jLjh Clock, Language, and Region j&#8221; Change keyboards or other input</p>
<p>methods</p>
<p>Ease of Access Let Windows suggest settings Optimize visual display</p>
<p>I y I Additional Options</p>
<p>Select the account, then “<strong>Turn User Account Control on or off</strong>”.</p>
<p><strong>2.</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark116"></a> On the &#8220;<strong>Turn on User Account Control (UAC) to make your computer more</strong></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>secure</strong>&#8221; window, uncheck the &#8220;<strong>Use User Account Control (UAC) to help protect</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark117"></a><strong>your computer</strong>&#8220;. Click on the “<strong>OK</strong>” to apply, you will have to restart the computer for this change to take place.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="244" height="230" class="wp-image-884" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-5-2.jpeg" alt="word image 840 5 2" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 813"></p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark119"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark120"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark121"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark118"></a> Server Installation</p>
<p>The server program installation is as easy as 1-2-3 by following the installation wizard’s instructions. The server would start its service right after installation completes, without the need to restart the server computer.</p>
<p><strong>Install the Software</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark122"></a> Execute the install shield application .</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark123"></a> Follow the onscreen instructions of <strong>InstallShield Wizard</strong>, accept the license agreement and proceed.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><sup>A</sup>&lt;=<sup>Ti</sup></strong></p>
<p><strong>Connecting Vision</strong></p>
<p><strong>License Agreement</strong></p>
<p>Please read the following license agreement carefully.</p>
<p><strong>Important Notice <sup>A</sup></strong></p>
<p>Please read the terms and conditions of this license agreement carefully before installing the software. This end user license agreement (EULA) is between you (either an individual, or a single legal entity) and ACTi. By installing the software and clicking on the &#8220;agree&#8221; button, you agree to the term and conditions of this agreement. If you do not agree to this <sub>v</sub></p>
<p>^^^TccepUh^erm^Uh^icens^gr^^^^^] | Print</p>
<p>O I do not accept the terms of the license agreement</p>
<p>InstallShield I</p>
<p>&lt; Back Cancel |</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="527" height="450" class="wp-image-885" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-6-2.jpeg" alt="word image 840 6 2" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 814" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-6-2.jpeg 527w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-6-2-300x256.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 527px) 100vw, 527px" /></p>
<p>When selecting <strong>Setup Type</strong>, the default “<strong>Complete</strong>” will have the program installed on default <strong>C drive</strong>, you may select “<strong>Custom</strong>” to choose another program location.</p>
<p><strong>MI ACTi</strong></p>
<p><strong>Connecting Vision</strong></p>
<p><strong>Setup Type</strong></p>
<p>Select the setup type to install.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="442" height="150" class="wp-image-886" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-7-2.jpeg" alt="word image 840 7 2" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 815" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-7-2.jpeg 442w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-7-2-300x102.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 442px) 100vw, 442px" /></p>
<p>Please select a setup type.</p>
<p>All program features will be installed. (Requires the most disk space.)</p>
<p>Select which program features you want installed. Recommended for advanced users.</p>
<p>I nstallShield</p>
<p>J &lt; Back Cancel |</p>
<p>The <strong>IP Port Checker </strong>will pop up to confirm the CMS port number. The installation program will use <strong>80 </strong>as default. You may enter another available port number in “<strong>Listen Port</strong>” field and click “<strong>Apply</strong>”.</p>
<p><strong>3.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="446" height="255" class="wp-image-887" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-8-1.jpeg" alt="word image 840 8 1" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 816" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-8-1.jpeg 446w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-8-1-300x172.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 446px) 100vw, 446px" /></p>
<p>You may just click “<strong>Apply</strong>” if you are not sure whether this port has been taken or not. If the port is being used by another service, you will be asked to input another available port number.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="402" height="185" class="wp-image-888" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-9-2.jpeg" alt="word image 840 9 2" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 817" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-9-2.jpeg 402w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-9-2-300x138.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 402px) 100vw, 402px" /></p>
<p><strong>4. </strong>As the server port is confirmed, the installation process is done, click “<strong>Finish</strong>”.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="521" height="448" class="wp-image-889" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-10-2.jpeg" alt="word image 840 10 2" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 818" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-10-2.jpeg 521w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-10-2-300x258.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 521px) 100vw, 521px" /></p>
<p><strong>5. </strong>After the installation completes, connect to http://localhost:port number with Internet</p>
<p>Explorer browser, you will see CMS Login page.</p>
<p>Note</p>
<p>If IIS Web Server has been installed on the computer and you are asked to restart the computer during installation process, please</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark124"></a> Choose Yes. I want to restart mjj computer now. to restart right away.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark125"></a> After the computer reboots, this install shield will automatically continue the installation.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark127"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark128"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark129"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark126"></a> Workstation Installation</p>
<p><strong>CMS2 Workstation </strong>provides interface between users and the CMS server. It may be installed on the server computer or on a separate computer with internet access to CMS server.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark130"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark131"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark132"></a> Install the Software</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark133"></a> Execute install the shield application LE .</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark134"></a> Follow the onscreen instructions of <strong>InstallShield Wizard</strong>, accept the license agreement and proceed.</li>
</ol>
<p>fed1<sup>ACTi</sup></p>
<p><strong>Connecting Vision</strong></p>
<p><strong>License Agreement</strong></p>
<p>Please read the following license agreement carefully.</p>
<p><strong>Important Notice *</strong></p>
<p>o</p>
<p>Please read the terms and conditions of this license agreement carefully before installing the software. This end user license agreement (EULA) is between you (either an individual, or a single legal entity) and ACTi. By installing the software and clicking on the &#8220;agree&#8221; button, you agree to the term and conditions of this agreement. If you do not agree to this ▼</p>
<p>^^^ccepÛh^erm^Hh^îcens^^^^^^^ p<sub>r</sub>j<sub>n</sub>t</p>
<p>ö I do not accept the terms of the license agreement</p>
<p>I nstallS hield</p>
<p>&lt; Back Next&gt; Cancel</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="512" height="440" class="wp-image-890" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-11-2.jpeg" alt="word image 840 11 2" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 819" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-11-2.jpeg 512w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-11-2-300x258.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 512px) 100vw, 512px" /></p>
<p><strong>ferf ACTi</strong></p>
<p><strong>Connecting Vision</strong></p>
<p><strong>Setup Type</strong></p>
<p>Select the setup type to install.</p>
<p>Please select a setup type.</p>
<p>o Complete</p>
<p>A&#8221; P<sup>r</sup>°g<sup>fam</sup> Matures will be installed. (Requires the most disk space.)</p>
<p>O Custom</p>
<p>Select which program features you want installed. Recommended for advanced users.</p>
<p>I nstallS hield</p>
<p>[ &lt; Back 11 Next &gt; Cancel</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="753" height="527" class="wp-image-891" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-12-2.jpeg" alt="word image 840 12 2" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 820" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-12-2.jpeg 753w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-12-2-300x210.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 753px) 100vw, 753px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark136"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark137"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark138"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark135"></a> License and Activation</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark139"></a> In CMS system, the maximum number of channels is <strong>unlimited</strong>; your required number of channels should be licensed and activated before adding the devices to the system. To get the license, you may contact ACTi sales representatives to purchase the licenses and obtain the <strong>License Key</strong>. Upon the activation of license with the <strong>License Key</strong>, the channels will automatically become available.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark140"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark141"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark142"></a> Please note:</p>
<p><strong>•</strong>The license is cumulative and perpetual.</p>
<p><strong>•</strong>The license is not version-specific, software version upgrading will not influence the existing license you have activated on CMS server.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark144"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark145"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark146"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark143"></a> How Does License Activation Work</p>
<p>License activation is the process of unlocking the channels on CMS server with the received <strong>License Key</strong>. <strong>License Key </strong>is a serial number delivered as a printed card or by email after the purchase is carried out. During license activation, your <strong>License Key </strong>is matched against the MAC address of the Network Interface Card (NIC) on CMS server computer. Once this license key is used by the computer with given MAC, it cannot be activated with another MAC. This matching record will be stored on the activation database. If your computer has more than one network cards, CMS server will detect them and provide you a dropdown list to select from.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark148"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark149"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark150"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark147"></a> How to Activate the Licenses</p>
<p>There are two ways to activate the licenses depending on your CMS server network condition:</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark151"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark152"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark153"></a> Online Activation</p>
<p>If your CMS server computer has available Internet access, you should take online activation.</p>
<p>| On CMS2 server, input the</p>
<p>Purchase licenses <strong>1 </strong>from ACTi, get the Lucense key</p>
<p><strong>J</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="296" height="104" class="wp-image-892" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-13-2.jpeg" alt="word image 840 13 2" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 821"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="187" height="104" class="wp-image-893" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-14-1.jpeg" alt="word image 840 14 1" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 822"><strong>2 </strong>LICENSE KEY to activate the license directly.</p>
<p><strong>CMS server</strong></p>
<p>(Internet access)</p>
<p><strong>Step 1</strong>: Membership ID in <strong>ACTi Member Center </strong>is required for activation. Register one for free at <a href="http://member.acti.com/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">http://member.acti.com/</a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="419" height="237" class="wp-image-894" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-15-1.jpeg" alt="word image 840 15 1" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 823" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-15-1.jpeg 419w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-15-1-300x170.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 419px) 100vw, 419px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="902" height="516" class="wp-image-895" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-16-1.jpeg" alt="word image 840 16 1" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 824" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-16-1.jpeg 902w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-16-1-300x172.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-16-1-768x439.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 902px) 100vw, 902px" /><strong>Step 2</strong>: Log in CMS server, go to <strong>Setup </strong>page^<strong>System </strong>tab^<strong>License</strong>^“<strong>Online Registration</strong>”. Select the <strong>MAC Address</strong>, enter your <strong>License Key</strong>, member <strong>Account </strong>and <strong>Password</strong>, and then click “<strong>Apply</strong>”. CMS server will connect to the activation database via Internet to register the license key, and unlock the channels.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="27" height="56" class="wp-image-896" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-17-1.jpeg" alt="word image 840 17 1" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 825"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="136" height="41" class="wp-image-897" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-18-1.jpeg" alt="word image 840 18 1" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 826"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="156" height="104" class="wp-image-898" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-19-1.jpeg" alt="word image 840 19 1" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 827"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="231" height="104" class="wp-image-899" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-20-1.jpeg" alt="word image 840 20 1" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 828"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="189" height="109" class="wp-image-900" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-21-1.jpeg" alt="word image 840 21 1" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 829"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="424" height="245" class="wp-image-901" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-22-1.jpeg" alt="word image 840 22 1" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 830" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-22-1.jpeg 424w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-22-1-300x173.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 424px) 100vw, 424px" /></p>
<p>Purchase licenses <strong>1 </strong>from ACTi, get the Lucense key <strong> J</strong></p>
<p>P Load the <sup>1</sup></p>
<p><strong>3 </strong>ACTIVATION FILE</p>
<p>into CMS server</p>
<p><strong>Computer</strong></p>
<p>(Internet access)</p>
<p><strong>CMS server</strong></p>
<p><strong>1. </strong>Membership ID in <strong>ACTi Member Center </strong>is required for activation. Register one for free at <a href="http://member.acti.com/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">http://member.acti.com/</a></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark154"></a> Access<a href="http://www.acti.com/support/LicenseMgt/CMS_registration.asp" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> http://www.acti.com/support/LicenseMgt/CMS registration.asp,</a> enter the <strong>License</strong></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Key </strong>and the <strong>MAC address </strong>of CMS server computer, click “<strong>Submit</strong>”. An email with</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark155"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark156"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark157"></a> Offline Activation</p>
<p>Offline activation does not require Internet access for CMS server. It is used when CMS is located in a network not connected to public Internet (e.g. in a restricted military base). You will need to get an activation file (<strong>AUL.lic </strong>file) from another computer and transfer it to CMS server computer.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="627" height="563" class="wp-image-902" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-23-1.jpeg" alt="word image 840 23 1" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 831" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-23-1.jpeg 627w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-23-1-300x269.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 627px) 100vw, 627px" /> On another computer, access ACTi website to activate the licenses using the</p>
<p>activation code file (<strong>AUL.lic</strong>) will be sent to your registered e-mail account.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark158"></a> Log in CMS server from local or via web client. Go to <strong>Setup </strong>^ <strong>System </strong>tab ^ <strong>License </strong>^ “<strong>Offline Registration</strong>”^ click “<strong>Import</strong>” and upload the license file (<strong>AUL.lic</strong>). Click “<strong>Apply</strong>” to activate this license.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="561" height="175" class="wp-image-903" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-24-1.jpeg" alt="word image 840 24 1" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 832" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-24-1.jpeg 561w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-24-1-300x94.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 561px) 100vw, 561px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark159"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark160"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark161"></a> Verify Your License</p>
<p>Once your license is successfully activated, the license information will be shown on <strong>License</strong></p>
<p>page.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="902" height="508" class="wp-image-904" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-25-1.jpeg" alt="word image 840 25 1" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 833" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-25-1.jpeg 902w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-25-1-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-25-1-768x433.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 902px) 100vw, 902px" /></p>
<p>Important</p>
<p>The license data will be erased once CMS server is uninstalled. Be sure to retain your license key information in a safe place because you may need to reinstall the software. After the software is uninstalled, you should contact <strong>ACTi Customer Help Desk</strong><a href="http://www.acti.com/CHD" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> http://www.acti.com/CHD </a>to clear the ^original registration data in our database, and then you may activate the license again.</p>
<p>Tip</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark162"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark163"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark164"></a> How to find MAC Address</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark165"></a> Click <strong>Windows Start</strong>, in the run box on <strong>Start </strong>menu, input “<strong>cmd</strong>”.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark166"></a> Execute the <strong>cmd </strong>program, and input the command “<strong>ipconfig /all</strong>” or “<strong>getmac</strong>”</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark167"></a> The MAC address will be referred to as the <strong>Physical Address</strong>, made up of 12 characters</li>
</ol>
<p>e.g. <strong>00-1E-65-FE-8E-98</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark169"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark170"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark171"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark168"></a> Log in to the System</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark173"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark174"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark175"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark172"></a> Access CMS via Internet Explorer</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="978" height="272" class="wp-image-905" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-26-1.jpeg" alt="word image 840 26 1" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 834" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-26-1.jpeg 978w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-26-1-300x83.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-26-1-768x214.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 978px) 100vw, 978px" /></p>
<p>httpy/localhosv</p>
<p>Network</p>
<p>220.228.146.21</p>
<p><strong>(Example)</strong></p>
<p><a href="http://172.16.26.82/" rel="nofollow">http://172.16.26.82/</a></p>
<p><strong>(Example)</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark176"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark177"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark178"></a> From Server Computer Using Local Client</p>
<p>Open Internet Expolrer. If your computer is where CMS server is installed, type <a href="http://localhost/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><strong>http://localhost/ </strong></a>or the computer’s IP address in URL box.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark179"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark180"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark181"></a> From Remote Client Computer</p>
<p>A remote client refers to any client using a computer over WAN or LAN other than server computer. If you are connecting to a CMS server as a remote client, please type server computer’s IP (e.g. local network ip: <a href="http://172.16.26.217" rel="nofollow"><strong>http://172.16.26.217</strong></a> within LAN; public IP <a href="http://220.228.146.21/" rel="nofollow"><strong>http://220.228.146.21 </strong></a>or domain name<a href="http://cms.acti.com/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> <strong>http://cms.acti.com </strong></a>over WAN ) in URL box. If the port number is <strong>80</strong>, you can omit it when typing the address.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark182"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark183"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark184"></a> Accept ActiveX Controls Installation Requests</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark185"></a> CMS interface requires the add-on ActiveX Control components, please make sure browser’s security settings allow ActiveX controls to be downloaded and installed. When your browser asks if you allow ACTi Corporation’s add-on components to run, please allow them.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="311" height="147" class="wp-image-906" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-27.jpeg" alt="word image 840 27" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 835" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-27.jpeg 311w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-27-300x142.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 311px) 100vw, 311px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="35" height="37" class="wp-image-907" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-28.jpeg" alt="word image 840 28" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 836"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="561" height="274" class="wp-image-908" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-29.jpeg" alt="word image 840 29" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 837" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-29.jpeg 561w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-29-300x147.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 561px) 100vw, 561px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="477" height="220" class="wp-image-909" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-30.jpeg" alt="word image 840 30" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 838" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-30.jpeg 477w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-30-300x138.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 477px) 100vw, 477px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="2" class="wp-image-910" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-31.jpeg" alt="word image 840 31" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 839"></p>
<p>ActiveX Installer Service &#8211; Security Warning</p>
<p><strong>Do you want to install this software?</strong></p>
<p><strong>Do you want to install</strong></p>
<p>) More</p>
<p>While files from fr your computer. 0</p>
<p>While files from your computer.</p>
<p>ActiveX Installer Service &#8211; Security Warning</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark186"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark187"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark188"></a> Login Failure Troubleshooting</p>
<p>Once you confront with problems accessing CMS server, refer to the possible conditions below and follow the instruction to solve your issues.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark189"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark190"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark191"></a> Condition 1: Why can’t I access CMS server via my browser?</p>
<p>After typing in the correct CMS server IP, if you cannot access CMS Login page, you may get the below browser screens:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="418" height="376" class="wp-image-911" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-32.jpeg" alt="word image 840 32" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 840" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-32.jpeg 418w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-32-300x270.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 418px) 100vw, 418px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="413" height="377" class="wp-image-912" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-33.jpeg" alt="word image 840 33" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 841" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-33.jpeg 413w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-33-300x274.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 413px) 100vw, 413px" /></p>
<p><strong>Cause</strong>: Server is not ready</p>
<p><strong>Solution</strong>: It will take a little while for the server to get ready to run after the installation is completed, please wait a few seconds and connect again.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark193"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark194"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark195"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark192"></a> Condition 2: Why can’t I install Active X controls after logging in?</p>
<p>ActiveX Control components are essential for CMS server to present user interface. The message below will show if these controls were not installed.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="605" height="309" class="wp-image-913" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-34.jpeg" alt="word image 840 34" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 842" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-34.jpeg 605w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-34-300x153.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 605px) 100vw, 605px" /></p>
<p><strong>Cause 1</strong>: Your <strong>Internet Explorer </strong>browser version does not support CMS.</p>
<p><strong>Solution</strong>: Make sure you are using the <strong>32-bit </strong>version of Internet Explorer.</p>
<p><strong>Cause 2</strong>: Your browser restricts the installation of add-on components.</p>
<p><strong>Solution</strong>: Internet Explorer security settings may restrict the installation of add-on components. To ensure CMS server is always accessible from your web client regardless of any change in browser’s overall Internet security settings, you may add CMS server site to Internet Explorer’s Trusted sites. These sites are which you consider safe and wish to visit with low security restrictions while maintaining higher security for the rest of the Internet.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark196"></a> On IE browser, click <strong>Tools </strong>^ <strong>Safety </strong>and make sure <strong>ActiveX Filtering </strong>is unchecked.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark197"></a> On IE browser, go to <strong>Tools </strong>^<strong>Internet Options</strong>^<strong>Security </strong>tab, select “<strong>Trusted sites</strong>”, set the security level to “<strong>Medium High</strong>”, and then click “<strong>Sites</strong>”.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark198"></a> Add<a href="http://localhost/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> http://localhost </a>or<a href="http://127.0.0.1/" rel="nofollow"> server </a>IP to the zone, and <strong>clear </strong>the box “<strong>Require server verification (https:) for all sites in this zone</strong>”.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark199"></a> Back on <strong>Security </strong>tab, click “<strong>Apply</strong>” to apply the changes. This will allow ActiveX and</li>
</ol>
<p>scripting to be available for the chosen sites but not for the Internet as a whole.</p>
<p>sites</p>
<p>You can add and remove websites from this zone. All websites in</p>
<p>this</p>
<p>zone</p>
<p>will</p>
<p>use</p>
<p>the</p>
<p>zone&#8217;:</p>
<p>rity settings.</p>
<p>website</p>
<p>the</p>
<p>zone:</p>
<p><a href="http://localho5t/" rel="nofollow">http://localho5t/</a></p>
<p>Websites:</p>
<p>Require</p>
<p>server</p>
<p>verification</p>
<p>(https:</p>
<p>for</p>
<p>all</p>
<p>sites</p>
<p>[ Remove</p>
<p>this zone</p>
<p>[ Close</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="376" height="481" class="wp-image-914" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-35.jpeg" alt="word image 840 35" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 843" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-35.jpeg 376w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-35-235x300.jpeg 235w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 376px) 100vw, 376px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="58" height="27" class="wp-image-915" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-36.jpeg" alt="word image 840 36" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 844"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="70" height="26" class="wp-image-916" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-37.jpeg" alt="word image 840 37" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 845"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="326" height="277" class="wp-image-917" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-38.jpeg" alt="word image 840 38" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 846" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-38.jpeg 326w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-38-300x255.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 326px) 100vw, 326px" /></p>
<p><strong>CMSv2.0</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark200"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark201"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark202"></a> Login</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark205"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark203"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark204"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark206"></a> Enter Account &amp; Password</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Account </strong>(non case-sensitive)<strong>:</strong></p>
<p><strong>Admin </strong>(default)</p>
<p><strong>Password </strong>(case-sensitive)<strong>: 123456 </strong>(default)</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark209"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark207"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark208"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark210"></a> Change UI language</li>
</ol>
<p>To change UI language, select the desired language from “<strong>Language</strong>” dropdown list.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="140" height="29" class="wp-image-918" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-39.jpeg" alt="word image 840 39" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 847"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="417" height="148" class="wp-image-919" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-40.jpeg" alt="word image 840 40" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 848" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-40.jpeg 417w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-40-300x106.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 417px) 100vw, 417px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="206" height="546" class="wp-image-920" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-41.jpeg" alt="word image 840 41" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 849" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-41.jpeg 206w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-41-113x300.jpeg 113w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 206px) 100vw, 206px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark214"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark212"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark213"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark215"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark211"></a> Remember Account/Password</li>
</ol>
<p>To have the server remember your Login <strong>Account </strong>and <strong>Password </strong>for future, check “<strong>Remember Account/Password</strong>”. Clicking “<strong>Don’t Remember</strong>” will clear your input text and reset to default.</p>
<p>To directly enter the main page every time you log in from this PC in the future Check “<strong>Remember Account/Password</strong>” then “<strong>Auto Login</strong>” to skip the Login page. <strong>If your computer may be accessed by someone without proper authority, please DO NOT use either of these functions</strong>.</p>
<p>To cancel auto-login, on title bar, click G ^ “<strong>Logout</strong>” to return to login page, and this function is cancelled.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark219"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark217"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark218"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark220"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark216"></a> Retrieve the Forgotten Password</li>
</ol>
<p>CMS Server can send the password of the User’s account to the saved email address. To have Users be able to use this service, please make sure (1) the SMTP settings have been configured (refer to<a href="#post-840-bookmark392"> How to Setup SMTP Settings</a> <a href="#post-840-bookmark392">for Event Rules </a>on page<a href="#post-840-bookmark392"> 53)</a> and (2) a valid email address has previously been saved in <strong>Setup </strong>page ^ <strong>Users </strong>tab ^ User list.</p>
<p>The email address input in <strong>Forgot Password </strong>window should match the one under your User account saved in CMS server.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="80" height="88" class="wp-image-921" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-42.png" alt="word image 840 42" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 850"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="401" height="547" class="wp-image-922" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-43.jpeg" alt="word image 840 43" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 851" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-43.jpeg 401w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-43-220x300.jpeg 220w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 401px) 100vw, 401px" /></p>
<p>application.</p>
<p><strong>CMS Workstation</strong></p>
<p><strong>G</strong></p>
<p><strong>Server Name</strong></p>
<p><strong>Server IP</strong></p>
<p>172.16.26.91</p>
<p><strong>A</strong></p>
<p><strong>Server Port</strong></p>
<p><strong>Account</strong></p>
<p>admin</p>
<p><strong>Password</strong></p>
<p><strong>C</strong></p>
<p><strong>Initial Page</strong></p>
<p>Live</p>
<p><strong>D</strong></p>
<p><strong>Language</strong></p>
<p>English</p>
<p>Remember Account/Password</p>
<p><strong>E</strong></p>
<p>Don&#8217;t Remember</p>
<p><strong>F</strong></p>
<p>got Password?</p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th><strong>Live</strong></th>
<th>H</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Live</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Playback Setup</strong></td>
<td>*</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark222"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark223"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark224"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark221"></a> Access CMS Server via Workstation</p>
<p>CMS Workstation includes a set of programs that provide interface between users and the CMS server. It may be installed on the same PC as the CMS server, or on a separate client computer.</p>
<p>Double-click the shortcut icon on your desktop to execute this workstation</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark225"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark226"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark227"></a> Login</p>
<p>Fill in the following fields then click “<strong>Login</strong>” to log in to the system. The login process of</p>
<p>Workstation is very much the same as that of Web browser:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark230"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark228"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark229"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark231"></a> Server IP &amp; Server Port</li>
</ol>
<p>In <strong>Server IP </strong>field, key in <strong>localhost </strong>or <strong>127.0.0.1 </strong>if CMS Workstation is on the same computer with CMS server. If you are connecting from a non-server computer, please input the IP address of server computer, for example: <strong>220.228.146.22</strong>.</p>
<p>In <strong>Server Port </strong>field, key in the port number (default is 80)<strong>.</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark234"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark232"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark233"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark235"></a> Enter Account &amp; Password</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Account </strong>(non case-sensitive) <strong>Admin </strong>(default)</p>
<p><strong>Password </strong>(case-sensitive) <strong>123456 </strong>(default)</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark236"></a><strong>Choose the Initial Screen</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>CMS user interface consists of three main module screens: <strong>Live</strong></p>
<p><strong>View</strong>, <strong>Playback </strong>and <strong>Setup</strong>, you may choose one where you would like to enter after logging in. Default is <strong>Live View </strong>screen.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark239"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark237"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark238"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark240"></a> Language</li>
</ol>
<p>Choose a UI language from drop-down list.</p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th colspan="2"><em>i</em></th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Device Sort ►</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Snapshot All</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>S</strong></td>
<td>View Manager</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>£3</strong></td>
<td>Map Image Manager</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>ID</strong></td>
<td>Custom Panel</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>R </strong><em>7İ</em></p>
<p><strong>U 14</strong></td>
<td>Full Screen</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>lJ</td>
<td>Hide Title Bar</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>n</strong></td>
<td>Stretch ►</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>X</strong></td>
<td>Remove All</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Connected Users</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>fi</strong></td>
<td>Update Profile</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>*3</strong></td>
<td>Logout 1</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>remembered.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark243"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark241"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark242"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark244"></a> Remember Login Information</li>
</ol>
<p>To have <strong>CMS2 Workstation </strong>remember the <strong>Account</strong>, <strong>Password, </strong>your choices of <strong>Initial Page </strong>and UI <strong>Language</strong>, simply check “<strong>Remember login info</strong>”. Click “<strong>Don’t Remember</strong>” will clear your input text and reset to default.</p>
<p>To directly enter the desired page every time you log in from this PC , check “<strong>Remember login info</strong>” then “<strong>Auto Login</strong>” to skip the Login page. <strong>If your computer may be accessed by someone else, you might consider not to use either of these functions</strong>.</p>
<p>To cancel auto-login, on title bar, click EZ ^ “<strong>Logout</strong>” to return to login page, and this function is cancelled.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark247"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark245"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark246"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark248"></a> Retrieve the Forgotten Password</li>
</ol>
<p>Please refer to<a href="#post-840-bookmark216"> D. Retrieve the Forgotten Password </a>on page<a href="#post-840-bookmark216"> 28.</a></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark252"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark250"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark251"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark253"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark249"></a> Server Name/Server Sites List</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>CMS2 Workstation </strong>can remember multiple server sites and their login settings and show the</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="466" height="613" class="wp-image-923" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-44.jpeg" alt="word image 840 44" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 852" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-44.jpeg 466w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-44-228x300.jpeg 228w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 466px) 100vw, 466px" /><strong>1. </strong>Click in the <strong>Server Name </strong>box and input the server site name.</p>
<p>site lists on <strong>Login </strong>window. To add a new site:</p>
<p><strong>2. </strong>Fill in the other fields. If you disable the “<strong>Remember Account/Password</strong>”, then only the <strong>Server Name</strong>, <strong>Server IP </strong>and <strong>Server Port </strong>of this server site will be</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark254"></a> Click “<strong>Save</strong>”</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark255"></a> After a server site is saved, it will be shown on <strong>Server Name </strong>dropdown list.</li>
</ol>
<p>You may click on its name to enter its</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="360" height="219" class="wp-image-924" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-45.jpeg" alt="word image 840 45" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 853" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-45.jpeg 360w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-45-300x183.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 360px) 100vw, 360px" /> Login window or 0 to delete it from the</p>
<p>list.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark256"></a> You can export the saved server sites, or import it to another Workstation client computer.</li>
</ol>
<p>Access CMS server via <strong>CMS2 Workstation</strong>, go to <strong>Setup </strong>page ^ <strong>System </strong>tab ^ <strong>Workstation</strong>.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark257"></a><strong>Export current server sites list</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>Click “<strong>Browse</strong>” to select a folder to save the list, and then click “<strong>Export</strong>”. This file will be saved as an *.xml file.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark258"></a><strong>Import a server site list</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>Click “<strong>Browse</strong>” to select the *.xml file, and then click “<strong>Import</strong>”. The server sites will appear in <strong>Server Name </strong>dropdown list on <strong>Login </strong>window of your next login.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="868" height="489" class="wp-image-925" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-46.jpeg" alt="word image 840 46" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 854" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-46.jpeg 868w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-46-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-46-768x433.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 868px) 100vw, 868px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="543" height="270" class="wp-image-926" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-47.jpeg" alt="word image 840 47" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 855" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-47.jpeg 543w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-47-300x149.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 543px) 100vw, 543px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="543" height="270" class="wp-image-927" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-48.jpeg" alt="word image 840 48" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 856" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-48.jpeg 543w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-48-300x149.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 543px) 100vw, 543px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="542" height="266" class="wp-image-928" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-49.jpeg" alt="word image 840 49" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 857" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-49.jpeg 542w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-49-300x147.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 542px) 100vw, 542px" /></p>
<p><strong>Live View</strong></p>
<p><strong>Playback</strong></p>
<p>This module includes user setup, NVR source/device setup, TV Wall setup, event setup and CMS system-wide settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark260"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark261"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark262"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark259"></a> Set up the System</p>
<p>This chapter will guide you through everything you need to know in <strong>System Setup </strong>procedure from first time connection with CMS server to general system configuration.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark264"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark265"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark266"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark263"></a> CMS Main Screen</p>
<p>On the right are link buttons to three CMS major functions: (1) <strong>Live View</strong>, (2) <strong>Playback </strong>and (3)</p>
<p><strong>Setup</strong>. You can click the orange button to enter the function page.</p>
<p>In this module, you can see live view from NVRs, perform PTZ operations with a mouse or a joystick, view system log, receive alerts on the event panel, set view layouts, perform manual recording or take a snapshot.</p>
<p>You may search and play existing recordings in multiple channels synchronously. Snapshots or video segments can be taken from playback files. Recorded files can also be exported to AVI format here.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark267"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark268"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark269"></a> Setup</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark271"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark272"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark273"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark270"></a> Manage Users</p>
<p>The User Groups/Users page allows you to (1) manage the access permissions of different user groups, (2) add users to or delete them from user groups, (3) assign users to specific user group. This chapter will take you through these settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark274"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark275"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark276"></a> Access Permissions</p>
<p>In CMS, the access permissions are managed by <strong>User Groups</strong>. <strong>User Groups </strong>defines which CMS operations and NVRs are allowed for the group users. Different <strong>User Groups </strong>will have different access rights. For example, an Administrator User is allowed for the complete operations in CMS system, while a standard User may only be permitted to see <strong>Live View </strong>and do <strong>Playback </strong>with limited NVRs. The chart below displays an example consisting of different employees as CMS Users and their access rights in this system:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="80" height="92" class="wp-image-929" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-50.jpeg" alt="word image 840 50" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 858"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="175" height="87" class="wp-image-930" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-51.jpeg" alt="word image 840 51" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 859"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="169" height="255" class="wp-image-931" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-52.jpeg" alt="word image 840 52" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 860"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="235" height="82" class="wp-image-932" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-53.jpeg" alt="word image 840 53" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 861"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="375" height="132" class="wp-image-933" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-54.jpeg" alt="word image 840 54" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 862" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-54.jpeg 375w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-54-300x106.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 375px) 100vw, 375px" /></p>
<p><strong>Limited </strong>Group</p>
<p>Monitor</p>
<p><strong>Security </strong>Group</p>
<p>Monitor</p>
<p>Playback</p>
<p>Setup</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark277"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark278"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark279"></a> Overview</p>
<p>Go to <strong>Setup </strong>page ^ <strong>Users </strong>tab. There are two sections to manage User Groups and Users individually.</p>
<p><strong>User Groups</strong>: To setup user groups and its permissions for device and functionalities.</p>
<p><strong>Users</strong>: To manage user accounts and configure user information.</p>
<p>CMS has integrated <strong>Microsoft Active Directory® </strong>service to provide network administrators a more convenient choice for user management. Active Directory is a directory service built in Microsoft Server products to manage user identities and privileges within the domain network. As CMS runs on a server computer logged on to the same domain with an Active Directory</p>
<p>►4 ACTİ</p>
<p><strong>Connecting Vision</strong></p>
<p>server, you can import a user account or a group from those concurrently existing in Active Directory into CMS server. In this way, the user identification is processed by Active Directory centrally, and there is no need for CMS administrator to maintain these user accounts.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark280"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark281"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark282"></a> User Groups</p>
<p>You can specify access permissions to each NVR for an entire user group. This user grouping can save you significant amount of works if you have multiple users performing similar tasks and acting as similar roles.</p>
<p>There are already two default User groups</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark283"></a><strong>Administrator</strong>: With full permissions in CMS interface.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark284"></a><strong>User</strong>: With the permissions to watch all camera live view and playback(Default).</li>
</ul>
<p>The <strong>Administrator </strong>User is predefined with full permissions in the CMS server, and cannot be deleted. You can choose to create a new user group on CMS server or import an existing group from the Active Directory database within your domain.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark285"></a> Select <sup>User Gr0Lips</sup> , click “<strong>Add</strong>” and then choose the group type:</li>
</ol>
<p>•Add a new user group:</p>
<p>Insert <strong>ID</strong>, group <strong>Name </strong>and group <strong>Description</strong>, your input in the <strong>Name </strong>field will be the name of this User group. Click “<strong>Apply</strong>” to finish.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="883" height="497" class="wp-image-934" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-55.jpeg" alt="word image 840 55" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 863" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-55.jpeg 883w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-55-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-55-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 883px) 100vw, 883px" /></p>
<p>• Import a domain group as a User group:</p>
<p>Choose an existing user group from your domain, and click “<strong>Apply</strong>” to finish.</p>
<p><strong>Add New Group</strong></p>
<p>C Add a new user group.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="352" height="184" class="wp-image-935" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-56.jpeg" alt="word image 840 56" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 864" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-56.jpeg 352w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-56-300x157.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 352px) 100vw, 352px" /></p>
<p>Name</p>
<p>Description</p>
<p>Domain: ACTi.c</p>
<p>® Import a domai</p>
<p>Domain Group &#8216; Select Group</p>
<p>Blank is not allowed or format error for required fields.</p>
<p>The domain users within that group will all be added to CMS server at the same time. To view the whole users within this group, please select Users <em>2</em> and enable the “<strong>Show</strong></p>
<p><strong>users in domain groups.</strong>” The account information of these domain users, unlike those user</p>
<p>accounts you add one by one to CMS server, are not editable on <strong>Users </strong>page.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">0 Show users in domain groups</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Ü Clear Al 10 Select All</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>User Type ■*</td>
<td>User Account</td>
<td>User Name</td>
<td>Password</td>
<td>Email</td>
<td>Group Name</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Customized User</td>
<td>admin</td>
<td>Admin</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Administrator</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Domain User</td>
<td>Deckard Cain</td>
<td>Deckard Cain</td>
<td></td>
<td><a href="mailto:Deckard.Cai@acti.com">Deckard.Cai@acti.com</a></td>
<td>$Security Office</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Domain User</td>
<td>John.Bourne</td>
<td>John.Boume</td>
<td></td>
<td><a href="mailto:John.Bourne@acti.com">John.Bourne@acti.com</a></td>
<td>$Security Office</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Domain User</td>
<td>Steve.Lin</td>
<td>Steve.Lin</td>
<td></td>
<td><a href="mailto:Steve.Lin@acti.com">Steve.Lin@acti.com</a></td>
<td>SSecurity Office</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Domain User</td>
<td>Joyce Holiday</td>
<td>Joyce.Holiday</td>
<td></td>
<td>Joyce. Holiday© acti com</td>
<td>General Service 1</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Domain users added as a whole group</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark286"></a> Assign <strong>CMS Permissions </strong>for created group. This will define what functions this User</li>
</ol>
<p>group is allowed to access. By default, a User group will initially be allowed to access only</p>
<p><strong>Live View </strong>page and <strong>Playback </strong>page on CMS, but without any permission to CMS or NVR</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="249" class="wp-image-936" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-57.jpeg" alt="word image 840 57" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 865" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-57.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-57-300x86.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-57-768x221.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>settings, so you may have to assign the <strong>Source Permissions </strong>later.</p>
<p><strong>3. </strong>Assign <strong>Source Permissions </strong>for created groups. This will define which NVRs this User</p>
<p>group is allowed to access. If this User group is allowed to access later-added NVRs, check</p>
<p>“<strong>New Source Default</strong>” and edit the permissions.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">CMS Permissions &#8216; Source Permissions TV Wall Permissions</td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>&#8211;</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>0 Device Unified Settings</p>
<p>Assign</td>
<td rowspan="2"><strong>New NVRs</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">0 New Source Defaul</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3"><strong>Existing NVRs</strong></p>
<p>[vj Storage Setup 0 System Setup 0 Add New Device</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>0 INR</p>
<p>0 ENR</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>7</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>You may individually check the NVRs this user group is allowed to access, and set the permissions to configure NVR settings.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="220" class="wp-image-937" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-58.jpeg" alt="word image 840 58" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 866" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-58.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-58-300x76.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-58-768x195.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>You may also enable the permissions related to a specific camera under the NVR.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="868" height="243" class="wp-image-938" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-59.jpeg" alt="word image 840 59" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 867" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-59.jpeg 868w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-59-300x84.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-59-768x215.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 868px) 100vw, 868px" /></p>
<p>Instead of tailoring the settings for each device, you may click “<strong>Device Unified Settings</strong>” and</p>
<p>set universal settings, which will be applied to any device you check under this NVR.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="233" class="wp-image-939" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-60.jpeg" alt="word image 840 60" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 868" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-60.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-60-300x81.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-60-768x207.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>You may copy the <strong>Source Permissions Settings </strong>to other sources. Click “<strong>Copy</strong>” under <strong>Source Permissions </strong>tab to bring up the target NVR menu, check the target sources, and click “<strong>Apply</strong>”.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="894" height="458" class="wp-image-940" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-61.jpeg" alt="word image 840 61" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 869" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-61.jpeg 894w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-61-300x154.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-61-768x393.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 894px) 100vw, 894px" /></p>
<p>Click “<strong>Apply</strong>” on the top to save the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark287"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark288"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark289"></a> Add Users</p>
<p>To create a user account with on CMS server.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark290"></a> Select <sup>Users</sup> , and click <strong>Add </strong>button.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark293"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark291"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark292"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark294"></a> Select User Type as Customized User or Domain User.</li>
</ol>
<p>•<strong>Customized User</strong>: an account created and managed on CMS server only. You will input an account name, its password and e-mail address for this User.</p>
<p>•<strong>Domain User</strong>: an account that already exists in Active Directory database within the domain. Since this is an existing account in your domain, you will have to select this account from <strong>Account </strong>dropdown list.</p>
<ol>
<li>Insert user account, name, password, and the account e-mail (For <strong>Customized User</strong>).</li>
<li>Assign this created user account to a specific user group.</li>
<li>After you click “<strong>Apply</strong>”, this new user will be added to the list on the top.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="391" class="wp-image-941" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-62.jpeg" alt="word image 840 62" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 870" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-62.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-62-300x136.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-62-768x347.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>Note</p>
<p>CMS server provides a procedure to help Users who have forgotten the password retrieve the original information, which relies solely on the “e-mail address” authentication. It is strongly recommended that you input an e-mail address that this User has access to when you establish the User account. To update the e-mail address of an account, go to <strong>Setup </strong>page^ <strong>Users </strong>tab ^ edit “<strong>Email</strong>” of an selected User account; the Users can also update the e-mail addresses themselves after logging in to CMS on <strong>Live View </strong>page ^ ^</p>
<p><strong>Update Profile</strong></p>
<p>Note</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark295"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark296"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark297"></a> Account /Password Rules</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark298"></a><strong>Account </strong>and <strong>Password </strong>fields allow alphabets, numbers, and symbols except the following: <strong>/ \ [ ] : ; | = , + * ? &lt; &gt; &#8220;</strong></li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark299"></a> In <strong>Account </strong>field, for alphabets, the input will be recognized as lowercase letters. Space is only allowed between characters; the space in the beginning or at the end will be deleted when it is saved.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark300"></a> The <strong>Password </strong>field is case-sensitive, and the space is allowed.</li>
</ol>
<p>Note</p>
<p><strong>Admin </strong>is the default user account and belongs to “<strong>Administrator</strong>” user group. Hence, the user <strong>Admin </strong>and its group <strong>Administrator </strong>cannot be deleted; it possesses full permissions to all NVRs, devices, and CMS settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark301"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark302"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark303"></a> Domain Users Management</p>
<p>As CMS server computer is logged on to a domain Active Directory, it can import a user account from Active Directory.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="529" height="412" class="wp-image-942" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-63.jpeg" alt="word image 840 63" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 871" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-63.jpeg 529w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-63-300x234.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 529px) 100vw, 529px" /></p>
<p>This type of User account is “<strong>Domain User</strong>”. Upon being added to CMS server, the User properties stored on Active Directory database including account name and e-mail address will</p>
<p>be imported to CMS server.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="922" height="140" class="wp-image-943" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-64.jpeg" alt="word image 840 64" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 872" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-64.jpeg 922w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-64-300x46.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-64-768x117.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p>Whenever the Domain User client tries to log in to CMS server, CMS server will first verify if</p>
<p>this account exists in CMS server database, if not, it will then have Active Directory verify the user account and password.</p>
<p>As Active Directory owns the privilege to create, edit and delete domain users, <strong>the Domain User’s account and password are not editable through CMS user interface but via Active Directory Administrative tool</strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark305"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark306"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark307"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark304"></a> Manage NVRs</p>
<p>A CMS server manages multiple NVR severs, whose fundamental building blocks are the cameras or video encoders. The first thing you should do after you have registered the license is to setup your NVR connections in CMS <strong>Setup </strong>page. In this section, we will guide you through how to manage the NVRs and their devices.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark309"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark310"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark311"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark308"></a> Add an NVR</p>
<p>To start adding a new NVR, please follow steps as below:</p>
<p><strong>1. </strong>On <strong>Setup </strong>page^ click “<strong>Source</strong>”. There is <strong>no </strong>source in <strong>All Sources </strong>list. Now click “<strong>Add</strong></p>
<p><strong>Source</strong>”.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="936" height="425" class="wp-image-944" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-65.jpeg" alt="word image 840 65" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 873" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-65.jpeg 936w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-65-300x136.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-65-768x349.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 936px) 100vw, 936px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="431" height="389" class="wp-image-945" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-66.jpeg" alt="word image 840 66" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 874" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-66.jpeg 431w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-66-300x271.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 431px) 100vw, 431px" /></p>
<p><strong>2. </strong>On the <strong>Add Source </strong>window, fill in the following fields and click “<strong>Apply</strong>”: •<strong>Name </strong>&#8211; title of this NVR</p>
<p>•<strong>Host </strong>&#8211; the NVR’s IP address</p>
<p>•<strong>Port </strong>&#8211; the NVR’s port number</p>
<p>•<strong>Password </strong>&#8211; the Administrator’s password of this NVR. By default, all the devices in the NVR will be automatically added to CMS server after you click “<strong>Apply</strong>”. If you want to select only the desired devices rather than import all the devices at this stage, de-select “<strong>Auto Import All Devices in</strong></p>
<p><strong>Source</strong>” before clicking “<strong>Apply</strong>”.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark312"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark313"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark314"></a> Import Devices from NVRs</p>
<p>In most cases, with limited licenses, you do not import all devices of all NVRs to your CMS server. After an NVR is added, you may start selecting your desired devices to be imported to CMS server. Once a device is imported, on CMS interface you can (1) modify this device directly, (2) see its live stream ,(3) receive the instant event notifications from this device and (4) watch the recorded video of this device.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark315"></a> On <strong>All Sources </strong>list, select this NVR, the <strong>Using Devices </strong>list on the right will display the imported devices. By default, all the devices of an NVR were already imported as you added it to CMS server.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="895" height="429" class="wp-image-946" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-67.jpeg" alt="word image 840 67" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 875" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-67.jpeg 895w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-67-300x144.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-67-768x368.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 895px) 100vw, 895px" /></p>
<p><strong>2. </strong>If you have unchecked the box “<strong>Auto Import All Devices in Source</strong>” when adding this</p>
<p>NVR source, you have to select the devices to be added by yourself.Click “<strong>Import Devices</strong>”</p>
<p>to enter NVR device list.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="885" height="360" class="wp-image-947" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-68.jpeg" alt="word image 840 68" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 876" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-68.jpeg 885w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-68-300x122.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-68-768x312.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 885px) 100vw, 885px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark316"></a> On the <strong>Import Devices </strong>list will show all devices of this NVR. Select the desired devices you</li>
</ol>
<p>want to import and click “<strong>Apply</strong>”.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="669" height="392" class="wp-image-948" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-69.jpeg" alt="word image 840 69" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 877" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-69.jpeg 669w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-69-300x176.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 669px) 100vw, 669px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark317"></a> The <strong>Using Devices </strong>list will be updated in accordance with your selection on <strong>Import</strong></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Devices </strong>list.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="898" height="388" class="wp-image-949" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-70.jpeg" alt="word image 840 70" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 878" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-70.jpeg 898w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-70-300x130.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-70-768x332.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 898px) 100vw, 898px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark318"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark319"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark320"></a> Synchronize Device Settings</p>
<p>The configurations done on NVR site will not be synchronized with CMS server actively. For example, an NVR administrator may replace several cameras (which have also been imported to CMS server) with new ones, and therefore the CMS site would lose the connections between those replaced cameras. On CMS site, you can synchronize with an NVR server via one click:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark321"></a> Go to <strong>Setup </strong>page ^ <strong>Sources </strong>tab, on <strong>All Sources </strong>list, select this NVR.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark322"></a> On the right, click “<strong>Sync Devices</strong>” button.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark323"></a> Click “<strong>Apply</strong>”.</li>
</ol>
<p>Tip</p>
<p>Whenever your CMS server loses connections with certain devices, it is always suggested that you click this button , sync Devices <sub>t</sub> first, since the loss of connection probably resulted from some changes done on the NVR site.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="899" height="132" class="wp-image-950" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-71.jpeg" alt="word image 840 71" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 879" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-71.jpeg 899w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-71-300x44.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-71-768x113.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 899px) 100vw, 899px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark324"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark325"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark326"></a> Manage Multiple NVRs</p>
<p>You may centrally manage multiple NVRs on the <strong>All Sources Setup List </strong>easily.</p>
<p>Go to <strong>Setup </strong>page ^ <strong>Sources </strong>tab. Under</p>
<p><strong>j M All Sources</strong></p>
<p>lists all the NVRs you added.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark327"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark328"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark329"></a> Search an NVR</p>
<p>To locate a specific NVR in the <strong>All Sources </strong>tree, you may input the keyword in its name in the search bar, click to start searching, and click I to show all sources.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="897" height="441" class="wp-image-951" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-72.jpeg" alt="word image 840 72" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 880" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-72.jpeg 897w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-72-300x147.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-72-768x378.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 897px) 100vw, 897px" /></p>
<p><strong>Delete NVRs</strong></p>
<p><strong>All Sources</strong></p>
<p>Highilight</p>
<p>, a list of connected NVRs will appear on the right. Select the NVRs</p>
<p>you want to delete, and click “<strong>Delete</strong>” then “<strong>Apply</strong>”.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark330"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark331"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark332"></a> Synchroinze with All Devices</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="889" height="249" class="wp-image-952" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-73.jpeg" alt="word image 840 73" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 881" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-73.jpeg 889w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-73-300x84.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-73-768x215.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 889px) 100vw, 889px" /></p>
<p>Highilight</p>
<p>and click “<strong>Sync All Devices</strong>”, CMS server will synchronize with all</p>
<p><strong>M All Sources</strong></p>
<p>the NVRs and imported devices.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark334"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark335"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark336"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark333"></a> Configure NVR / Devices Settings</p>
<p>As CMS administrator owns unrestricted rights to control all the NVRs and their devices, it is sometimes more convenient to modify the NVR settings directly from CMS interface. On CMS</p>
<p><strong>Source </strong>management page, you may change any property of an NVR or its devices.</p>
<p><strong>NVR Settings</strong></p>
<p>To enter an individual NVR’s settings, Go to <strong>Setup </strong>page ^ <strong>Sources </strong>tab, on <strong>All Sources </strong>list,</p>
<p>to expand its sub category. By selecting a title, the setup page will appear on the right. Any change applied to the NVR will be saved to both</p>
<p>select an NVR, and click on the arrow</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="310" height="580" class="wp-image-953" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-74.jpeg" alt="word image 840 74" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 882" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-74.jpeg 310w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-74-160x300.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 310px) 100vw, 310px" /><strong>Add Devices </strong>to this NVR by auto-search or manually</p>
<p>NVR itself and CMS server.</p>
<p><strong>Device Settings</strong></p>
<p><strong>NVR User Group</strong>/<strong>Permissions </strong>management</p>
<p><strong>NVR User Account </strong>management</p>
<p><strong>NVR Storage </strong>setup</p>
<p><strong>NVR System </strong>setup (<strong>Email</strong>/<strong>SMTP</strong>/<strong>FTP</strong>/<strong>Export folder</strong>/<strong>UI </strong>style)</p>
<p><strong>NVR License </strong>management</p>
<p><strong>NVR Backup</strong>/<strong>Restore</strong>/<strong>Language </strong>file management</p>
<p><strong>NVR Device list</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="869" height="358" class="wp-image-954" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-75.jpeg" alt="word image 840 75" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 883" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-75.jpeg 869w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-75-300x124.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-75-768x316.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 869px) 100vw, 869px" /> To configure the settings of a device, select the device from <strong>Source Setup List</strong>, and modify</p>
<p>the available settings on the right.</p>
<p>Note</p>
<p>Please note the following before applying any change to an NVR server:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark337"></a> It is strongly recommended that you make a backup of the original NVR settings.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark338"></a> Only the devices in the same network segment with the selected NVR can be found or manually added by clicking “<strong>Add Device</strong>”.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark339"></a> To modify a device’s schedule or event rules, please select the device and enter the <strong>Schedule </strong>or <strong>Event </strong>tab on the right.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark340"></a> The customized views saved on an NVR server cannot be configured via CMS interface.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark341"></a> ENR system settings and storage settings are accessible only via ENR interface.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark342"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark343"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark344"></a> Status Icon Description</p>
<p>On <strong>Live View </strong>screen or <strong>Setup </strong>page ^<strong>Source </strong>tab, the icons shown under <strong>All Sources </strong>category will display the status of each NVR server as well as the devices.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="883" height="467" class="wp-image-955" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-76.jpeg" alt="word image 840 76" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 884" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-76.jpeg 883w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-76-300x159.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-76-768x406.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 883px) 100vw, 883px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="66" height="61" class="wp-image-956" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-77.jpeg" alt="word image 840 77" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 885"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="66" height="59" class="wp-image-957" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-78.jpeg" alt="word image 840 78" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 886"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="66" height="64" class="wp-image-958" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-79.jpeg" alt="word image 840 79" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 887"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="76" height="65" class="wp-image-959" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-80.jpeg" alt="word image 840 80" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 888"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="103" height="112" class="wp-image-960" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-81.jpeg" alt="word image 840 81" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 889"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="65" height="51" class="wp-image-961" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-82.jpeg" alt="word image 840 82" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 890"></p>
<p><strong>Example Icon</strong></p>
<p><strong>Status Description</strong></p>
<p>Video loss:</p>
<p>CMS cannot retrieve the video stream.</p>
<p>Modification has not been saved:</p>
<p>This device’s settings have been modified but not saved yet. If you leave these modifications unsaved, they will not take effect.</p>
<p>Connection loss:</p>
<p>CMS cannot build up connection with this NVR or device. Please check the connection settings (including IP Address, Port number, Account Name and Password); or increase the “<strong>Connection Timeout</strong>” to allow more time for the device or NVR to respond.</p>
<p>Disk Full:</p>
<p>The storage space of this NVR server is full, and no recording is taking place. You will need to go to Setup ^ <strong>Source </strong>tab and configure the <strong>Storage </strong>settings in <strong>Source Setup List</strong>.</p>
<p>Recording:</p>
<p>This device is currently connected, and video is being recorded either manually or according to the schedule. The orange “SD” sign indicates that this device supports local storage.</p>
<p>Connected:</p>
<p>This device is currently connected, and the video stream is viewable on Live screen.</p>
<p>You have blocked the system event messages sent from this server, which means the current status of this server is invisible now.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark346"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark347"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark348"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark345"></a> Event Management</p>
<p>Under CMS’s management, an event detected by a single device can be notified not only to the NVR clients but to CMS clients at the same time. For example, once a camera detects a motion, both an NVR client and a CMS client can receive the alerts via emails. To do so, you have to set even rules in <strong>CMS Setup </strong>page ^ <strong>Event </strong>tab. The event rules set here will be independent from those set on NVR.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="288" height="133" class="wp-image-962" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-83.jpeg" alt="word image 840 83" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 891"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="495" height="179" class="wp-image-963" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-84.jpeg" alt="word image 840 84" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 892" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-84.jpeg 495w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-84-300x108.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 495px) 100vw, 495px" /></p>
<p><strong>Camera</strong></p>
<p>Server disk is full!</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark350"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark351"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark352"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark349"></a> How to Edit an Event Rule</p>
<p>Go to <strong>Setup </strong>page ^ <strong>Event </strong>tab. All the editable event rules are listed on the right.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="883" height="428" class="wp-image-964" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-85.jpeg" alt="word image 840 85" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 893" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-85.jpeg 883w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-85-300x145.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-85-768x372.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 883px) 100vw, 883px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark353"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark354"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark355"></a> NVR Status Event Rule</p>
<p>An event rule set for an NVR will trigger actions to notify CMS client.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark356"></a> Select an NVR source to edit an NVR event rule. There are seven types of NVR status that</li>
</ol>
<p>can be set as event triggers &#8211; <strong>Source Loss</strong>, <strong>Source Recovery</strong>, <strong>Schedule Service Start</strong>, <strong>Schedule Service Stop</strong>, <strong>Disk Full</strong>, <strong>Disk is Available </strong>and <strong>Disk Not Found</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="904" height="489" class="wp-image-965" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-86.jpeg" alt="word image 840 86" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 894" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-86.jpeg 904w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-86-300x162.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-86-768x415.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 904px) 100vw, 904px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark357"></a> Highlight the rule you wish to edit. Double-click the “<strong>Response</strong>” field to edit the response action.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark358"></a> On <strong>Event Edit </strong>window, you can enable multiple response actions by first checking the box(es) to enable the items:</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark359"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark360"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark361"></a> Action Items Function Description</p>
<p>Set to play beep sound for a number of repetitions.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="466" height="60" class="wp-image-966" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-87.jpeg" alt="word image 840 87" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 895" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-87.jpeg 466w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-87-300x39.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 466px) 100vw, 466px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="465" height="540" class="wp-image-967" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-88.jpeg" alt="word image 840 88" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 896" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-88.jpeg 465w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-88-258x300.jpeg 258w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 465px) 100vw, 465px" /> On <strong>CMS2 Workstation </strong>client computer, you can upload a WAV file or an MP3 file as the alert sound, and set how many times this audio file is play when event occurs.</p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th colspan="2"><strong>* Audio Alert</strong></th>
<th rowspan="2">Times (1-10) 1 |</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>n</td>
<td>Duration(secs) 5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>* Audio Alert</strong></p>
<p>[LI Beep</td>
<td>Duration(secs) | 5 Times (1-30’</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>0 Audio File</td>
<td>Path C:\tokyo hot .mp3</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Times (1-30) 1</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Beep </strong>and <strong>Audio file </strong>responses cannot be executed at the same time.</p>
<p>Enables CMS server to execute a specific command upon this event. You can use it to integrate CMS event with other programs. Enter the path of the command to be executed upon event.</p>
<p>Enables CMS server to send an email notification via SMTP server. The default SMTP and sender’s e-mail settings can be set in advance in</p>
<p><strong>Setup </strong>page ^<strong>System </strong>tab^<strong>Settings </strong>^ <strong>Email&amp; SMTP Settings</strong>.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark362"></a> Type one or more recipients’ email addresses in “<strong>To</strong>” column (if more than one, please separate them by “<strong>;</strong>” symbol) or click the O icon to select recipients from existing NVR User list. The User’s Email address should be set in advance (in <strong>Setup </strong>page^ <strong>Users </strong>tab^ <strong>Users</strong>) so that it can be selected in this list.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark363"></a> Edit the e-mail subject and content.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark367"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark368"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark369"></a> Device Status Event Rule</p>
<p>An event rule set for a specific device will trigger actions to notify CMS client.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark364"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark365"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark366"></a> 1.</p>
<p>Select an NVR, click the arrow</p>
<p>re</p>
<p>to expand its sub-categories, and select the device.</p>
<p>There are five types of device status that can be set as event triggers &#8211; <strong>Motion</strong>, <strong>DI Trigger</strong>,</p>
<p><strong>Video Loss</strong>, <strong>Video Recovery</strong>, <strong>Network Loss </strong>and <strong>Network Recovery</strong>.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark376"></a> Highlight the rule you wish to edit. Double-click the “<strong>Response</strong>” field to edit the response action.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="899" height="481" class="wp-image-968" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-89.jpeg" alt="word image 840 89" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 897" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-89.jpeg 899w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-89-300x161.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-89-768x411.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 899px) 100vw, 899px" /></p>
<p><strong>3. </strong>On <strong>Event Edit </strong>window, you can enable multiple response actions by first checking the</p>
<p>box(es) to enable the items:</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark370"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark371"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark372"></a> Action Items Function Description</p>
<p>This kind of action will focus your attention on the channel on client’s <strong>Live</strong></p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th colspan="7"><strong>• Focus Channel</strong></th>
<th rowspan="2"></th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>0 Pop-up</td>
<td>Source</td>
<td><em>\2</em> ENR</td>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
<td>Device</td>
<td>9 FRONT DOOR Q</td>
<td>Duration(secs)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>0 Hot-spot</td>
<td>Source</td>
<td>1 <em>2</em> EHR</td>
<td><strong>H</strong></td>
<td>Device</td>
<td>5FAE1 Q</td>
<td>Duration (secs)</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Group</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Duration(secs)</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>View </strong>page when triggered.</p>
<p><strong>Pop-up</strong>:</p>
<p>Brings up event pop-up playback window of selected channel upon trigger. You may also define the display duration of video on the window.</p>
<p><strong>Hot-spot</strong>:</p>
<p>Displays video in <strong>Hot-spot </strong>window (red flashing frame) upon event. You may also define display duration of video on the</p>
<p><strong>Hot-spot </strong>window</p>
<p>You may also define duration of the temporary View. Only <strong>Public </strong>Views are selectable for Switch View event rule.</p>
<p><strong>Hot-spot </strong>and <strong>Switch View </strong>responses cannot be executed at the same time.</p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th><strong>Focus Channel 0 Pop-up</strong></th>
<th>Source</th>
<th>2 ENR</th>
<th><strong>E</strong></th>
<th>Device</th>
<th>9 FRONT DOOR</th>
<th><strong>E</strong></th>
<th>Durationfsecs) 5</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>B Hot-spot</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Device</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Duration(secs) | 5 |</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>0 Switch View</td>
<td>Group</td>
<td>111F</td>
<td>H</td>
<td>View</td>
<td>111F 3sx3</td>
<td></td>
<td>Durationtsecs) 3</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark373"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark374"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark375"></a> Switch View:</p>
<p>The current Live View will be switched to another one for a while. To enable this option, you will need to customize and save Views on Live View screen first.</p>
<p>Makes CMS client computer play beep sound for a number of repetitions.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="456" height="103" class="wp-image-969" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-90.jpeg" alt="word image 840 90" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 898" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-90.jpeg 456w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-90-300x68.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 456px) 100vw, 456px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="477" height="95" class="wp-image-970" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-91.jpeg" alt="word image 840 91" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 899" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-91.jpeg 477w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-91-300x60.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 477px) 100vw, 477px" /> On <strong>CMS Workstation </strong>client computer, you can upload a WAV file or an MP3 file as the alert sound, and set how many times this audio file is played when the event occurs. (This CMS server has to be already on <strong>Server Site list</strong>, see<a href="#post-840-bookmark249"> G. Server</a> <a href="#post-840-bookmark249">Name/Server Sites List </a>on page<a href="#post-840-bookmark249"> 30)</a></p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th colspan="3"><strong>• Audio Alert</strong></th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>0 Beep</strong></td>
<td><strong>Duration(secs) 5</strong></td>
<td><strong>Times (1-10) 1</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th><strong>Audio Alert</strong></p>
<p>| Beep</th>
<th>Duration(secs) | 5 Times (1-30) | 1</th>
<th></th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>0 Audio File</td>
<td>Path C:\tokyo hot .mp3</td>
<td>i|||İ®|| Browse ]</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Times (1 &#8211; 30) 1</td>
<td>&nbsp;</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Beep </strong>and <strong>Audio file </strong>responses cannot be executed at the same time.</p>
<p>Pushes any of the following to a designated TV Wall monitor: a specific live view of a device, a customized CMS View, all devices of an NVR, or a TV Wall View Set to. Please check the box “<strong>Enable</strong>” first to enable this configuration:</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark377"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark378"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark379"></a> Send live view of a device</p>
<p>Select <strong>Type </strong>as “<strong>Device</strong>”, the NVR <strong>Source </strong>and the <strong>Device </strong>name, define how long this live view will stay on the screen, and click the monitor from the <strong>Target </strong>TV Wall station you select on the right.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark380"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark381"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark382"></a> Send live view of all devices</p>
<p>Select <strong>Type </strong>as “<strong>Source</strong>” and the NVR <strong>Source</strong>, define how long this live view will stay on the screen, and click the monitor from the <strong>Target </strong>TV Wall station you select</p>
<p><strong>nn tho rinht</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td rowspan="3"><strong>Send a CMS View</strong></p>
<p>Select <strong>Type </strong>as “<strong>View</strong>”, the name of the View <strong>Group</strong>, and the <strong>View </strong>name, define how long this live view will stay on the screen, and click the monitor from the <strong>Target </strong>TV Wall station you select on the right.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>&#8211; Send to Wall</strong></p>
<p>0 Enable</td>
<td>Type View</p>
<p>Group 11F</p>
<p>View 11F Storage</p>
<p>Durationfsecs] 5</td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">Target 1 TV Wall Stati&#8230; B</p>
<p>Scree 1 1</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td><strong>• Send to Wall</strong></p>
<p>E Enable</td>
<td colspan="2">Type TV Wall View</p>
<p>TVWall 1 TVWallStati..r3</p>
<p>View View Set 1 3x3_l W</p>
<p>Duration(secs) 5</td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td><strong>Send a TV Wall View Set</strong></p>
<p>Select <strong>Type </strong>as “<strong>TV Wall View</strong>”, the <strong>TV</strong></p>
<p><strong>Wall </strong>station, and the name of the <strong>View</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>Set, at last, define how long this live view will stay on the screen.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>To validate if this rule is successfully set, please make sure you have properly configured the involved settings like <strong>Motion Detection Region</strong>s or hardware devices like an audio speaker.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark383"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark384"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark385"></a> Manage the Event Rules</p>
<p><strong>Event List </strong>panel gives an overview on event rules set on the CMS server. Go to <strong>Setup </strong>page ^ <strong>Event </strong>tab ^ select <strong>All Sources </strong>on the left. As the entire available rules of all NVRs are listed here, you may want to sort out some of them from the long list.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark386"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark387"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark388"></a> View the Event Rules</p>
<p>To sort by NVR <strong>Source </strong>name or <strong>Event Name</strong>, click the titles to list the entries in ascending or descending alphabetic order; another way is to click an NVR source of a single device in</p>
<p><strong>Source Setup List </strong>to view their own event rules.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="866" height="436" class="wp-image-971" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-92.jpeg" alt="word image 840 92" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 900" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-92.jpeg 866w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-92-300x151.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-92-768x387.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark389"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark390"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark391"></a> Delete the Event Rules</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="866" height="435" class="wp-image-972" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-93.jpeg" alt="word image 840 93" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 901" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-93.jpeg 866w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-93-300x151.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-93-768x386.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" /></p>
<p>On <strong>Event List</strong>, select the rules you wish to delete, and then click “<strong>Delete</strong>” to clear this rule.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark393"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark394"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark395"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark392"></a> How to Setup SMTP Settings for Event Rules</p>
<p>CMS supports email notification sent through an SMTP server. You can specify the email and</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="834" height="303" class="wp-image-973" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-94.jpeg" alt="word image 840 94" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 902" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-94.jpeg 834w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-94-300x109.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-94-768x279.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 834px) 100vw, 834px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="251" height="189" class="wp-image-974" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-95.jpeg" alt="word image 840 95" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 903"></p>
<p>server settings here.</p>
<p><strong>1. </strong>Go to <strong>Setup </strong>page^<strong>System </strong>tab^<strong>Settings </strong>^ <strong>Email&amp; SMTP Settings</strong>.</p>
<p>Fill in <strong>each </strong>of the following fields.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Field Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Server</strong></td>
<td>Input the sender’s SMTP server address. Only alphabets, numbers, and the symbols (.), (_), (-) are valid.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>SMTP Port</strong></td>
<td>Set the SMTP port, allowed value is from 1~65535, default is <strong>25</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Account</strong></td>
<td>Input the name of the SMTP server account. Only alphabets, numbers, and the symbols (@), (.), (_), (-) are valid.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Password</strong></td>
<td>Input the password of the SMTP server account. Only alphabets and numbers are valid.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Security</strong></td>
<td>Certain webmail providers provide the SSL/TLS-encrypted SMTP connections to secure your data when sending/receiving e-mails. Please check if the SMTP</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>connection settings you use (especially the <strong>SMTP Port</strong>) now require to enable either SSL or TLS.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Sender Name</strong></td>
<td>Input the name or title of the sender. You may input a name different from the account name.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Sender Mail</strong></td>
<td>Input the sender’s e-mail address, which should be the same account you set for SMTP server.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark396"></a> As all necessary information is filled in, click “<strong>Send Test Mail</strong>” to try sending an email according to your settings, and then log in to your SMTP server to check incoming emails. If the test mail is sent successfully, CMS server is ready to send out emails.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark397"></a> As the settings are confirmed, click “<strong>Apply</strong>” to save.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark399"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark400"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark401"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark398"></a> System Log</p>
<p>The activities performed by logged-in Users are recorded on server as <strong>System Log</strong>. With the access permission, a user may view, search and export this record for analysis or investigation. This section will provide the instructions on how to read and search data in the system log.</p>
<p>“<strong>System Log</strong>” Q is one of the resident buttons on top of CMS server user interface, click it to enter either “<strong>CMS System Log</strong>” or “<strong>NVR Source System Log</strong>”.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="919" height="473" class="wp-image-975" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-96.jpeg" alt="word image 840 96" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 904" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-96.jpeg 919w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-96-300x154.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-96-768x395.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 919px) 100vw, 919px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark402"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark403"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark404"></a> CMS System Log</p>
<p>Upon entering the log page, you will be provided with a blank result list. After you define the searching criteria and click “<strong>Search</strong>”, the <strong>CMS System Log </strong>will search the activities performed on CMS.</p>
<p><strong>CMS System Log <sup>x</sup></strong></p>
<p>Search Time 2013/04/29 H 16 ! 49 Type Select All</p>
<p>User Account Select All B Source | Select All fl Device Select All <strong>»WWW</strong></p>
<p>no</p>
<p>Date Time Type User Account Source Device Description</p>
<p>To start, please define the search criteria.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark405"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark406"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark407"></a> Search Time</p>
<p>The default is your current client time.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="924" height="194" class="wp-image-976" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-97.jpeg" alt="word image 840 97" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 905" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-97.jpeg 924w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-97-300x63.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-97-768x161.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 924px) 100vw, 924px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark408"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark409"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark410"></a> Log Type</p>
<p>You may filter the logs by activity <strong>Type</strong>. By default, all types are selected.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>CMS System Log</strong></p>
<p>Search Time 2013/04/29 H 16 J 49 Type</p>
<p>User Account Select All B Source Select Al</td>
<td rowspan="3">Select All B</p>
<p>0 Select All</p>
<p>10 User Operation</p>
<p>0 Setup Source</p>
<p>0 Setup Source Basic</p>
<p>0 Setup Source System</td>
<td>5^</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>■ D |</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Date Time Type User</td>
<td>»vice Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>0 Setup Source User</p>
<p>0 Setup Source Schedule</p>
<p>0 Setup Source Event</p>
<p>0 Setup Source Device</p>
<p>10 Setup System</p>
<p>0 Setup Users</p>
<p>0 Setup Event</p>
<p>10 System Status</p>
<p>10 Request Log</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark411"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark412"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark413"></a> User Account</p>
<p>You may filter the activities performed by a specific user.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="917" height="200" class="wp-image-977" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-98.jpeg" alt="word image 840 98" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 906" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-98.jpeg 917w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-98-300x65.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-98-768x168.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 917px) 100vw, 917px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark418"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark419"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark420"></a> NVR Source / Device</p>
<p>You may filter the activities related to a specific NVR or a device.</p>
<p><strong>CMS System Log</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="26" class="wp-image-978" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-99.jpeg" alt="word image 840 99" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 907"></p>
<p>Search Time</p>
<p>2013/04/29</p>
<p>49</p>
<p>Type</p>
<p>Select All</p>
<p>User Account</p>
<p>Select All</p>
<p>B Source</p>
<p>Date Time</p>
<p><strong>Type</strong></p>
<p>| Select All Select All 11 ADR Branch 2 MobileGO</p>
<p>13 WEN Office</p>
<p>Device</p>
<p>Select All</p>
<p>Source</p>
<p>Select All</p>
<p>1 ADR Branch: 2 ACTi 1</p>
<p>1 ADR Branch: 7 ACTi 2</p>
<p>1 ADR Branch: 9 ACTi</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark414"></a> ADR Branch: 11 ACTi</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark415"></a> MobileGO: 1 11F_Entrance</p>
<p>2 MobileGO: 2 11F_Lab</p>
<p>2 MobileGO: 3 7F_Office Area A</p>
<p>2 MobileGO: 4 7F_Office PTZ</p>
<p>2 MobileGO: 5 7F_Offke Area B</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark416"></a> MobileGO: 6 7F_Office Area All</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark417"></a> WEN Office: 1 New Device</p>
<p>Description</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark421"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark422"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark423"></a> Read the Log</p>
<p>The search result will show 1000 records before and after your query time. You may click the pagination buttons I 1 I to navigate earlier or later records. If there is an icon <sup>+</sup> on the top right corner of an entry, click it to view the full description content.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="959" height="349" class="wp-image-979" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-100.jpeg" alt="word image 840 100" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 908" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-100.jpeg 959w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-100-300x109.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-100-768x279.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 959px) 100vw, 959px" /></p>
<p>A log entry contains several kinds of information including <strong>Date Time</strong>, <strong>Type, User Account</strong>, <strong>Source</strong>, <strong>Device </strong>and <strong>Description</strong>. Check <strong>Type </strong>and <strong>Description </strong>fields to know what the user has done or what happened to the whole system. In <strong>Type </strong>field shows what major functions this behavior was involved in, in <strong>Description </strong>field narrates how the change was done (in green font color, uppercase) and the result (in white font color).</p>
<p>Take the case below for example, you can tell that the <strong>admin </strong>user set up an event rule on 2013/4/25 for <strong>#1 </strong>device(11F_Entrance) on <strong>#2 </strong>NVR(MobileGo) to trigger a response upon the motion detected by <strong>#1 </strong>device(11F_Entrance)’s motion region <strong>1</strong>.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Date Time</td>
<td><strong>Type</strong></td>
<td>User Account</td>
<td>Source</td>
<td>Device</td>
<td></td>
<td>Description</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>SET</p>
<p>source id = 2 Device</td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>s</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2013/04/25 14:54:29</td>
<td>Setup Event</td>
<td>admin</td>
<td>2MobileGO</td>
<td>1 11F_Entrance</td>
<td>id = 1</p>
<p>EventHandleConfig</p>
<p>EventHandle</p>
<p>Event id = Motionl</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Note</p>
<p>If the pagination button appears to be disabled, that means no more records are found on CMS server. By default, the server will keep the logs for 30 days. If you wish to adjust the</p>
<p>period, please go to <strong>Setup </strong>page ^ <strong>System </strong>tab ^ <strong>Settings</strong>, in <strong>System Log Settin gs</strong></p>
<p>section, key in the value in this field:</p>
<p>Keep System Log for (1-999 days) 30</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark425"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark426"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark427"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark424"></a> Export the Log</p>
<p>Click “<strong>Export</strong>” button to export the log as .csv file. You can specify the <strong>Time Duration</strong>, <strong>NVR</strong></p>
<p><strong>Source</strong>, <strong>User Account </strong>and the involved <strong>Device </strong>of the logs, and click “<strong>Apply</strong>”.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="908" height="364" class="wp-image-980" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-101.jpeg" alt="word image 840 101" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 909" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-101.jpeg 908w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-101-300x120.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-101-768x308.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 908px) 100vw, 908px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="665" height="279" class="wp-image-981" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-102.jpeg" alt="word image 840 102" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 910" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-102.jpeg 665w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-102-300x126.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 665px) 100vw, 665px" /></p>
<p><strong>Source System Log</strong></p>
<p>Search Time</p>
<p>2013/04/22</p>
<p>Type</p>
<p>User Operation;Setup Dev&#8230;<sup>1</sup>&#8220;<sup>1</sup> user Account</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark428"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark429"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark430"></a> NVR Source System Log</p>
<p>As the CMS administrator owns the same privileges of an NVR administrator, it is able to acquire the NVR system log from CMS interface. Unlike <strong>CMS System Log</strong>, <strong>NVR Source System Log </strong>records an NVR user’s activities on NVR. Click , enter <strong>Source System Log</strong>, specify the <strong>NVR Source </strong>name and other criteria, CMS will start searching.</p>
<p>Source System Log</p>
<p>Search Time 2013/05/03 H 13 t 36 Source 1 ADR Branch</p>
<p>Type Select All <sup>n</sup> User Account I Select All <sup>n</sup> Device</p>
<p>Select All</p>
<p>on</p>
<p>Date Time</p>
<p>Type</p>
<p>User Account</p>
<p>Device</p>
<p>Description</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark432"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark433"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark434"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark431"></a> Customize Views</p>
<p>After all NVRs and devices are added, you may start customizing the views for different users and purposes. This chapter will teach you how to add video source, arrange the channels and manage live view layouts.</p>
<p>In CMS system, a <strong>View </strong>refers to the layout where the live images of <strong>Cameras </strong>or <strong>Maps </strong>are placed in proper positions to suit the monitoring purpose. This is very similar to a camera group, which often consists of cameras in the same physical location. For example, a View named <strong>11F Emap &amp; Camera </strong>may contain the 11F floor plan and the cameras actually placed on 11F.</p>
<p>On CMS Live View, a saved View not only remembers (1) layout style, (2) which channel to display which camera, (3) but the fisheye view mode (for fisheye cameras only.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark435"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark436"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark437"></a> Live View Interface Overview</p>
<p>O View Toolbar</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="912" height="437" class="wp-image-982" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-103.jpeg" alt="word image 840 103" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 911" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-103.jpeg 912w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-103-300x144.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-103-768x368.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 912px) 100vw, 912px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark438"></a><strong>View Toolbar</strong>: Provides 24 options for layout styles and the functions keys for editing a view.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark439"></a><strong>Channel</strong>: Each channel window may display a camera view or a map. In edit mode, you can adjust the channel size at will.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark440"></a><strong>View List</strong>: All the saved Views are shown here. On <strong>Live View</strong>, you can go to ^</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>View Manager </strong>to group and manage these views (refer to<a href="#post-840-bookmark488"> Manage the Views </a>on page <a href="#post-840-bookmark488">66)</a>.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark441"></a><strong>Device List</strong>: In edit mode, drag a camera from here to your desired channel.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark442"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark443"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark444"></a> Step 1: Create a New View</p>
<p>On <strong>View Tool Bar</strong>, click the <strong>Create View </strong>button | | input the <strong>View Name</strong>, add a <strong>New</strong></p>
<p><strong>Group </strong>for this View and decide whether this group is to be <strong>Public </strong>or <strong>Private</strong>, and then click</p>
<p>“<strong>Apply</strong>”.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="896" height="424" class="wp-image-983" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-104.jpeg" alt="word image 840 104" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 912" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-104.jpeg 896w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-104-300x142.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-104-768x363.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 896px) 100vw, 896px" /></p>
<p>•The views under <strong>Private View Group </strong>La) are only available to the User who created them.</p>
<p>•The views under <strong>Public View Group □ </strong>are open to every User.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="54" height="51" class="wp-image-984" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-105.jpeg" alt="word image 840 105" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 913"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="868" height="480" class="wp-image-985" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-106.jpeg" alt="word image 840 106" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 914" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-106.jpeg 868w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-106-300x166.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-106-768x425.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 868px) 100vw, 868px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark445"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark446"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark447"></a> Step 2: Enter Edit Mode</p>
<p>this view will turn into edit mode. In edit</p>
<p>layout that is perfect for your required channel number and ideal arrangement.</p>
<p>On <strong>View Toolbar</strong>, click the <strong>Edit View </strong>button mode, you may add a video source to a channel, and adjust the channel size.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark448"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark449"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark450"></a> Step 3: Select a Layout</p>
<p>On <strong>View Toolbar</strong>, click the <strong>Expand </strong>button to find all provided layout styles. Select a</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="388" height="216" class="wp-image-986" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-107.jpeg" alt="word image 840 107" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 915" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-107.jpeg 388w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-107-300x167.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 388px) 100vw, 388px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="54" height="54" class="wp-image-987" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-108.jpeg" alt="word image 840 108" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 916"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="883" height="441" class="wp-image-988" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-109.jpeg" alt="word image 840 109" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 917" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-109.jpeg 883w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-109-300x150.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-109-768x384.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 883px) 100vw, 883px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark451"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark452"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark453"></a> Step 4: Add Video Source</p>
<p>In edit mode, move the mouse over the channel</p>
<p>and click</p>
<p>to select a camera from the source</p>
<p>list. You may also directly pull a camera from the</p>
<p><strong>Device </strong>panel to your desired channel.</p>
<p>•<strong>Remove the camera view: </strong>right-click on the channel and select “<strong>Remove</strong>”.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="383" height="218" class="wp-image-989" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-110.jpeg" alt="word image 840 110" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 918" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-110.jpeg 383w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-110-300x171.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 383px) 100vw, 383px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="387" height="229" class="wp-image-990" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-111.jpeg" alt="word image 840 111" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 919" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-111.jpeg 387w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-111-300x178.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 387px) 100vw, 387px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark454"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark455"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark456"></a> Step 5: Add a Map</p>
<p>By adding a map, you put a picture on the channel, where you may place camera icons later to</p>
<p>make it an “<strong>e-Map</strong>.</p>
<p>In edit mode, move the mouse over the channel and click to upload a map. Please input the</p>
<p><strong>Map Name</strong>, select the image location (file format must be JPG) and click “<strong>Apply</strong>”.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="828" height="657" class="wp-image-991" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-112.jpeg" alt="word image 840 112" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 920" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-112.jpeg 828w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-112-300x238.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-112-768x609.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 828px) 100vw, 828px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="506" height="272" class="wp-image-992" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-113.png" alt="word image 840 113" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 921" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-113.png 506w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-113-300x161.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 506px) 100vw, 506px" /></p>
<p><strong>I</strong></p>
<p><strong>0% 10% 20% 30% 40%</strong></p>
<p><strong>50% 60% 70% 80% 90%</strong></p>
<p>•<strong>Map size</strong>:</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark457"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark458"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark459"></a> •Map brightness:</p>
<p>To change the map brightness, right-click on the map, select “<strong>Map Mask</strong>” and the brightness percentage level.</p>
<p>By default, the map will be displayed in its original size. Use the button s on upper right to adjust the map size.</p>
<p>TO Enlarge to fill channel height</p>
<p><sub>i</sub> ] Original image size</p>
<p>a Zoom in</p>
<p>la Zoom out</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark460"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark461"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark462"></a> • Edit map title:</p>
<p>The map title will be shown on channel title bar. In edit mode, right-click on a map channel and</p>
<p>select “<strong>Edit Map Information</strong>”</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark463"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark464"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark465"></a> •Remove the whole map:</p>
<p>Right-click on the map and select “<strong>Remove</strong>”.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark466"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark467"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark468"></a> •Manage maps:</p>
<p>All the uploaded images are managed under <strong>Map Image Manager</strong>. On <strong>Live View </strong>screen, you may go to ^ <strong>Map Image Manager </strong>to view, upload or delete the maps.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="564" height="471" class="wp-image-993" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-114.jpeg" alt="word image 840 114" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 922" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-114.jpeg 564w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-114-300x251.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 564px) 100vw, 564px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark469"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark470"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark471"></a> Step 6: Add Devices to the Map</p>
<p>Pull a device from <strong>Device List </strong>to the map.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="318" class="wp-image-994" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-115.jpeg" alt="word image 840 115" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 923" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-115.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-115-300x110.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-115-768x282.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="276" height="258" class="wp-image-995" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-116.jpeg" alt="word image 840 116" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 924"></p>
<p>•To remove this device from map:</p>
<p>Click E3</p>
<p>•To move this device:</p>
<p>Left-click on the device icon and drag.</p>
<p>•To change the pointed direction:</p>
<p>Mouse over the viewing angle area, left-click on the clockwise arrow to turn the direction.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="504" height="259" class="wp-image-996" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-117.jpeg" alt="word image 840 117" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 925" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-117.jpeg 504w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-117-300x154.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 504px) 100vw, 504px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="46" class="wp-image-997" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-118.jpeg" alt="word image 840 118" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 926"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="500" height="182" class="wp-image-998" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-119.jpeg" alt="word image 840 119" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 927" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-119.jpeg 500w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-119-300x109.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="42" height="42" class="wp-image-999" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-120.jpeg" alt="word image 840 120" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 928"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="707" height="71" class="wp-image-1000" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-121.jpeg" alt="word image 840 121" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 929" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-121.jpeg 707w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-121-300x30.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 707px) 100vw, 707px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="869" height="430" class="wp-image-1001" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-122.jpeg" alt="word image 840 122" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 930" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-122.jpeg 869w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-122-300x148.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-122-768x380.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 869px) 100vw, 869px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="48" height="44" class="wp-image-1002" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-123.png" alt="word image 840 123" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 931"></p>
<p>•To adjust precise pointed direction: Right-click on the device icon, select <strong>“Pointed Direction</strong>”.</p>
<p>•To adjust device’s viewing angle:</p>
<p>Right-click on the device icon, select</p>
<p>“<strong>Vision Angle</strong>”.</p>
<p>If this is a device of an NVR3 server (including GNR-3000 server, INR-410 server or INR-420</p>
<p>server) and its stream mode is set to <strong>DUAL </strong>or <strong>multi-streaming</strong>, you can choose a desired</p>
<p>stream from <strong>View Toolbar</strong>. This choice of stream will be remembered by this View.</p>
<p>Click S</p>
<p>on right lower corner of the channel window, drag and then release.</p>
<p>•<strong>Switch channel windows</strong>:</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark472"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark473"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark474"></a> Step 7: Adjust the Channel Size &amp; Layout</p>
<p>•<strong>Adjust the channel size</strong>:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="336" height="179" class="wp-image-1003" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-124.jpeg" alt="word image 840 124" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 932" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-124.jpeg 336w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-124-300x160.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 336px) 100vw, 336px" /> Click on a channel title until the cross arrow appears, hold it to drag this device or map to your desired channel.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark475"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark476"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark477"></a> Step 8: Save the View</p>
<p>Click | J on <strong>View Toolbar </strong>to save it.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark478"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark479"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark480"></a> Step 9: Set Default View</p>
<p>To set a <strong>View </strong>as default, select it in the <strong>View List </strong>panel and then ch <strong>on View Tool</strong></p>
<p><strong>Bar</strong>. By next time you log in, you will directly enter this View.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark481"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark482"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark483"></a> Step 10: Set Default Hotspot Channel (Optional)</p>
<p>By system default, the global hotspot channel will always be the <strong>top left one</strong>. You can set any</p>
<p>other channel on your live view screen to be the default hotspot channel. Right-click on the channel and select <strong>“Default Hotspot Bar </strong>to save it.</p>
<p>!■ I Default Hotspot</p>
<p>, then click</p>
<p>on <strong>View Tool</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark484"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark485"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark486"></a> Step 11: Set Fisheye Camera Mode</p>
<p>Define a view for a fisheye camera channel by selecting its mode and using ePTZ control.</p>
<p>Please note that the maximum number of fisheye channels on the same View is <strong>16</strong>.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark487"></a> On this channel, right-click to bring up channel menu, click “<strong>Fisheye Mode</strong>” and select</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="853" height="405" class="wp-image-1004" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-125.jpeg" alt="word image 840 125" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 933" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-125.jpeg 853w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-125-300x142.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-125-768x365.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 853px) 100vw, 853px" /></p>
<p>one mode.</p>
<p><strong>2. </strong>After the fisheye mode is selected, click a region of interest.</p>
<p>•Use <strong>PTZ Panel </strong>controls to operate PTZ movements:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="313" height="169" class="wp-image-1005" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-126.jpeg" alt="word image 840 126" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 934" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-126.jpeg 313w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-126-300x162.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 313px) 100vw, 313px" /></p>
<p><strong>ePTZ Controls on PTZ Panel</strong></p>
<p><strong>8 directional buttons</strong></p>
<p><strong>Zoom in / Zoom out</strong></p>
<p>•Click the mouse anywhere on the view to pan/tilt, scroll the mouse wheel to zoom</p>
<p>in/out.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="420" height="258" class="wp-image-1006" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-127.jpeg" alt="word image 840 127" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 935" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-127.jpeg 420w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-127-300x184.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 420px) 100vw, 420px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="194" height="155" class="wp-image-1007" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-128.jpeg" alt="word image 840 128" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 936"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="201" height="79" class="wp-image-1008" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-129.jpeg" alt="word image 840 129" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 937"></p>
<p><strong>•</strong>To reset the ePTZ navigation area back to default viewing angle, right-click to bring up</p>
<p>channel menu, and then click “<strong>Reset</strong>”.</p>
<p><strong>3. </strong>click on <strong>View Tool Bar </strong>to save the configuration.</p>
<p>Note</p>
<p>Once a channel is changed to any of the following fisheye modes: <strong>Dewarping</strong>, <strong>Panorama</strong>, <strong>Double Panorama</strong>, <strong>Panorama/Focus </strong>or <strong>Quad</strong>, the resolution of this live stream will become 1920&#215;1080, while NVR still records the live stream at the resolution you set on <strong>Setup </strong>page.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark489"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark490"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark491"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark488"></a> Manage the Views</p>
<p>Each View belongs to a specific <strong>View Group</strong>. With the group management, CMS makes it easy to deal with Views you created for multiple Users.</p>
<p>After you created and saved the Views on <strong>Live View </strong>screen, click <strong>^ View Manager</strong>.</p>
<p>Click on the arrow icon in front of a group folder to reveal its <strong>Views</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>(21 </strong>By selecting a <strong>View</strong>, you may directly modify its name in <strong>Name </strong>field.</p>
<p><strong>(31 </strong>You may change a group’s <strong>Group Type</strong>. Upon the change, for example, by changing a</p>
<p>group from “<strong>Private</strong>” to <strong>’’Public</strong>”, all the views belonging to it will be open to every User.</p>
<p><strong>[4] </strong>Click this icon to add a new group. |__O_</p>
<p><strong>1 New Group Public</strong></p>
<p>(5j Click this icon to delete a selected group.</p>
<p><strong>[61 </strong>Click this icon to copy a selected group to another group.</p>
<p><strong>(7J </strong>Click this icon to move a selected group to another group.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="460" height="453" class="wp-image-1009" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-130.jpeg" alt="word image 840 130" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 938" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-130.jpeg 460w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-130-300x295.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 460px) 100vw, 460px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark492"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark493"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark494"></a> Set View Link</p>
<p>By creating a link button on a map view, you can directly be linked to another view. On the picture below shows how to create a link button to 7F View on 11F map.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="878" height="365" class="wp-image-1010" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-131.jpeg" alt="word image 840 131" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 939" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-131.jpeg 878w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-131-300x125.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-131-768x319.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 878px) 100vw, 878px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark495"></a> Select a map View, on which you will place a link button to another view.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark496"></a> Click on <strong>View Tool Bar </strong>to enter edit mode.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark497"></a> From <strong>View List</strong>, drag the target View to current View, a link button will appear.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark498"></a> Click on <strong>View Tool Bar </strong>to save it.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark499"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark500"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark501"></a> Set View Patrol</p>
<p>You may have the saved Views patrol in turns. In this way, the views in different area in your</p>
<p>site may cycle through themselves for you automatically.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="883" height="450" class="wp-image-1011" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-132.jpeg" alt="word image 840 132" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 940" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-132.jpeg 883w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-132-300x153.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-132-768x391.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 883px) 100vw, 883px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark504"></a> On View Tool Bar, click then Create Patrol.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark505"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark502"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark503"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark506"></a> Input the Patrol Name.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark507"></a> Select the <strong>Patrol Type </strong>to be open to all Users or to the creator only.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark508"></a> Define the <strong>Global Dwell Time </strong>between the views. If you want to set different dwell time length for individual Views, do not check this option, and configure them separately in below table.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark509"></a> Choose the <strong>Views </strong>to display in patrol. If you select the <strong>All Sources </strong>group, you will also need to select “<strong>Source Layout Style</strong>” for it.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark510"></a> Click “<strong>Apply</strong>” to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="769" height="770" class="wp-image-1012" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-133.jpeg" alt="word image 840 133" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 941" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-133.jpeg 769w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-133-300x300.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-133-150x150.jpeg 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 769px) 100vw, 769px" /></p>
<p>The saved patrols will be shown on the patrol list after you click on <strong>View Tool Bar</strong>, you may</p>
<p><strong>6.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="321" height="272" class="wp-image-1013" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-134.jpeg" alt="word image 840 134" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 942" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-134.jpeg 321w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-134-300x254.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 321px) 100vw, 321px" /> delete and edit a saved patrol or select it to start patrolling.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark511"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark512"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark513"></a> Tips to Enhance Live View Performance</p>
<p>Live view for multiple channels requires sufficient computing power to run the performance.</p>
<p>In certain extreme cases, like when viewing several megapixel H.264 video streams at the same time, client computer will be overloaded and hence affect browser’s performance. This is a common limitation imposed upon all Windows based video management programs and web browser.</p>
<p>To enhance live view performance, below are several tips you may try:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark514"></a> Use another browser client to share these high-resolution channels. Given that there are 32 megapixel channels to be monitored, you may have Layout 1 to display channel 1~16, set Layout 2 to display channel 17~32, then open one browser client to show Layout 1 and the second browser on an extended monitor to show Layout 2.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark515"></a> Have CMS automatically lower the frame rate of live streams when system loading is high. Go to <strong>Setup </strong>page ^ <strong>System </strong>tab^ <strong>Settings </strong>^ <strong>Display Performance Setting </strong>and enable this function. Basically, this setting will lower frame rate when the CPU usage is above certain percentage. You may also enable “<strong>Lower the frame rate when current layout is above</strong>_”, in this way, when the layout is displaying over certain number of channels, the frame rate of all live streams will be declined. By default, this setting will be applied to the live display of all connected web clients and Workstation clients.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="870" height="358" class="wp-image-1014" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-135.jpeg" alt="word image 840 135" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 943" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-135.jpeg 870w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-135-300x123.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-135-768x316.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 870px) 100vw, 870px" /></p>
<p>A <strong>Workstation </strong>client computer can have its own specific display configuration without being affected by CMS universal setting. Log in as <strong>CMS2 Workstation </strong>client, go to <strong>Setup </strong>page ^ <strong>System </strong>tab^ <strong>Workstation </strong>and configure the <strong>Display Performance Setting</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="868" height="217" class="wp-image-1015" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-136.jpeg" alt="word image 840 136" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 944" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-136.jpeg 868w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-136-300x75.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-136-768x192.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 868px) 100vw, 868px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark516"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark517"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark518"></a> Let Windows Automatically Start up CMS Live View</p>
<p>You may have the CMS client application automatically run and open the live view after Windows starts. In this way, you may save steps and time before you eventually see the desired live view screen. Additionally, whenever a power breakdown takes place, the live view may recover as soon as your computer resumes.</p>
<p>If more than one users would log in to this computer, this tip might not be suitable due to account security issues.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark519"></a> On CMS server, set a <strong>Default View </strong>for your account. For detailed procedures, please refer to this section in this manual:<a href="#post-840-bookmark431"> Customize Views </a>on page<a href="#post-840-bookmark431"> 59.</a></li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark520"></a> Set <strong>Auto-login </strong>for your Workstation client or web browser client. For detailed procedures, please refer to this section in this manual:<a href="#post-840-bookmark211"> C. Remember Account/Password </a>on page<a href="#post-840-bookmark211"> 28.</a></li>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="112" height="264" class="wp-image-1016" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-137.jpeg" alt="word image 840 137" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 945"><a id="post-840-bookmark521"></a> If you are using a browser client, open the browser, and set the CMS server IP as default homepage.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark522"></a> Set your browser or Workstation application to start right after Windows has started. Click <strong>Windows Start </strong>^ <strong>Programs </strong>^ <strong>Startup </strong>to open the <strong>Startup </strong>folder, and drag the application shortcut into it. In your case, you will have to drag the Internet Explorer shortcut or CMS2Workstation shortcut into the <strong>Startup </strong>folder.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark523"></a> The next time you start Windows, CMS live view will be running automatically, and you may start monitoring the system in no time.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark525"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark526"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark527"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark524"></a> Customize System Language</p>
<p>CMS server supports multiple languages for user interface display. There are already several translated language files in the server system. Each language is open to customization based on your own needs. This section will describe how to choose or customize language strings for your site.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark528"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark529"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark530"></a> Change System Language</p>
<p>You may decide which languages to be selectable on Login screen. The chosen languages will appear on the “<strong>Language</strong>” dropdown list.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="463" height="468" class="wp-image-1017" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-138.jpeg" alt="word image 840 138" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 946" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-138.jpeg 463w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-138-297x300.jpeg 297w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 463px) 100vw, 463px" /></p>
<p>Live</p>
<p>Language</p>
<p>English</p>
<p><strong>cesky</strong></p>
<p><strong>Dansk</strong></p>
<p><strong>Deutsch</strong></p>
<p><strong>EAAqviKa</strong></p>
<p><strong>Espanol</strong></p>
<p><strong>Suomen kieli</strong></p>
<p><strong>Français</strong></p>
<p><strong>Magyar</strong></p>
<p><strong>Bahasa Indonesia</strong></p>
<p><strong>Italiano</strong></p>
<p><strong>Nederlands Polski Portugues tfi^pnâ</strong></p>
<p><strong>Anil a3blK </strong>5%nska <strong>Tna Türkçe Tieng Vret nnin </strong></p>
<p>English Q</p>
<p><strong>CMS Workstation</strong></p>
<p>Forgot Password?</p>
<p>Server Name</p>
<p>Server IP</p>
<p>Server Port</p>
<p>Account</p>
<p>Password</p>
<p>Initial Page</p>
<p>Remember Account/Password</p>
<p>Auto Login</p>
<p>Don’t Remember</p>
<p>172.16.26.91</p>
<p>1018</p>
<p>Go to <strong>Setup </strong>page ^<strong>Language </strong>tab, click “<strong>Active Languages”. </strong>On popup window, check the languages you need, and click “<strong>Apply</strong>”. By default, all languages are selected. As <strong>English </strong>and</p>
<p><strong>Traditional Chinese </strong>are the default system language, they are not removable from this list.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="883" height="426" class="wp-image-1018" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-139.jpeg" alt="word image 840 139" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 947" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-139.jpeg 883w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-139-300x145.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-139-768x371.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 883px) 100vw, 883px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark531"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark532"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark533"></a> Edit User Interface Wordings</p>
<p>Each language file contains four editable string tables. Each table displays the default wordings in English and the translation in target language.</p>
<p>To view the string table:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark534"></a> Select the language from “<strong>Select Language</strong>” dropdown list, then select a table from the</li>
</ol>
<p>“<strong>Language Group</strong>” list on the left column.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="385" class="wp-image-1019" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-140.jpeg" alt="word image 840 140" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 948" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-140.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-140-300x134.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-140-768x342.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark535"></a> Your target language will be displayed on the right column, while the default system</li>
</ol>
<p>language “<strong>English</strong>” appears on the left for reference. Click in any field on right column to</p>
<p>customize your desired wordings, and click “<strong>Apply</strong>” to overwrite the current.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="866" height="382" class="wp-image-1020" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-141.jpeg" alt="word image 840 141" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 949" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-141.jpeg 866w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-141-300x132.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-141-768x339.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" /></p>
<p>The new string will be applied by next time you log in. If you log in as a <strong>CMS2 Workstation client</strong>, please pres button on <strong>Login </strong>page to synchronize with the latest modified</p>
<p>language file, then log in to the system.</p>
<p><strong>CMS Workstation</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Server Name</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Server IP</td>
<td>172.16.26.91</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Server Port</td>
<td>1018</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Account</p>
<p>Password</p>
<p>Initial Page</td>
<td>Live</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Language</p>
<p>English</p>
<p>Remember Account/Password</p>
<p>Don&#8217;t Remember</p>
<p>Forgot Password?</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark536"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark537"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark538"></a> Export / Import Language String File</p>
<p>You may also click “<strong>Export</strong>” to export the language file as .xml format to edit in <strong>Notepad</strong>, or</p>
<p>“<strong>Import</strong>” to import a language file to use in the system.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="868" height="388" class="wp-image-1021" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-142.jpeg" alt="word image 840 142" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 950" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-142.jpeg 868w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-142-300x134.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-142-768x343.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 868px) 100vw, 868px" /></p>
<p>In general, it is suggested that you always save a modified language table with a different file name in a location other than default system language folder on server computer <em>C:\Program Files\ACTi Corporation\CMS2\Language,</em> then import it to use. In this way, you can avoid overwriting the original language file.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark540"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark541"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark542"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark539"></a> Display Configurations</p>
<p>You can change the user interface style by arranging the main screen and <strong>Panel</strong>/<strong>Device List </strong>on the right or left. Go to <strong>Setup </strong>page^<strong>System </strong>tab^<strong>Settings</strong>, scroll down to the <strong>User Interface Style </strong>section, select the setting style then click “<strong>Apply</strong>”. The change will be applied upon your next login.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="868" height="419" class="wp-image-1022" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-143.jpeg" alt="word image 840 143" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 951" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-143.jpeg 868w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-143-300x145.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-143-768x371.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 868px) 100vw, 868px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark544"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark545"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark546"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark543"></a> Video &amp; Snapshot Export Configurations</p>
<p>By default, the snapshots taken by Users on <strong>Live View </strong>and all exported video files are saved to the current client’s Desktop. You may configure the destination by selecting another available file location on your client’s computer. Go to <strong>Setup </strong>page^<strong>System </strong>tab^<strong>Settings</strong>, in <strong>Export Video Settings </strong>section, click “<strong>Browse</strong>” to choose the file path.</p>
<p>You may also define what information is printed on each snapshot by checking the items: <strong>Date and time</strong>, <strong>Source ID</strong>, <strong>Device ID</strong>, <strong>Source Name </strong>and <strong>Device Name</strong>.</p>
<p>These configurations will take place after you click “<strong>Apply</strong>”.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="874" height="406" class="wp-image-1023" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-144.jpeg" alt="word image 840 144" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 952" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-144.jpeg 874w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-144-300x139.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-144-768x357.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 874px) 100vw, 874px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark548"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark549"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark550"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark547"></a> Joystick</p>
<p>In CMS, other than user interface PTZ panel and mouse operation, you may also control the PTZ movements by physical controllers. CMS supports two types of controllers, which both feature in a joystick with twelve buttons for users to assign specific actions.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="150" height="161" class="wp-image-1024" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-145.jpeg" alt="word image 840 145" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 953"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="133" height="158" class="wp-image-1025" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-146.jpeg" alt="word image 840 146" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 954"></p>
<p>Model: <strong>IP Desktop</strong></p>
<p>Manufacturer: CH Products</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark551"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark552"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark553"></a> Model: Extreme™ 3D Pro</p>
<p>Manufacturer: Logitech</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="353" height="280" class="wp-image-1026" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-147.jpeg" alt="word image 840 147" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 955" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-147.jpeg 353w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-147-300x238.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 353px) 100vw, 353px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark554"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark555"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark556"></a> How to Install the Joystick</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark557"></a> Log out from CMS client interface.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark558"></a> Connect the controller device to your computer. To make sure the device is installed properly, open <strong>Windows Start menu </strong>and enter <strong>Devices and Printers </strong>to check the status.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark559"></a> Log in to CMS server, go to <strong>Setup </strong>page ^<strong>System </strong>tab, enter “<strong>Controller</strong>” section and select your product.</li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark560"></a> You may assign specific commands from dropdown list to buttons 1~12 of the controller. When setting is done, click</li>
</ol>
<p>“<strong>Apply</strong>”. The modification you did on one controller model will be applied to the other</p>
<p>joystick model as well.</p>
<p><strong>5. </strong>To validate its function, go to <strong>Live View </strong>page and focus on a PTZ device channel to</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="869" height="410" class="wp-image-1027" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-148.jpeg" alt="word image 840 148" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 956" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-148.jpeg 869w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-148-300x142.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-148-768x362.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 869px) 100vw, 869px" /></p>
<p>operate the supported PTZ operations.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark562"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark563"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark564"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark561"></a> Un-install Server Software</p>
<p>In certain cases, un-installation of CMS system is necessary, for example, (1) you want to terminate CMS server and clear all the evidence due to privacy and security reasons, (2) you need to reinstall the system due to an unsuccessful installation.</p>
<p>Before starting un-installation, please back up important data (please refer to<a href="#post-840-bookmark571"> Back up System</a> <a href="#post-840-bookmark571">Data </a>on page<a href="#post-840-bookmark571"> 79)</a> first and prepare the CMS server install shield application. This chapter will describe un-installation process.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark565"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark566"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark567"></a> Step 1: Remove CMS Server Program</p>
<p><strong>1. </strong>Go to <strong>Windows Control Panel</strong>i <strong>Programs and Features </strong>(in Windows Vista /Windows</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="821" height="327" class="wp-image-1028" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-149.jpeg" alt="word image 840 149" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 957" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-149.jpeg 821w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-149-300x119.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-149-768x306.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 821px) 100vw, 821px" /></p>
<p>7/Windows 2008) to remove it. When you un-install CMS server program, the web client</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="410" height="332" class="wp-image-1029" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-150.jpeg" alt="word image 840 150" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 958" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-150.jpeg 410w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-150-300x243.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 410px) 100vw, 410px" /><strong>2. </strong>After you choose to uninstall “<strong>ACTi CMS Server</strong>” program, the uninstallshield will execute and notify you when it is completed.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark568"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark569"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark570"></a> Step 2: Remove CMS Server Program Folder (Optional)</p>
<p>If you are performing a complete un-installation without leaving any CMS server related data on the current computer, you may consider deleting this folder.</p>
<p>After un-installation, the <strong>CMS </strong>system folder will remain under ACTi product folder <strong>ACTi Corporation </strong>on your hard drive, the system configuration data here will not be removed until</p>
<p>you delete them manually. By default, the path of <strong>CMS </strong>system folder is <em>C:\Program Files\ACTi Corporation.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="866" height="369" class="wp-image-1030" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-151.jpeg" alt="word image 840 151" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 959" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-151.jpeg 866w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-151-300x128.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-151-768x327.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" /></p>
<p>However, keeping this folder is convenient for a un-installation followed by an instant re-installation, for the previous system settings can directly be applied to the new server.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark572"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark573"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark574"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark571"></a> Back up System Data</p>
<p>Making regular system backups is always recommended in case of unexpected disasters or accidents that may damage CMS server. Other than this, you may need to perform an on-demand backing up to (1) migrate the whole CMS server data to another computer, or (2) re-install the CMS server on current computer. There are several types of data on CMS server essential to your surveillance system please consider your purpose and follow the below instructions to create their backups.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark575"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark576"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark577"></a> CMS Settings Backup</p>
<p>CMS server can create a backup file of the whole system settings within one click. The settings being backed up include the following properties you set for system: (1) <strong>Users </strong>(2) Imported <strong>NVR Source </strong>&amp; <strong>Device </strong>properties (3) <strong>Event Rules </strong>(4) <strong>System </strong>^<strong>Settings </strong>/ <strong>User Interface Style </strong>/ <strong>Joystick</strong>, and (7) the saved <strong>Views </strong>in <strong>Live View </strong>page, and (8) <strong>TV Wall Server </strong>information and <strong>TV Wall Views</strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark578"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark579"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark580"></a> Step 1: Back up CMS System Settings</p>
<p><strong>1. </strong>Go to <strong>Setup </strong>page ^<strong>System </strong>tab^ <strong>Backup / Restore</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark581"></a> In <strong>Backup </strong>section, click “<strong>Browse</strong>” to select the destination for backup file, the file will be</li>
</ol>
<p>saved as <em>Backup_YYYYMMDD.xml</em> file. Then click “<strong>Backup</strong>” to export the file.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="890" height="418" class="wp-image-1031" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-152.jpeg" alt="word image 840 152" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 960" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-152.jpeg 890w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-152-300x141.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-152-768x361.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 890px) 100vw, 890px" /></p>
<p>Important Notice</p>
<p>The license data is not included in the system backup file. You have to preserve the license key information provided in email or printed card to you after the purchase takes place.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark582"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark583"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark584"></a> Step 2: Back up CMS System Log (Optional)</p>
<p>The system log records the operations Users perform during logging in to CMS server. You may export the system log of latest three days as *.csv file as backup. Please refer to the section in this manual:<a href="#post-840-bookmark424"> Export the Log </a>on page<a href="#post-840-bookmark424"> 58 </a>for instructions.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark585"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark586"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark587"></a> Step 3: Back up NVR Source Backup (Optional)</p>
<p>You may also back up individual NVR’s system on <strong>Setup </strong>page ^ <strong>System </strong>tab^<strong>Source </strong>tab. This backup file is the same with that made on the NVR interface, which contains the entire system settings of an NVR server and its customized Views.</p>
<p>On <strong>Source </strong>tab, select your desired NVR and enter its sub category <strong>Maintenance</strong>. Click</p>
<p>“<strong>Backup</strong>”, select a file destination path and click “<strong>Apply</strong>”.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="867" height="385" class="wp-image-1032" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-153.jpeg" alt="word image 840 153" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 961" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-153.jpeg 867w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-153-300x133.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-153-768x341.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 867px) 100vw, 867px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark589"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark590"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark591"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark588"></a> Restore System Data</p>
<p>Before starting restoring the system, make sure you have done the following:</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark592"></a> Re-activate the license</li>
</ol>
<p>If you have activated the CMS licenses then done un-installation previously, please contact <strong>ACTi Customer Help Desk</strong><a href="http://www.acti.com/CHD" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> http://www.acti.com/CHD </a>to clear the original registration data in ACTi license database, prepare the license key information for online activation or the activation file(.lic) for offline activation, and follow the instructions<a href="#post-840-bookmark147"> How to Activate the Licenses</a> on page<a href="#post-840-bookmark147"> 21 </a>to activate your license. The license should be activated before settings are restored so that the licensed channels are ready for recovery.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark593"></a> The backup file(.xml).</li>
</ol>
<p>To start,</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark594"></a> Go to <strong>Setup </strong>page ^<strong>System </strong>tab^ <strong>Backup / Restore</strong></li>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark595"></a> In <strong>Restore </strong>section, Click “<strong>Browse</strong>” to select the backup file, and then click “<strong>Restore</strong>” to start restoring the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="389" class="wp-image-1033" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-154.jpeg" alt="word image 840 154" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 962" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-154.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-154-300x135.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-154-768x345.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-840-bookmark596"></a> The restoring process requires logging out of CMS server. After restoring is done, you may log in using your previous user account properties.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark598"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark599"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark600"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark597"></a> Advanced Administrative Tasks</p>
<p>To assist the CMS administrator in monitoring the server status and basic trouble-shooting, the <strong>CMS2 Administrator Tool </strong>is installed along with CMS server program on the server computer. This tool will start running as the server computer starts up, and resides in the system tray. You may double-click the icon to open this tool.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="33" height="30" class="wp-image-1034" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-155.jpeg" alt="word image 840 155" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 963"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="33" height="32" class="wp-image-1035" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-156.jpeg" alt="word image 840 156" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 964"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="48" class="wp-image-1036" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-157.jpeg" alt="word image 840 157" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 965"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="33" height="33" class="wp-image-1037" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-158.jpeg" alt="word image 840 158" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 966"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="327" height="96" class="wp-image-1038" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-159.jpeg" alt="word image 840 159" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 967" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-159.jpeg 327w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-159-300x88.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 327px) 100vw, 327px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark601"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark602"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark603"></a> CMS Server Status</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="511" height="317" class="wp-image-1039" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-160.jpeg" alt="word image 840 160" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 968" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-160.jpeg 511w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-160-300x186.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-160-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 511px) 100vw, 511px" /></p>
<p>You may observe the CMS services status on <strong>Service </strong>tab.</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark604"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark605"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark606"></a> Change Server Port</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="515" height="330" class="wp-image-1040" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-161.jpeg" alt="word image 840 161" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 969" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-161.jpeg 515w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-161-300x192.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 515px) 100vw, 515px" /></p>
<p>On <strong>Settings </strong>tab, input a new port and then click “<strong>Apply</strong>”</p>
<p><a id="post-840-bookmark607"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark608"></a><a id="post-840-bookmark609"></a> Change Authentication Method</p>
<p>You may enable the <strong>Digest </strong>authentication other than the basic way. With this method, when logging in to CMS server, User’s credentials are encrypted using MD5 algorithm. In this way, there is more secure protection to prevent from unauthorized access.</p>
<p>Please also note that, with <strong>Digest </strong>authentication method enabled, a mobile client user or a</p>
<p>domain user will be blocked from CMS system.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="511" height="320" class="wp-image-1041" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-162.jpeg" alt="word image 840 162" title="ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide 970" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-162.jpeg 511w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-162-300x188.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-840-162-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 511px) 100vw, 511px" /></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/acti-cms-2-0-installation-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Swann Security VMS Download Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/swann-security-vms-download-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/swann-security-vms-download-guide/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 31 May 2023 18:37:25 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cms software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Manager]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DW Spectrum]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Latest]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Reset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Reset Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Port Forwarding]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Quick User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[set up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Swann Security]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[System Requirements]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 10]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=365</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Swann Security VMS Download Guide,This CMS software provides as well as enables the user to access the surveillance camera along with different ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="Swann Security VMS Download Guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/swann-security-vms-download-guide/#more-365" aria-label="Read more about Swann Security VMS Download Guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Swann Security VMS Download Guide,<span data-preserver-spaces="true">This CMS software provides as well as enables the user to access the surveillance camera along with different functions as well as to operate and control the devices through a PC or smartphone. The application is available for free to download on Windows, Mac, Android, and iOS operating systems.</span></p>
<h2 class="article-page-title" title="Swann Security VMS access for V8 units">Swann Security VMS access for V8 units</h2>
<p><em><strong>NOTE 1:</strong> This guide is for the following recorders with a similar interface: DVRx-4480V, 4580V, 4680, 4780V, 4ch 4980V, 8 and 16ch 4980, 5580, 5680 and NVRx-8580 and 8780. It is <strong>NOT</strong> suitable for standalone cloud storage cameras.</em></p>
<p><em><strong>NOTE 2:</strong> Support for Swann Security VMS is limited to installation and P2P connection setup only. Advanced network setup and port forwarding are not supported.</em></p>
<p><em><strong>Minimum System Requirements:</strong></em></p>
<ul>
<li><span class="wysiwyg-font-size-medium">Windows 10 or later</span></li>
<li><span class="wysiwyg-font-size-medium">Intel 9th Gen or AMD Ryzen Quad Core or greater at 3Ghz or higher</span></li>
<li><span class="wysiwyg-font-size-medium">16GB RAM (32GB or greater recommended)</span></li>
<li><span class="wysiwyg-font-size-medium">Dedicated Graphics Card</span></li>
<li><span class="wysiwyg-font-size-medium">500GB storage (for software and clips, larger storage may be needed for local recording to PC)</span></li>
<li><span class="wysiwyg-font-size-medium">4Gbps upload (8Gbps or greater upload recommended)</span></li>
</ul>
<blockquote>
<h3>Read Next :</h3>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/firmwares/362/latest-swann-firmware-updates/">Latest Swann Firmware Updates</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/password-tools/359/swann-security-devices-password-reset-guide/">Swann Security devices Password Reset Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/342/dw-spectrum-quick-user-guide/">DW Spectrum Quick User Guide</a></li>
</ol>
</blockquote>
<h2 id="01G1F2CNQE051J1NY3NG1AVE5Q">Installing the software:</h2>
<p>Download <strong>Swann Security VMS</strong> from the links below based on your operating system (OS) and install as per usual. <span class="wysiwyg-underline"><a href="https://www.dropbox.com/s/wklcv67zj3zwhbg/%21%21%21%20Version%20History%20-%20Public.txt?dl=1" target="_self" rel="noopener nofollow">Click here</a></span> to check the file version history.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Windows</strong> &#8211; download the VMS version 2.7.84 software <a href="https://www.dropbox.com/s/w0dq76qba47csb4/Swann_Security_P2P_Win.exe?dl=1" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">HERE</a> then proceed below</li>
<li><strong>Mac</strong> &#8211; download the VMS version 2.7.85 software <a href="https://www.dropbox.com/s/y9fqmv25x1tsncc/Swann_Security_P2P_Mac.dmg?dl=1" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">HERE</a> then once installed, click <a href="https://support.swann.com/hc/en-us/articles/4715708219673#softwarePassword" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">HERE</a></li>
</ul>
<p>If this prompt appears, click <strong>More Info</strong> then <strong>Run Anyway </strong>then continue with the installation.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/9874528955545/WindowsProtect1.png" alt="WindowsProtect1.png" width="400" title="Swann Security VMS Download Guide 1006"></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/9874552722585/WindowsProtect2.png" alt="WindowsProtect2.png" width="400" title="Swann Security VMS Download Guide 1007"></p>
<p><a id="softwarePassword" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer"></a>Once installed, open the Swann Security program and follow the steps below:</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Set a password</strong> &#8211; to protect you from anyone who wants to view your unit on your computer.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/9874572724121/VMS1.png" alt="VMS1.png" width="400" title="Swann Security VMS Download Guide 1008"></li>
<li><strong>Set a security question</strong> &#8211; will be used when you forgot the password your set.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/9874593899161/VMS2.png" alt="VMS2.png" width="400" title="Swann Security VMS Download Guide 1009"></li>
<li><strong>Login</strong> &#8211; just type in the password you&#8217;ve set earlier. Username is admin.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/9874628105369/VMS3.png" alt="VMS3.png" title="Swann Security VMS Download Guide 1010"></li>
<li><strong>Add device</strong>
<ol>
<li>Click the Home icon (top-left) then choose Device Management<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/9874631190809/VMS4.png" alt="VMS4.png" title="Swann Security VMS Download Guide 1011"></li>
<li>Click the plus (+) icon (top-right)<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/9874632778393/VMS5.png" alt="VMS5.png" title="Swann Security VMS Download Guide 1012"></li>
<li>Enter your recorder&#8217;s details:<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/9874684018969/VMS6.png" alt="VMS6.png" title="Swann Security VMS Download Guide 1013"></p>
<ol>
<li><em>Device Name</em>: &lt;name anything you like&gt;</li>
<li><em>Login Type</em>: P2PID</li>
<li><em>P2PID</em>: &lt;20-character alphanumeric code; found at the top of your recorder&gt;</li>
<li><em>Protocol</em>: Private</li>
<li><em>Media Port</em>: 9000</li>
<li><em>User Name</em>: &lt;recorder&#8217;s admin username; default is admin&gt;</li>
<li><em>Password</em>: &lt;recorder&#8217;s password&gt;</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Click Add</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Status &#8211; Online</strong> &#8211; under Status column, a green box will appear to indicate that the recorder is online. If not, double check the connection to your internet or the username and password you entered.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/9874685050265/VMS7.png" alt="VMS7.png" title="Swann Security VMS Download Guide 1014"></li>
<li><strong>Stream</strong> &#8211; click the Mainview icon (monitor with 4-boxes) at the top or when you click the Home icon.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/9874637492761/VMS8.png" alt="VMS8.png" title="Swann Security VMS Download Guide 1015"></p>
<ol>
<li>Click the arrow beside &#8216;root&#8217; to expand</li>
<li>Once you see your device, either click and drag the <em>device name</em> to any boxes at the right OR click and drag a <em>specific camera</em> to load.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<h1 class="article-page-title" title="Swann Security VMX access (Windows only)">Swann Security VMX access (Windows only)</h1>
<p><em><strong>NOTE 1:</strong> This guide is for the following recorders with a similar interface: <em class="guide-markup">DVRx-4680, 4680XN, 5680X, 5680XN</em>. It is <strong>NOT</strong> suitable for standalone cloud storage cameras.</em></p>
<p><em><strong>NOTE 2:</strong> Support for Swann Security VMX is limited to installation and P2P connection setup only. Advanced network setup and port forwarding are not supported.</em></p>
<p><em><strong>Minimum System Requirements:</strong></em></p>
<ul>
<li><span class="wysiwyg-font-size-medium">Windows 10 or later</span></li>
<li><span class="wysiwyg-font-size-medium">Intel 9th Gen or AMD Ryzen Quad Core or greater at 3Ghz or higher</span></li>
<li><span class="wysiwyg-font-size-medium">16GB RAM (32GB or greater recommended)</span></li>
<li><span class="wysiwyg-font-size-medium">Dedicated Graphics Card</span></li>
<li><span class="wysiwyg-font-size-medium">500GB storage (for software and clips, larger storage may be needed for local recording to PC)</span></li>
<li><span class="wysiwyg-font-size-medium">4Gbps upload (8Gbps or greater upload recommended)</span></li>
</ul>
<h2 id="01G1F2CNQE051J1NY3NG1AVE5Q">Installing the software:</h2>
<p>Download the <a href="https://www.dropbox.com/s/nc9sxo49jy0xfwv/Swann_Security_VMX_Win.exe?dl=1" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">Swann Security VMX software</a> for Windows <strong><a href="https://www.dropbox.com/s/nc9sxo49jy0xfwv/Swann_Security_VMX_Win.exe?dl=1" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">here</a></strong> and install the app as per usual and then follow the steps below to configure and add your device or <strong><a href="https://www.dropbox.com/s/q1l75nhv9u71a1u/2021-02-03_14h48_10.mp4?dl=1" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">watch this clip</a></strong> for a complete guide. <span class="wysiwyg-underline"><a href="https://www.dropbox.com/s/wklcv67zj3zwhbg/%21%21%21%20Version%20History%20-%20Public.txt?dl=1" target="_self" rel="noopener nofollow">Click here</a></span> to check the file version history.</p>
<p>Once installed, open the <strong>Swann Security VMX</strong> program and follow the steps below:</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Login</strong> &#8211; default username and password is <em>admin</em> &amp; <em>admin</em> then click <em>Sign in</em>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/18929736442905" alt="18929736442905" title="Swann Security VMS Download Guide 1016"></li>
<li><strong>Add device</strong>
<ul>
<li>For <strong>remote access setup</strong> <em>(viewing your cameras when you are not at the location)</em>, click <a href="https://support.swann.com/hc/en-us/articles/6042698208793-Swann-Security-VMX-access-Windows-only-#01GCB9859DEH5W1JB6T496VER6" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><span class="wysiwyg-underline">HERE</span></a><em><br />
</em></li>
<li>For <strong>local access setup</strong> <em>(viewing your cameras when your computer is at the same network as the recorder)</em>, it can be added automatically or choose <em>Add devices manually</em> then click <em>OK.</em> The next prompt will appear, click <em>Yes</em> then continue to the next step<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/8031232750873/mceclip1.png" alt="mceclip1.png" width="401" height="242" title="Swann Security VMS Download Guide 1017"><br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://dl.dropboxusercontent.com/s/rfl6kzs08avp9ms/addDeviceAutomatically2.png?dl=1" alt="addDeviceAutomatically2" width="400" title="Swann Security VMS Download Guide 1018"></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>Once logged in, the software interface will open.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/8031410140825/mceclip2.png" alt="mceclip2.png" title="Swann Security VMS Download Guide 1019"></li>
<li><strong>Add device</strong>
<ol>
<li>Click the <span class="wysiwyg-underline">Device Manager</span> icon (1). Your Swann device can be added automatically using the IPV4/IPV6 Search option if the PC running the VMX software is on the same network. <strong>Note:</strong> To manually add your Swann device, proceed to <strong>step 4</strong> below.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/8034069602713/mceclip5.png" alt="mceclip5.png" title="Swann Security VMS Download Guide 1020"></li>
<li>Select the discovered device and click <span class="wysiwyg-underline">Add</span> and then <span class="wysiwyg-underline">Save</span>.<img decoding="async" src="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/8034308553625/mceclip6.png" alt="mceclip6.png" title="Swann Security VMS Download Guide 1021"></li>
<li>The device will added to the application but will remain disconnected. Select the newly added device again (6) and click on the <span class="wysiwyg-underline">Edit</span> (7) option to update the settings. Give friendly to your Swann device (8) and input the correct credentials (8). Click OK. <img decoding="async" src="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/8034786996761/mceclip9.png" alt="mceclip9.png" title="Swann Security VMS Download Guide 1022"></li>
<li>Click <span class="wysiwyg-underline">Manual Add</span> (9) and enter your recorder&#8217;s details:<img decoding="async" src="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/8035084775961/mceclip10.png" alt="mceclip10.png" title="Swann Security VMS Download Guide 1023">
<ol>
<li><em>Device Name</em>: &lt;friendly name of you device&gt;</li>
<li><em>Login Type</em>: IP</li>
<li><em>IP</em>: IP address of you device (can be found on your router or network switch management interface)</li>
<li><em>Media Port</em>: 9000</li>
<li><em>User Name</em>: &lt;recorder&#8217;s admin username; default is admin&gt;</li>
<li><em>Password</em>: &lt;recorder&#8217;s password&gt;</li>
<li>Click <span class="wysiwyg-underline">Save And Continue
<p></span></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Confirm Status </strong>&#8211; under the Connect column, a Connected status will appear to indicate that the recorder is online. If not, double check the connection to your internet or the username and password you entered.<img decoding="async" src="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/8035332577817/mceclip11.png" alt="mceclip11.png" title="Swann Security VMS Download Guide 1024"></li>
<li><strong>Stream</strong> &#8211; click the Home icon at the top and then select Live View.<img decoding="async" src="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/8035764948633/mceclip13.png" alt="mceclip13.png" title="Swann Security VMS Download Guide 1025"></li>
<li>Select the desired View (14) based on the number of cameras you have or your preferred layout.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/8036498663065/mceclip15.png" alt="mceclip15.png" title="Swann Security VMS Download Guide 1026"></p>
<ol>
<li>To view a specific camera on the list (15) to a window on the live view area, <span class="wysiwyg-underline">click and drag</span> the channel name and drop into the desired area (A, B, C, D, E, or F).</li>
<li>Or select the desired window on the live view area and then double click the channel name (15) to load the camera.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p>&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8211;</p>
<h2 id="01GCB9859DEH5W1JB6T496VER6">Remote access setup</h2>
<ol>
<li>Your recorder must be <strong>paired to a Swann Security account</strong> first
<ul>
<li>If it isn&#8217;t yet, you may read this article first the continue below once done: <span class="wysiwyg-underline"><a href="https://support.swann.com/hc/en-us/articles/4715088563865" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">Pair your Recorder on Swann Security app</a></span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>In the <strong>Home</strong> screen, click the <span class="wysiwyg-underline">Device Manager</span> icon<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/10269573962393/VMX_Home-Device.png" alt="VMX_Home-Device.png" title="Swann Security VMS Download Guide 1027"></li>
<li>Click the <span class="wysiwyg-underline">Manual Add</span> button at the bottom<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/10269630932761/VMX_Home_Device-ManualAdd.png" alt="VMX_Home_Device-ManualAdd.png" title="Swann Security VMS Download Guide 1028"></li>
<li>In the <strong>Add Device</strong> screen, read the following:
<div class="table-responsive">
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><img decoding="async" src="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/10270294873753/VMX_Home_Device_ManualAdd-AddDevice.png" alt="VMX_Home_Device_ManualAdd-AddDevice.png" title="Swann Security VMS Download Guide 1029"></td>
<td>
<ul>
<li><strong>Device Name: </strong><span class="wysiwyg-underline">Enter a name</span> the device</li>
<li><strong>Login Type:</strong> set it to <span class="wysiwyg-underline">P2PID</span></li>
<li><strong>Port:</strong> 9000</li>
<li><strong>P2PID: </strong><span class="wysiwyg-underline">Enter the UID</span> of the DVR</li>
<li>Check your email and <span class="wysiwyg-underline">enter the credentials</span> in the <strong>P2PUserName</strong> and <strong>P2PPassword</strong> fields</li>
<li><strong>UserName:</strong> Enter the <span class="wysiwyg-underline">DVR’s username</span></li>
<li><strong>Password:</strong> Enter the <span class="wysiwyg-underline">DVR’s password</span></li>
</ul>
<p>Click the <strong>OK</strong> button.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
</li>
</ol>
<p>If you don&#8217;t have the <strong>P2PUserName</strong> and <strong>P2PPassword</strong>, contact our Technical Support and make sure to provide your <span class="wysiwyg-underline">recorder&#8217;s UID or MAC address</span>.</p>
<h1 class="article-page-title" title="HomeSafe View for Windows">HomeSafe View for Windows</h1>
<blockquote><p><em><strong>NOTE:</strong> This guide is for the following recorders : DVR-1590, 1600, 4575/4580/4590, 4780, 4980, NVR-7450</em></p></blockquote>
<p><a href="https://support.swann.com/articles/Knowledge/JKMnzUaXHx?r=399&amp;ui-knowledge-components-aura-actions.KnowledgeArticleVersionCreateDraftFromOnlineAction.createDraftFromOnlineArticle=1" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow" data-lightning-target="_subtab"><strong><u>If you&#8217;re having trouble with the size, placement or look of this software, please check out this article (link)!</u></strong></a></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>The new <a href="https://www.dropbox.com/s/x9jklylegxnavof/HomeSafe%20View_1.4.06_2018_01_23.exe?dl=1" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow"><span class="wysiwyg-underline"><strong>HomeSaf</strong><strong>e</strong> <strong>View software</strong></span></a> is used for our new range of hybrid HD-over-Coax recorders.</p>
<p>Use the Wizard in the Help menu for a walkthrough of adding a recorder.</p>
<p><a href="https://support.swann.com/hc/articles/4642541732377" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow"><strong>Link to the software user guide</strong></a></p>
<p><strong>NB:</strong> The password requested when you run the software the second and subsequent times is &lt;Blank&gt;, unless you change this in the software. The first login screen below is for the <em>software, </em>not the recorder. This is, therefore, not the username/password combination you use to access the recorder itself.</p>
<h1 class="article-page-title" title="Password Reset using Swann Security VMS software for Windows">Password Reset using Swann Security VMS software for Windows</h1>
<blockquote><p><em><strong>NOTE:</strong> This guide is for the following recorders : DVR-4480G, 4480RN, 4480V, 4580G, 4580RN, 4580V, 4680, 4680RN, 4680A, 4685, 4685RN, 4780V, 4980, 5580, 5580A, 5580G, 5580G2, 5580RN, 5580RU, 5680, 5680A, 5680RN, NVR-8580, 8580RN, 8780, 8780RN, NVW-650, 800</em></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p><strong>NOTE<sup>2</sup>:</strong> If you are trying to reset the password for your Swann Security account, please proceed to this article instead: <a href="https://support.swann.com/hc/articles/4638458462745" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow"><span class="wysiwyg-underline">Password Reset for Swann Security Account</span></a></p></blockquote>
<blockquote><p><strong>NOTE<sup>3</sup>:</strong> If you still have access to your Swann recorder via the Swann Security app, please click on this article instead: <span class="wysiwyg-underline"><a href="https://support.swann.com/hc/en-us/articles/13445398689945-Recover-your-Swann-Security-DVR-NVR-or-NVW-Admin-password-using-the-Swann-Security-app" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">Recover your Swann Security DVR, NVR, or NVW &#8220;Admin&#8221; password using the Swann Security app</a></span></p></blockquote>
<p>This guide is intended for customers to reset their Swann recorder when they have forgotten their password using the <strong>Swann Security VMS PC software</strong>.</p>
<p>Acquiring the reset code via Swann Security VMS software</p>
<p>The reset code on new recorders is acquired primarily by using the relevant client software on a computer. Other methods exist, but they usually require a level of networking knowledge over what we expect customers need to operate their system.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>The reset code itself is a unique 12 character string that is generated by the unique hardware identifier of the network interface of the device, known as the MAC address.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/9830395985945/NetConQSG.JPG" alt="NetConQSG.JPG" title="Swann Security VMS Download Guide 1030"></p>
<p><em><u>Excerpt from the Hardware Quick Set Up Guide</u></em></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<blockquote><p><strong>NOTE:</strong> NVW units doesn&#8217;t need to be hardwired to obtain the MAC Address</p></blockquote>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>To find your recorder&#8217;s reset code, connect the recorder to your router (if you have not yet done so) and install and run the software on your computer connected to the same router.</p>
<h2 id="01G6W30D6JAZXMP7B0K7Z93MWZ">Installing the software</h2>
<h3 id="01G6W30D6J0ZYZ6MYN8JT8929X">Download the software</h3>
<p>Download the <a href="https://www.dropbox.com/s/w0dq76qba47csb4/Swann_Security_P2P_Win.exe?dl=1" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow">Swann Security VMS software</a> on your Windows computer and install it.</p>
<p>If this prompt appears, click <strong>More Info</strong> then <strong>Run Anyway </strong>then continue with the installation.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/9830399597849/WindowsProtect1.png" alt="WindowsProtect1.png" title="Swann Security VMS Download Guide 1031"> <img decoding="async" src="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/9830452415001/WindowsProtect2.png" alt="WindowsProtect2.png" title="Swann Security VMS Download Guide 1032"></p>
<p>Once installed, open the Swann Security program and follow the steps below:</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Set a password</strong> &#8211; to protect you from anyone who wants to view your unit on your computer.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/9830455137689/SS1.png" alt="SS1.png" title="Swann Security VMS Download Guide 1033"></li>
<li><strong>Set a security question</strong> &#8211; will be used when you forgot the password your set.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/9830486459417/SS2.png" alt="SS2.png" title="Swann Security VMS Download Guide 1034"></li>
<li><strong>Login</strong> &#8211; just type in the password you&#8217;ve set earlier. Username is admin.<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/9830455993113/SS3.png" alt="SS3.png" title="Swann Security VMS Download Guide 1035"></li>
<li><strong>Search for device</strong>
<ol>
<li>Click the Home icon (top-left) then choose Device Management<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/9830456474905/SS4.png" alt="SS4.png" title="Swann Security VMS Download Guide 1036"></li>
<li>Click the Auto Search (top) to get the MAC address of your recorder. Copy down any MAC address starting with the characters &#8217;00-23-63&#8242; or &#8216;BC-51-FE&#8217; first, then any others. Replace the dashes (-) with colons (:).<br />
<img decoding="async" src="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/9830487652889/SS5.png" alt="SS5.png" title="Swann Security VMS Download Guide 1037"></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<h3 id="01G6W30D6J4TEETTR2DB5Y2ZR0">Entering the reset code</h3>
<p>You now use what you wrote down in the previous step to initiate a password reset on the recorder. On the Login interface, click <strong>Forgot Password</strong>.</p>
<h3 id="01G6W30D6J221KK4WY0M5TX97M">On the recorder:</h3>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/9830458293785/Login.JPG" alt="Login.JPG" title="Swann Security VMS Download Guide 1038"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>The reset code needs to be entered after clicking Forgot Password. Enter it in the <strong>Recovery</strong> field. Letters are in UPPERCASE with the colons (e.g <strong>BC:51:FE:11:22:33</strong>).</p>
<p>Click <strong>Unlock</strong> once done. A message will appear on-screen stating that your password has been reset. Click <strong>OK</strong> to continue.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/9830477373337/Login_Recovery.jpg" alt="Login_Recovery.jpg" title="Swann Security VMS Download Guide 1039"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Once this window appears, <strong>enter your preferred password</strong> (<strong><span class="wysiwyg-color-red">minimum</span> </strong>of <strong>6</strong> characters).</p>
<p>You must <strong>enter an email address</strong> below so the next time you need to reset your password, the MAC address will be sent to your email; otherwise, you can write down your MAC address somewhere safe.</p>
<p>Click <strong>FINISH</strong> once done.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://support.swann.com/hc/article_attachments/9830492610585/PasswordCreation.jpg" alt="PasswordCreation.jpg" title="Swann Security VMS Download Guide 1040"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2 id="01G6W30D6K3PD8QY6F02QCCV5G">Notes</h2>
<p>You will need to re-enter a new password every time you reset the password. The reset code <strong>CANNOT</strong> be used to login to the recorder nor can it be used for remote access.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/swann-security-vms-download-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		<enclosure url="https://www.dropbox.com/s/q1l75nhv9u71a1u/2021-02-03_14h48_10.mp4?dl=1" length="0" type="video/mp4" />

			</item>
		<item>
		<title>C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/c3-cms-setup-installation-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/c3-cms-setup-installation-guide/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 26 May 2023 19:29:22 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[administrator]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[C3 CMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cms software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DDNS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DW Spectrum]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How to Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Latest]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[latest firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Local Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[LTS Sapphire]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Reset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Reset Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Pivot CMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Port Forwarding]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Quick User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Sapphire]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[set up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[System Requirements]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshoot]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[tutorial]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[web browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 10]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=352</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide, The C3™ CMS program allows users to remotely view and manage their standalone DVR or ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/c3-cms-setup-installation-guide/#more-352" aria-label="Read more about C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide, The C3™ CMS program allows users to remotely view and manage their standalone DVR or NVR systems.  From the application, Users can view live and recorded video, export video, upgrade firmware, and more.</p>
<h2 class="hf-article_title" role="heading" aria-level="1">C3 CMS Overview</h2>
<p><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://player.vimeo.com/video/349757331?color=ee7623&amp;title=0&amp;byline=0&amp;portrait=0" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Take a quick tour of the powerful and feature-rich C3™ CMS from Digital Watchdog®. Unlike</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><b>Adding a Site to C3™ CMS</b></p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The C3™ CMS program allows users to remotely view and manage their standalone DVR or NVR systems.  From the application, Users can view live and recorded video, export video, upgrade firmware, and more.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">However, before a user can utilize these features, the recording device will need to be added to the C3™ CMS program.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This article will outline how to connect a new site to C3™ CMS with a direct connection (IP address) and also how to connect with PathFinder.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE:</strong>  If you have not already done so, please install C3™ CMS before continuing.</p>
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Supported/Affected Devices</strong></h1>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>VMAX® A1 Series (2.1 MP)</li>
<li>VMAX® A1 Plus™ Series (5 MP)</li>
<li>VMAX® IP Plus™ Series</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Adding a New Site to C3 CMS</strong></h1>
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Accessing the <em>Site List Add/Edit </em>Menu</strong></h2>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">When adding a site to C3™ CMS:</p>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Launch the C3™ CMS application and log in as the Administrator.</li>
</ol>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Default Username:  <strong style="font-weight: 900;">admin</strong></li>
<li>Default Password:  <strong style="font-weight: 900;">&lt;user’s choice&gt;</strong></li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>In the <em>Site List</em> within the left-panel of the C3 CMS viewer, <strong style="font-weight: 900;">right-click</strong> and select “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Add/Edit Site</strong>” from the context menu.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>The <em>Site List Add/Edit </em>window will display.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Refresh</strong>” button.<strong style="font-weight: 900;"> </strong>If the recorder is on the same local network as your computer, it will automatically display in the <em>Sites Found</em> list if detected by C3 CMS.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Otherwise, you can enter the recorder site information manually.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The instructions for automatic detection and manual addition are below.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Scanning (automatic) and Registering Sites</strong></h2>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">C3 CMS will scan the local network (LAN) for VMAX standalone recorders.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Refresh</strong>” button to have C3 scan again.</p>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>If a recorder is detected, the recorder (referred to as a ‘site’) will appear in the <em>Sites Found </em>list on the left-side of the <em>Site List Add/Edit</em> window.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Select the desired recorder from the <em>Sites Found </em>list, then click the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Add</strong>” button to begin the site registration.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">A pop-up will display. Configure the following:</p>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Site Name</strong> – enter a label/name to identify the site</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">User Name</strong> – enter the login ID to the VMAX recorder (default ID – admin)</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Password</strong> – enter the login password to the VMAX recorder</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">IP Address</strong> – lists the IP address of the detected site</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Port </strong>– lists the <em>TCP/IP Port </em>value that belongs to the VMAX recorder</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Web Port</strong> – lists the <em>Web Port </em>value that belongs to the VMAX recorder</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Channel</strong> – enter the channels that will be available to view for C3 CMS. For example, to view all 16-channels of a unit, you would use “1-16”.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>After verifying that the detected site information is correct, click the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">OK</strong>” button in the pop-up. The site will then appear listed in the <em>Registered Sites </em>list.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Repeat Step 1 and Step 2 for any additional detected sites that you wish to add.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">When finished, click the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">OK</strong>” button to close the <em>Site List Add/Edit </em>window and return to the main C3 CMS viewing area. The sites that you have added will appear listed in the left-panel under the <em>My Sites </em>section.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Manually Registering Sites</strong></h2>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">To manually add a new site:</p>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>In the <em>Site List Add/Edit </em>menu, click on the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">New Site</strong>” button that appears in the <em>Group/Sites </em>area of the window.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>The <em>New Site</em> window will display.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Configure the following for the new recorder site:</p>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Use P2P</strong> – [optional] enable this setting to use a <em>PathFinder ID</em> to connect with a site instead of using a direct connection (IP address, DDNS). When enabled, the <em>Model, Port, </em>and <em>Web Port </em>settings will not be necessary for a P2P connection and will be disabled in C3 CMS for the site registration. For more information on this connection option, please see the section below, titled “<em>Registering Sites with PathFinder (P2P)</em>”.</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">IP/Domain Address</strong> – manually enter the IP address or DDNS URL that is assigned to the VMAX recording unit. Keep in mind that when using a direct connection with a computer that is outside of the local network (LAN) of the recorder, port forwarding may be required.</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Model</strong> – select the VMAX series that best represents your standalone recording unit
<ul>
<li>For a VMAX A1 Plus or VMAX IP Plus model, please select “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">VMAX Plus Series</strong>”</li>
<li>For a VMAX A1 (2.1 MP) or older/legacy VMAX (960H) models, please select “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">VMAX Series</strong>” to add the recorder to C3 CMS (limited support available). Not all legacy units can be added.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Port</strong> – enter the TCP/IP port value that is assigned in the recorder’s <em>Network </em>settings</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Web Port</strong> – enter the Web port value that is assigned in the recorder’s <em>Network</em> settings</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">User ID</strong> – enter the username that is used to log in to the VMAX recorder (default ID – admin)</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Password</strong> – enter the login password that is used to log in to the VMAX recorder (password is created during initial recorder setup).</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE:</strong>  Digital Watchdog does not provide port forwarding services. If router assistance is required, please contact your company’s IT department, network administrator, or your contracted alarm company.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>When done, click the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Verify</strong> button. C3 CMS will validate the information and will add the new site if the connection information passes. If validation fails, a failure message will display. Ensure that the connection information and login information is entered correctly, including case-sensitivity.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>If the connection information, model series, and login credentials were entered correctly, the <em>Site Name</em> and <em>Channel</em> boxes will become enabled.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Enter a <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Site Name</strong> [optional].  This determines how the site will be labeled in the C3™ CMS program.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Enter the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Channels</strong> that you would like to monitor from C3™ CMS (e.g., 1-16 is for all 16 channels from the selected DVR).</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The MAC address and firmware version of the VMAX unit will automatically generate if validation is successful.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">OK </strong>button to close the site setup window and proceed.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>If the site is added successfully, it will display in the <em>Registered Sites</em> list.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">OK</strong>” button in the confirmation pop-up, then click the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">OK</strong>” button to close the <em>Site List Add/Edit</em> window.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>The sites that you have added will appear listed in the left-panel under the <em>My Sites </em>section in the main viewing area.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">To view your cameras, <strong style="font-weight: 900;">drag and drop</strong> the site into the viewing area.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Alternatively, you may <strong style="font-weight: 900;">drag and drop</strong> each camera separately into the viewing area, as they display in the <em>Devices</em> list.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Registering Sites with PathFinder (P2P)</strong></h2>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">To manually add a new site using a PathFinder ID:</p>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>In the <em>Site List Add/Edit </em>menu, click on the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">New Site</strong>” button that appears in the <em>Group/Sites </em>area of the window.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>The <em>New Site</em> window will display.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Configure the following for the new recorder site:</p>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Use P2P</strong> – enable this setting to use a <em>PathFinder ID</em> to connect with a site instead of using a direct connection (IP address, DDNS). When enabled, the <em>Model, Port, </em>and <em>Web Port </em>settings will not be necessary for a P2P connection and will be disabled in C3 CMS for the site registration.</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">P2P Address </strong>– enter the <em>PathFinder ID</em> of the VMAX recording unit.</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Model</strong> – disabled when “<em>Use P2P</em>” is enabled</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Port</strong> – disabled when “<em>Use P2P</em>” is enabled</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Web Port</strong> – disabled when “<em>Use P2P</em>” is enabled</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">User ID</strong> – enter the username that is used to log in to the VMAX recorder (default ID – admin)</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Password</strong> – enter the login password that is used to log in to the VMAX recorder (password is created during initial recorder setup)</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>When done, click the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Verify</strong> button. C3 CMS will validate the information and will add the new site if the connection information passes. If validation fails, a failure message will display. Ensure that the connection information and login information is entered correctly, including case-sensitivity.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>If the connection information, model series, and login credentials were entered correctly, the <em>Site Name</em> and <em>Channel</em> boxes will become enabled.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Enter a <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Site Name</strong> [optional].  This determines how the site will be labeled in the C3™ CMS program.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Enter the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Channels</strong> that you would like to monitor from C3™ CMS (e.g., 1-16 is for all 16 channels from the selected DVR).</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The MAC address and firmware version of the VMAX unit will automatically generate if validation is successful.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">OK </strong>button to close the site setup window and proceed</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>If the site is added successfully, it will display in the <em>Registered Sites</em> list.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">OK</strong>” button in the confirmation pop-up, then click the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">OK</strong>” button to close the <em>Site List Add/Edit</em> window.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>The sites that you have added will appear listed in the left-panel under the <em>My Sites </em>section in the main viewing area.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">To view your cameras, <strong style="font-weight: 900;">drag and drop</strong> the site into the viewing area.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Alternatively, you may <strong style="font-weight: 900;">drag and drop</strong> each camera separately into the viewing area, as they display in the <em>Devices</em> list.</p>
<h2 class="hf-article_title" role="heading" aria-level="1">C3 CMS Feature Tutorial: Add a Camera</h2>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://player.vimeo.com/video/361429141?color=ee7623&amp;title=0&amp;byline=0&amp;portrait=0" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>A brief video to show you how easy it is to add a camera to the user interface in C3™ CMS.</p>
<h2>C3 CMS Feature Tutorial: Dual Windows</h2>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://player.vimeo.com/video/361429157?color=ee7623&amp;title=0&amp;byline=0&amp;portrait=0" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>A brief video to show you how easy it is to use dual windows in C3™ CMS.</p>
<h2>C3™ CMS Feature Tutorial: Import a Site</h2>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://player.vimeo.com/video/361189937?color=ee7623&amp;title=0&amp;byline=0&amp;portrait=0" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>A short video to show you how easy it is to import a site into C3™ CMS.</p>
<h2>C3 CMS Feature Tutorial: Panoramic Views</h2>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://player.vimeo.com/video/361428911?color=ee7623&amp;title=0&amp;byline=0&amp;portrait=0" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>A brief video to show you how easy it is to create panoramic views in C3™ CMS.</p>
<div role="heading" aria-level="1">
<h2>C3 CMS Feature Tutorial: Timeline Search</h2>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://player.vimeo.com/video/361429009?color=ee7623&amp;title=0&amp;byline=0&amp;portrait=0" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen"></iframe>&nbsp;</p>
<p>A brief video to show you how easy it is to locate video by using the timeline to search in C3™ CMS</p>
<h2>C3 CMS Overview: User Interface</h2>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://player.vimeo.com/video/361428937?color=ee7623&amp;title=0&amp;byline=0&amp;portrait=0" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>A brief video to quickly show you how the dynamic features in the C3™ CMS user interface.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;"><b>CMS Software Crashes</b></strong></p>
<h1><strong>Software Issues</strong></h1>
<p>When monitoring the camera video of your standalone recording unit from a computer, it is recommended to use a viewing application for added convenience.  However, if you are experiencing software crashes when using either Pivot CMS or the C3CMS program and have double-checked your site settings for any typos, some troubleshooting may be required.</p>
<p>This article will outline troubleshooting methods for resolving CMS software crashes.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Update Viewing Software</strong></h1>
<p>A common cause of software crashes is outdated firmware.  If your viewing software or recording unit is using an outdated version, some communication may still occur, but is unlikely to go without experiencing some issues.</p>
<p>Check that you are using the latest version of your viewing software by comparing the version currently being used to the published version that is posted in the <a href="https://digital-watchdog.com/downloads/?all_downloads" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DW Resource Library</a>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/10-17/983d8bfb-3851-42e7-a26b-bb2bbb38d318/image-20221017150840-2.png" alt="image 20221017150840 2" width="669" height="931" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 1066"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>To check the current version of C3 CMS:</b></p>
<ol>
<li>Click on the <b>About</b> icon (?).</li>
<li>Take note of the currently installed version.  The displaying window will notify you a new version is available for download and installation.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/10-17/c067ffd4-b7cb-4361-8bf3-28477fd8d480/image-20221017150840-3.png" alt="image 20221017150840 3" width="471" height="334" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 1067"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>Click the <b>Update</b> button to prompt the system to download and install the new software version.</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>To check the current version of Pivot CMS:</b></p>
<ol>
<li><b>Right-click</b> in the <i>Sites List</i> of Pivot CMS.</li>
<li>At the bottom of the context menu, identify the currently installed version under <i>Ver. x,x,x,x</i> (e.g. <i>Ver.1,1,1,1</i>).</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/10-17/db62f2f2-8efd-4f92-a9d9-195c73eb0326/image-20221017150840-4.png" alt="image 20221017150840 4" width="355" height="530" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 1068"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>Compare the currently installed version to the published version on the <a href="https://digital-watchdog.com/productdetail/Pivot-Central-Monitoring-Software/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><b>Pivot CMS Details</b></a> web page.</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Update Recording Unit</strong></h1>
<p>Check that you are using the latest firmware version for your recording unit.</p>
<p>To check the recording unit’s currently installed firmware version:</p>
<ol>
<li>Log in at the recording unit as the <b>admin</b> user.</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li><b>Right-click</b> with your mouse, then select <b>Menu</b> (some models refer to this as <i>Setup Menu</i>).</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>Select <b>System</b>, then select <b>System Information</b>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The currently installed firmware build will appear under <i>Version</i>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/10-17/afcd3d16-bb80-44d0-8064-3201066004ec/image-20221017150840-5.png" alt="image 20221017150840 5" width="594" height="429" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 1069"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>For more information for upgrading your recording unit’s firmware, use one of the articles below:</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://digitalwatchdog.happyfox.com/kb/article/307-upgrading-firmware-for-a-vmax-dvr/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><b>Upgrading Firmware For A VMAX DVR</b></a></li>
<li><a href="https://digitalwatchdog.happyfox.com/kb/article/306-upgrading-firmware-for-a-vmax-a1-2-1mp/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><b>Upgrading Firmware For A VMAX A1 (2.1 MP)</b></a></li>
<li><a href="https://digitalwatchdog.happyfox.com/kb/article/354-upgrading-firmware-for-a-vmax-a1-plus-5-mp/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><b>Upgrading Firmware For A VMAX A1 Plus (5 MP)</b></a></li>
<li><a href="https://digitalwatchdog.happyfox.com/kb/article/312-upgrading-firmware-for-a-vmax-ip-plus/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><b>Upgrading Firmware For A VMAX IP Plus</b></a></li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Check Compatibility</strong></h1>
<p>Before installing any viewing applications to your computer, it is a good idea to ensure that the software will be compatible with your recording unit.</p>
<p>Check the compatibility table from <a href="https://digitalwatchdog.happyfox.com/kb/article/172-application-compatibility-list/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><b>Application Compatibility List</b></a> to confirm that you are using the correct software for your DVR or NVR.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/10-17/d61076d2-7ad5-426a-81e1-812d429f01c2/image-20221017150840-6.png" alt="image 20221017150840 6" width="798" height="617" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 1070"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Test with A Demo Site</strong></h1>
<p>If you are experiencing software issues only when connecting to your recording unit, and not when initially launching the application, connect with a demo site to confirm if the issue only occurs with your unit.</p>
<p>Digital Watchdog offers demo sites for you to sample our collection of recording units.</p>
<ol>
<li>Open a web browser and select the <a href="https://digital-watchdog.com/searchresults/?search=demo" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><b>Demo Site</b></a><i> </i>that best represents your recording model.</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>Use the provided <b>IP Address</b>, <b>Ports</b>, and <b>User Login</b> to create a demo site in your viewing application.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/10-17/a090c1d1-b7df-4fad-867e-175b41a1512d/image-20221017150840-7.png" alt="image 20221017150840 7" width="790" height="570" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 1071"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>If the issue persists when connecting with the demo site, it is possible that the issue is isolated to your computer or your network.</li>
</ol>
<p>If the issue does not persist with the demo site, make sure that your recording unit’s firmware is up to date, power-cycle your DVR, or delete and create your site again.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Check System Compatibility</strong></h1>
<p>If your recording unit is operating normally, separate from the issues with your viewing software, it is possible that you are experiencing a client-side issue.</p>
<p>Make sure that you are not overloading your system by running unnecessary applications in the background of your computer.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>Make sure that your computer meets the minimum system requirements for running the software.</li>
</ol>
<p>This information is located under the <i>System Requirements</i> tab of the software’s product page.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/10-17/e43a0432-c511-4295-83a4-08c4d9e53b38/image-20221017150840-8.png" alt="image 20221017150840 8" width="780" height="529" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 1072"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>If your computer meets the minimum <i>System Requirements</i> of the software, check that your computer’s processor is not being overloaded.</li>
</ol>
<p>Open the <b>Task Manager</b> on your computer and inspect the overall performance of your computer.  You can open or close the viewing application to see how it affects your computer’s processes.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>**NOTE:</b>  If your CPU usage is reaching 98% &#8211; 100%, you may be overloading your computer and may want to consider using a computer with better processing hardware.  Close all unnecessary applications to improve performance.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/10-17/77c2053c-8161-49ec-a30c-dc7ef00d1e37/image-20221017150840-9.png" alt="image 20221017150840 9" width="383" height="400" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 1073"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>**NOTE:</b>  Some software conflicts may also be caused due to antivirus software.  If you believe that your computer’s antivirus software may be preventing the CMS program from running, check the virus and threat protection settings to check the program permissions.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Use Basic Display (C3CMS)</strong></h1>
<p>The C3CMS viewing application features the option to change the display quality of the software.</p>
<p>If you are using a computer without an external graphics card, it is recommended to change the <b>Display</b> setting to <b>Basic Display</b> to improve performance.</p>
<ol>
<li>Launch the C3CMS program.</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>Click on the <b>Settings</b> <b>(gear icon)</b> menu.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/10-17/242c1e31-76c1-4d3f-bb07-f8e4482b163f/image-20221017150840-10.png" alt="image 20221017150840 10" width="262" height="85" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 1074"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>Under the <i>Application</i> tab, enable the <b>Basic Display</b> setting.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/10-17/fb36aa7f-3377-4049-8485-449d04860252/image-20221017150840-11.png" alt="image 20221017150840 11" width="624" height="582" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 1075"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Clean Reinstall</strong></h1>
<p>If you are experiencing a client-side issue and have used the above troubleshooting recommendations, you may want to consider performing a clean reinstallation of the viewing application.  This process will completely remove the viewing application from your computer, which will need to be reinstalled to create your viewing site again.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><b>Installing C3CMS (Macintosh)</b></p>
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">C3™ Central Monitoring System</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The C3™ CMS software program allows users to remotely view and manage their standalone DVR or NVR systems from the convenience of their desktop computer.  From the application, users can view live and previously recorded video, export video, upgrade firmware, and more by connecting to VMAX standalone recorders</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This article will outline how to install C3™ CMS on a Macintosh computer and how to set a password for the application.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE:</strong>  C3™ CMS for Macintosh only supports the C3 desktop client.  A computer with Windows OS is required to use the C3 Event Server program for access to event alerts and system health monitoring through the C3 platform.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">If you are installing C3™ CMS on a Windows computer, please read <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Clean Reinstalling C3 CMS (Windows)</strong>.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Supported/Affected Devices</strong></h1>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>VMAX® A1 Series (2.1 MP)</li>
<li>VMAX® A1 Plus Series (5 MP)</li>
<li>VMAX® IP Plus Series</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Installing C3™ CMS on Macintosh</strong></h1>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>To obtain the .DMG installation file for C3™ CMS, open a web browser and visit the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">C3™ CMS product page</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Scroll down and click on the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Software</strong>” tab.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Select the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Version</strong> of C3 CMS that you want to install (Macintosh) and click the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Download</strong> icon to download the installation file.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Open the downloaded .DMG file, then <strong style="font-weight: 900;">drag</strong> the C3™ CMS application into your <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Applications</strong> folder.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE:</strong>  If your Macintosh blocks the installation, it is likely because your computer is recognizing the program as a third-party software. Please read <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Installing Third Party Applications On Macintosh</strong> for more information.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Launch the application.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Open your <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Applications</strong> folder, then <strong style="font-weight: 900;">double-click</strong> on the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">C3™ CMS</strong> application.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>The C3™ CMS login screen will display.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Enter the following default login credentials:</p>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Username:  <strong style="font-weight: 900;">admin</strong></li>
<li>Password:  <strong style="font-weight: 900;">&lt;set by the user&gt;</strong></li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE:</strong>  This completes the initial installation of the C3™ CMS application.  To learn how to add your recording unit to the program, please read <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Adding A Site to C3 CMS</strong>.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Creating a Password [optional]</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">To create a password:</p>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Log in to the C3™ CMS application.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Click on the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Configuration</strong> <strong style="font-weight: 900;">icon</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>The <em>Configuration</em> menu will display.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click on the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">User Account</strong> tab.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Select the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">admin</strong>” user from the user list, then click the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Edit</strong>” button.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Enter a password for the <em>admin</em> account in the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Password</strong> box.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Enter the password again in the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Confirm Password</strong> box.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Save</strong> button to apply the changes.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE:</strong>  This password will be applied to the C3 CMS program, not your recording unit.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">It is recommended that you do not disable any of the <em>Permissions</em> for the administrator account.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><b>Manually Scaling C3™ CMS DPI Settings to 1080p Resolution</b></p>
<h1><strong>High-DPI Resolution Display Issues</strong></h1>
<p>When using high resolution display monitors greater than 1080p HD, C3™ CMS may not scale the display resolution correctly. This means that if you are using a 2K or 4K display monitor, the program window and/or display text may appear to be “shrunken” and generally too small on the screen, causing the application text to be fuzzy and unreadable to the user.</p>
<p>In this event, users can manually change the DPI (dots per inch) scaling of the C3 CMS program in the <i>Properties </i>settings of the application.</p>
<p>This article will outline how to manually change the display resolution of C3 CMS application for high resolution displays encountering display scaling issues with the C3 CMS program.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Changing High-DPI Scaling</strong></h1>
<ol>
<li>Locate the C3 CMS .exe file in the <i>File Explorer</i> application.</li>
</ol>
<p><b>Right-click </b>on the executable file (.exe) and select “<b>Properties</b>”.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/03-10/1896507d-290b-4728-92e2-ad1ee55b19f6/image-20220309174728-1.png" alt="image 20220309174728 1" width="800" height="696" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 1076"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>The <i>Properties</i> pop-up will display.</li>
</ol>
<p>Select the <b>Compatibility </b>tab.</p>
<p>Click on the “<b>Change high DPI settings</b>” button.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/03-10/100a7f8e-8650-465f-b123-6761c6c241d7/image-20220309174728-2.png" alt="image 20220309174728 2" width="403" height="541" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 1077"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>Change the resolution settings” to set the resolution.</li>
</ol>
<p>Some Windows 10 users may not see a “1080” DPI scaling option (depending on the Win10 build version). In this event, enable the “<b>Override high DPI scaling behavior…</b>” setting.</p>
<p>Select “<b>Application</b>” to allow the program to bypass system-wide scaling and define its own scaling parameters for high DPI monitors.</p>
<p>This issue occurs on a case-by-case basis, you may need to experiment with the three above options to find which option works best for you.</p>
<p>Your options will appear as follows:</p>
<ul>
<li style="list-style-type: none;">
<ul>
<li><b>Application</b> – Disables all Windows scaling settings and only use the app developer&#8217;s setting. This option does not allow for user customizations, but instead uses the default application display settings. This option was previously called “<i>Disable display scaling on high DPI settings</i>” in previous versions of Windows.</li>
<li><b>System</b> – Overrides the program’s DPI settings and makes it run like it would on a low-DPI display. On a high-DPI display, this will make the program appear blurry.</li>
<li><b>System (Enhanced)</b> – Windows will try to use enhanced DPI scaling for this program. As a result, some programs will display with crisp text on high-DPI displays. This won&#8217;t work for all programs, but is worth trying.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When finished, click the “<b>OK</b>” button to save the settings and close the pop-up.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/03-10/17821998-1f30-4ff3-919c-51e5e45697f1/image-20220309174728-3.png" alt="image 20220309174728 3" width="336" height="398" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 1078"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Microsoft Information Source:</b>  <a href="https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/make-older-apps-or-programs-compatible-with-windows-10-783d6dd7-b439-bdb0-0490-54eea0f45938" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/make-older-apps-or-programs-compatible-with-windows-10-783d6dd7-b439-bdb0-0490-54eea0f45938</a></p>
<h1><strong>Adding User Passwords In C3CMS</strong></h1>
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Password Protection</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Implementing password protection for the C3™ CMS program is optional, but is recommended when multiple users will be utilizing the same workstation computer to monitor camera streams through the C3CMS program.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This article will outline how to change the Administrator password for the C3™ CMS program.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Note:</strong>  This will not affect the login credentials of any recording units that are connected to the workstation computer through the network.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Note:</strong>  If you have already applied an Administrator password for C3CMS and have forgotten the password, the C3CMS program must be completely clean reinstalled to reset the login credentials.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">If you must perform a clean reinstallation, please read <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Clean Reinstalling C3CMS (Windows)</strong>.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Supported/Affected Devices</strong></h1>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Workstation Computer</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Changing The Password</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">To change the Administrator password for C3CMS:</p>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Launch the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">C3CMS </strong>application on the computer.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Log in</strong> to C3CMS.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">By default, the login for C3CMS is:</p>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li style="list-style-type: none;">
<ul>
<li>User Name:  <strong style="font-weight: 900;">admin</strong></li>
<li>Password:  &#8212; (blank)</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Click on the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Configuration icon</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Select the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">User Account</strong> <strong style="font-weight: 900;">tab</strong> at the top of the <em>Configuration</em> menu.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click on <strong style="font-weight: 900;">admin</strong>, then click the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Edit button</strong>.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Enter the new password into the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Password</strong> and <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Confirm Password</strong> fields.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Save</strong> button, then click <strong style="font-weight: 900;">OK</strong> to apply the changes.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/03-27/dd2d4df4-4271-425b-8297-a3f3a1dc0909/image-20200327103259-7.png" alt="image 20200327103259 7" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 1079"></p>
<h2>C3™ CMS Feature Tutorial: Add a Site</h2>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://player.vimeo.com/video/361189927?color=ee7623&amp;title=0&amp;byline=0&amp;portrait=0" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></p>
<p>DW® C3™ CMS Feature Tutorial: Add a Site from Digital Watchdog on Vimeo.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>A short video to show you how easy it is to add a site to C3™ CMS.</p>
<h2 class="hf-article_title" role="heading" aria-level="1">C3 CMS Feature Tutorial: Events Search</h2>
<p>C3 CMS Feature Tutorial: Events Search</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://player.vimeo.com/video/361429128?color=ee7623&amp;title=0&amp;byline=0&amp;portrait=0" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></p>
<h2 class="hf-article_title" role="heading" aria-level="1">C3 CMS Feature Tutorial: Layouts</h2>
<p>C3 CMS Feature Tutorial: Layouts</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://player.vimeo.com/video/361428882?color=ee7623&amp;title=0&amp;byline=0&amp;portrait=0" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></p>
<h2 class="hf-article_title" role="heading" aria-level="1">C3 CMS Feature Tutorial: Thumbnail Search</h2>
<p>C3 CMS Feature Tutorial: Thumbnail Search</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://player.vimeo.com/video/361429093?color=ee7623&amp;title=0&amp;byline=0&amp;portrait=0" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><b>Clean Reinstallation of C3™ CMS (Windows)</b></p>
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Clean Reinstallation</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">By completely uninstalling, then reinstalling the C3 CMS desktop software, users can resolve most client-side issues and can create a new admin login for the C3 CMS program.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This article will outline how to uninstall C3 CMS, as well as how to reinstall the C3 CMS software.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE:</strong>  Please be aware that by completing a clean reinstallation of the C3 CMS software, site information will be deleted.  You will need to know the connection information (IP address, DDNS, PathFinder, etc.) of your recording unit to configure and reestablish a connection with the recording unit. You can find this information within the <em>Network</em> settings of the recording unit.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Supported/Affected Devices</strong></h1>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>VMAX® A1 Series (2.1 MP)</li>
<li>VMAX® A1 Plus Series (5 MP)</li>
<li>VMAX® IP Plus Series</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Clean Reinstallation of C3™ CMS</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">When normally uninstalling programs from a computer, there is often data left behind regarding user preferences, settings, and other database information even after removing the program and its executable files. These program files will remain present as “orphan files” and can often reintegrate with the parent application (in this case, C3 CMS) upon reinstallation, essentially prevent any intended changes from taking effect during the reinstallation process.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This section will outline how to completely remove C3 CMS and the MariaDB programs from the computer for a clean reinstallation.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Uninstalling C3™ CMS</strong></h2>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Prompt the uninstallation of C3 CMS by opening <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Programs and Features</strong> tool in the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Windows Control Panel</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Select C3 CMS</strong> from the program list, then select <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Uninstall</strong>.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Select “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Yes</strong>” for the removal of the configuration files.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The wizard will inform you once the uninstallation has been completed.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Uninstalling the MariaDB</strong></h2>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Locate and <strong style="font-weight: 900;">select MariaDB</strong> from the program list, then select <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Uninstall</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The <em>Maria DB Setup Wizard</em> will display.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Using the <em>MariaDB Setup Wizard</em>, click <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Next</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Select <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Remove</strong>, then select <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Remove data</strong>.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Click the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Remove</strong> button to begin the uninstallation.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The wizard will inform you once the uninstallation has been completed.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Installing C3™ CMS</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This section will outline how to install the C3 CMS program for the first time or after performing a clean uninstallation of the application.</p>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>To <strong style="font-weight: 900;">download the installation file</strong> for the C3 CMS software, open a web browser and go to the <strong style="font-weight: 900;"><a style="font-weight: 400;" href="https://digital-watchdog.com/productdetail/C3_CMS/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">C3 CMS product page</a></strong>, located on the Digital Watchdog website.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Scroll down</strong> and click on the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Software tab</strong>.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Download icon</strong> to acquire the installation file for C3 CMS.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Run the C3 CMS installation file</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This file is likely located in the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Downloads</strong> folder of your computer.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>In the <em>Select Setup Language</em> screen, <strong style="font-weight: 900;">select your preferred language</strong>, then click <strong style="font-weight: 900;">OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Click <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Next</strong>, then select the <em>Destination Location</em> for the configuration files.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">By default, the folder destination is <em>C:\Program_Files\C3 CMS</em>.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Accept the file location or select <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Browse</strong> to select another location.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Next</strong> to proceed.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Select the <em>Components</em> to include with the installation, then click <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Next</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE:</strong>  The <em>C3EventServer</em> agent will allow users to view system reports from C3 CMS.  It is recommended to include this with the installation.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>The <em>Select Start Menu Folder </em>screen will display.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Accept the shortcut location or select <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Browse</strong> to select another location.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Next</strong> to proceed.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>The <em>Additional Tasks</em> screen will display.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">To include desktop shortcuts for C3 CMS and the Event Server, check the boxes, then click <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Next</strong>.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>A summary of the installation will display.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Install</strong> to proceed.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>The <em>Microsoft Visual C++ </em>screen will display.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click in the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">I agree to the license terms and conditions </strong>checkbox<strong style="font-weight: 900;">,</strong> then click <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Install</strong>.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The wizard will inform you once the installation is complete.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Applying Administrator Password</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">If you would like to add an Administrator password for the C3 CMS login, please read <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Adding User Passwords In C3 CMS</strong>.</p>
<h1><strong>Exporting Video Footage with C3™ CMS</strong></h1>
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Exporting Video</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">When utilizing C3™ CMS to monitor your recording system, it becomes possible to export previously recorded video footage through this desktop software.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The following article will outline the various ways that you can export video footage from a recording unit directly to your computer with the C3 CMS software including:</p>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Streaming Backup (specified time period)</li>
<li>File Backup (hour-long blocks)</li>
<li>Scheduled Backup (set schedule for automatic backup)</li>
<li>Scheduled FTP Upload (backup for multiple sites to a dedicated backup server)</li>
<li>Password Encryption (require a password to view exported video files)</li>
<li>Viewing Exported Video (how to view SSF/AVI files containing exported video)</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE:</strong>  If you have not added your DVR or NVR site to the C3 CMS software, please read <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Adding a Site to C3 CMS</strong> before proceeding.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE:</strong>  If you are connected to your recorder site using the <em>PathFinder</em> P2P function (PathFinder ID), please be aware that the remote backup features will not function.  To perform a remote backup, the recorder site must be registered to C3 CMS using an IP address or DDNS address to maintain a direct connection.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Supported/Affected Devices</strong></h1>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>VMAX® A1 Series (2.1 MP)</li>
<li>VMAX® A1 Plus Series (5 MP)</li>
<li>VMAX® IP Plus Series</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Performing a Backup</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">When a standalone recorder archives camera video footage, the video files will be stored in the local storage drive (HDD) that is installed within the VMAX unit. This previously recorded video footage can be reviewed locally at the recorder itself, but it can also be retrieved through C3 CMS.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">In addition to the convenience of using a computer desktop application for regular viewing, video files can also be exported/backed-up directly to the computer. Below are a few of the remote backup options that the C3 CMS service provides.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Streaming Backup</strong></h2>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This method is different than using the <em>Site Backup</em> feature of C3 CMS as users are able to be more specific with the timeframe of the target footage for backup, rather than being limited to only exporting footage in hour-long blocks.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">To use the <em>Streaming </em><em>Backup</em> feature to export video through C3 CMS:</p>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>From the left pane, under “<em>Resources</em>”,<em> </em>select a site from the <em>Sites</em> list and begin viewing video. To view video, <strong style="font-weight: 900;">drag-and-drop</strong> the registered recorder from the <em>Site List</em>, that is located on the left-hand side of the window in the <em>Resources </em>panel.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>After beginning to view the site, search for your footage by clicking on the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Calendar</strong> icon in the bottom pane to display the <em>Calendar Search</em> feature.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Use the <em>Calendar</em> to specify the date and time of the desired video playback.  In the <em>Calendar</em>, dates that are highlighted in yellow represents previously recorded video that is available for playback.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">After making your selections in the <em>Calendar</em>, the <em>Timeline</em> will activate at the bottom pane of the window. You may use the mouse wheel to zoom-in closer or to zoom out further on the <em>Timeline</em>.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE:</strong>  If the bottom pane is currently hidden, click the collapsible tab at the bottom of the window to display the viewing controls.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>To select which cameras you would like to view (and soon export video for) select the target video channels in the main viewing area. The <em>Timeline </em>will show a green ribbon to represent the searchable video.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE:</strong>  Breaks in the green ribbon on the <em>Timeline </em>are normal. Empty areas represent either the fact that you have not selected all of the desired cameras in the viewing area and/or the camera settings in the recorder have been set to only archive footage when motion has been detected by the camera.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Using the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">right mouse button</strong>,<strong style="font-weight: 900;"> click-and-drag</strong> in the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Timeline</strong> to highlight the desired timeframe.  You can click and slide the <em>Start</em> and <em>End</em> points with your mouse if an adjustment needed.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Alternatively, to set up the <em>Streaming Export</em>, <strong style="font-weight: 900;">right-click </strong>in the <em>Timeline</em> at the starting point of your desired section of footage, then select “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Backup Start Set</strong>”.  A <em>Start</em> marker will display on the <em>Timeline</em>.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">To set the ending point of your desired section of footage, <strong style="font-weight: 900;">right-click</strong> at the end of your desired footage, then select “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Backup End Set</strong>”.  An <em>End </em>marker will display on the <em>Timeline</em>.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>The section of footage marked on the <em>Timeline</em> will be highlighted in yellow and the <em>Streaming Backup</em> settings will display.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">In the <em>Streaming Backup</em> window, configure the following setting before continuing:</p>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Device Name, IP address, max channels </strong>– these settings will list the connection settings for the registered site</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Path</strong> – under the <em>Device Information </em>section, select a save location to where the export the backup video files will be stored on the computer</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">SSF Files/AVI Files </strong>– select between exporting the video to .SSF format or .AVI format. Use “SSF Files” if you are exporting video from more than one video channel.
<ul>
<li>.AVI is still supported by some third party media players</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">SSF Player Export </strong>– enable this option to include the standalone <em>Backup Player</em> executable (.exe) with the backup files.  This is recommended if the files are going to be shared with anyone that does not use C3 CMS or does not have a media player that will support .SSF format.</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Backup Setting</strong> – select the video channels to include for the selected section of footage. To export all of the video channels, enable “<em>ALL Channel</em>” to create backup files for all video channels. The more channels that are selected, the larger the file size will be.</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Start Time / End Time</strong> – verify or adjust the start and end points of the video export as needed.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Once your specifications have been set, click the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Backup Start</strong>” button to begin the backup.  The processing time will vary depending on the length of the footage and the number of channels that were selected.  You may click the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Stop</strong>” button at any point to abort the process early.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Once the export process has been completed, a confirmation message will display.  Click the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">OK</strong>” button to close the pop-up.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The exported footage and Backup Player will be saved in the destination (<em>Path</em>) folder that was specified in the <em>Streaming Backup</em> settings window.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">File Backup Dialog</strong></h2>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">To export video through <em>File Backup</em>:</p>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Open the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Top Menu</strong> and select “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Backup</strong>”.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>The <em>Backup</em> window will display.  Under “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">My Sites</strong>”, select the target site for the backup.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Under the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Site Information</strong> section, verify that the address information is correct.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">For “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Path</strong>”, determine the location where the video file will be saved in the computer.  To change the file pathing, click the ellipses (…) button.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Use the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Calendar</strong> to select a specific recording date.  Days colored in GREEN represents that there is video recorded for that day.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Under the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Backup Time</strong> section, choose the time of the footage that you would like to backup.  In the <em>File Backup</em> dialogue, footage may only be backed up by the hour.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Under the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Channels to Backup </strong>section, specify which channels you would like to include in the backup.  By default, all channels will be included.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Click the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Start</strong>” button to begin the backup process.  The progress bar at the bottom of the <em>Backup </em>window will display the status of the backup.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Scheduled Backup</strong></h2>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Use C3 CMS to periodically backup video files on a set schedule with the <em>Schedule Backup </em>feature.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE:  </strong>The computer must remain turned on during the runtime for the scheduled backup for this feature to work.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;">To set up <em>Schedule Backup</em>:</p>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Open the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Top Menu</strong>, then click on “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Backup</strong>”.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The <em>Backup </em>window will display.  Click on the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Schedule Backup</strong>” tab.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>In the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">My Sites </strong>panel, select the site that you will be periodically backing up.  The device information will display in the <em>Site Information</em> area.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Path</strong>” setting will determine the location where the video file will be saved on the computer.  To change the file pathing, click the ellipses (<strong style="font-weight: 900;">…</strong>) button and select the new file location.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>In the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Backup Date</strong> section, set the start date and end date of the backup period of the scheduled backup.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Enable the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Continue</strong>” setting to have C3 CMS backup footage, beginning at the designated starting date, and to continuously backup video beyond the set end-date.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">In the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Channels to Backup</strong> section, select which channels to include in the backup.  Enable “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">ALL Channels</strong>” to include all video channels in the backup.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>In the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Server Schedule</strong> section, set the days of the week and hours of day that C3 CMS will backup footage for.  Click-and-drag to mark grid.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Under the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Backup Run Time</strong> section, set the hour of the day that the backup process is allowed to run.  Click-and-drag to mark in the grid.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>At the bottom of the window, enable [optional] “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Start Scheduled Backup when OS Starts</strong>” to execute backup when the OS of the computer starts.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Once the settings have been configured, click the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Save</strong> button.  C3 is ready to begin following the schedule upon clicking saving the settings.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>The scheduled backup will appear in the <em>Scheduled Backup List </em>menu. Click on the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Scheduled Backup List</strong>” tab to view a list of the scheduled backups.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Scheduled FTP Upload</strong></h2>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The <em>Schedule FTP Upload</em> function is supported for stable backup for multiple sites.  To use the <em>Schedule FTP Upload</em> function, the FTP server must be operated on the backup PC.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">To set up the <em>Schedule FTP Upload</em> function:</p>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Open the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Top Menu</strong>, then click on “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Backup</strong>”.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The <em>Backup </em>window will display.  Click on the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Schedule FTP Upload</strong>” tab.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Under the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">My Sites </strong>section, click on a site that you are setting this feature for.  The device information will display in the <em>Site Information</em> area.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Set the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Path</strong> of the backup file.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Under the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Upload Date</strong> section, choose the dates to upload.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">If you check the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Continue</strong>” box, the setting will be designated from the start date to the present date.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">If you check the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Latest</strong>” box, the setting will start from the previous day and proceed like continuous backup.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Under the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Channels to Backup</strong> section, select which channels to include in the backup.  Enable “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">ALL Channels</strong>” to select all channels.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Under the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">FTP Server Information</strong> section, configure the following:</li>
</ol>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Host</strong> – enter the backup server’s IP Address</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Port</strong> – 22 (default; if limited, you may enter a different port)</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">User</strong> – enter the FTP server ID</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Password</strong> – enter the FTP server password</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Home Path</strong> – set the home path set in the FTP</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>At the bottom of the window, enable [optional] “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Start Scheduled Backup when OS Starts</strong>” to execute backup when the OS of the computer starts.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Once the settings have been configured, click the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Save/Connect Test</strong> button to test the connection and save the settings.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Click the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Scheduled FTP Upload List</strong> tab to view the scheduled backup.  The last downloaded file will display, not the time of the last data uploaded.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">At the bottom of the window, set the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Delete Old Folders</strong>” and “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Days</strong>” settings to configure the auto deletion of old recordings of the <em>Scheduled FTP Upload</em> feature.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">File Password</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">C3 users have the option to utilize the <em>File Password</em> menu, which allows the encrypting of exported video files and will require users to enter a password to view them.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">To set up a <em>File Password</em> in C3 CMS:</p>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Open the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Top Menu</strong>, then click on “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Backup</strong>”.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The <em>Backup </em>window will display.  Click on the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">File Password</strong>” tab.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>The <em>File Password </em>menu will display.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Select the file location from the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Drive List</strong><em>, then </em>select the backup file in the <em>Backup File List</em> that you would like to encrypt.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>In the File<em> Encryption </em>area, create a password to protect the selected file(s).</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Encryption</strong>” button to encrypt the selected file(s) and apply the password.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>To change or delete the encryption password, select the file, then enter the login password to the site.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Enable the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">No password</strong>” setting to disable the current password altogether.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Enter a new password in the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">New Password</strong>” and “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Confirm Password</strong>” settings to change the password to something else.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Save</strong>” button when finished to apply the settings.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Viewing Exported Video Footage with C3 CMS</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">To play exported footage, users may use the C3 CMS <em>Backup Viewer </em>feature or standalone player version (<em>Streaming Backup </em>setting).</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">To use the <em>Backup Viewer</em> to view an exported video file:</p>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>If you are using the C3 CMS desktop application, click the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Player</strong> icon that is located next to the <em>Calendar</em> in the bottom panel.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;">If you do not have C3 CMS and are trying to view an exported video, use the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">C3Player </strong>executable (.exe) program that was included when the video export was created.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>In the <em>File Drive List</em> section, <strong style="font-weight: 900;">select the file directory </strong>(folder) that contains the video files.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">If the files are password protected, enter the password in the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">File Password</strong>” box to decrypt the video footage files for viewing.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Next, in the <em>TTX File List</em> section, select the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">One</strong>” tab to view one channel at a time during playback.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Alternatively, select the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Multi</strong>” tab to view multiple channels simultaneously during playback.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Double-click</strong> on a video file to begin viewing the exported video file.</p>
<h1><strong>Installing Third Party Applications On Macintosh</strong></h1>
<h1><strong>Blocked Software</strong></h1>
<p>When installing Digital Watchdog software to a Macintosh, the computer may not recognize the software as a trusted application.  When this occurs, the Macintosh computer automatically blocks the installation of applications, categorizing them as third-party software.</p>
<p>This article will outline how to temporarily disable the security lock to allow the installation of Digital Watchdog applications to a Macintosh computer.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Supported/Affected Devices</strong></h1>
<ul>
<li>VMAX Series (Legacy)</li>
<li>VMAX 960H Series (Legacy)</li>
<li>VMAX Flex Series (960H)</li>
<li>VMAX A1 Series (2.1 MP)</li>
<li>VMAX A1 Plus Series (5 MP)</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Opening Blocked Software On Macintosh</strong></h1>
<p>When initially attempting to run installation tools for unrecognized applications, Macintosh computers will typically block the installation software from running.</p>
<p>To open blocked software on Macintosh:</p>
<ol>
<li>Open the <b>System Preferences</b><i> </i>menu.</li>
</ol>
<p><b>Note:</b>  If you do not know where to open the <i>System Preferences </i>menu on your Macintosh, open the <i>Finder</i> application and search for <i>System Preferences</i>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>Navigate to the <b>Security &amp; Privacy</b> menu.</li>
</ol>
<p>Select the <b>General</b> tab.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-08/a3f56b20-ef07-4eea-8c36-3147bbf6025a/image-20200408090939-1.png" alt="image 20200408090939 1" width="540" height="438" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 1080"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>If you have attempted to run a blocked application, it may appear in the bottom half of the <i>General</i> tab.</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the <b>Open Anyway</b> button to allow the one-time installation of the application.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-08/66302393-8d69-4114-81a6-76ed9e6d2128/image-20200408090939-2.png" alt="image 20200408090939 2" width="540" height="438" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 1081"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="4">
<li>A confirmation window will display.  Click the <b>Open</b> button to proceed with running the installation software.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-08/13bacf61-7a79-41f7-b1eb-5c38c6f9183b/image-20200408090939-3.png" alt="image 20200408090939 3" width="420" height="220" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 1082"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="5">
<li>If you would like to disable this security setting on your Macintosh, click the <b>Lock</b> <b>icon</b> at the bottom of the <i>General </i>tab.</li>
</ol>
<p>Enter your computer’s login to disable this setting.</p>
<p>To re-enable this setting, click the <b>Lock icon</b> again and re-enter your computer’s login.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-08/91687bcd-4da7-450e-9ee0-df099361490e/image-20200408090939-4.png" alt="image 20200408090939 4" width="540" height="438" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 1083"></p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;"><b>Upgrading Firmware with C3 CMS (Windows)</b></strong></p>
<h1><strong>Upgrade Remotely with C3 CMS</strong></h1>
<p>With C3™ CMS, firmware can be easily upgraded from your Windows computer, rather than having to physically go to your recording unit to perform the process.</p>
<p>This article will outline how to use the C3 CMS program to remotely upgrade the firmware of a standalone DVR or NVR.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>**NOTE:</b>  The remote firmware upgrade process is not available for the MacOS version of C3 CMS.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Related KB Articles:</b></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to/349/pivot-cms-setup-guide/">Pivot CMS Setup Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/342/dw-spectrum-quick-user-guide/">LTS Sapphire Password Reset Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/342/dw-spectrum-quick-user-guide/">DW Spectrum Quick User Guide</a></li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Supported/Affected Devices</strong></h1>
<ul>
<li>VMAX A1 Series (2.1 MP)</li>
<li>VMAX A1 Plus Series (5 MP)</li>
<li>VMAX IP Plus Series</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Downloading the Firmware File</strong></h1>
<p>To upgrade firmware using C3 CMS, download the new firmware file for uploading.</p>
<p>To download firmware files:</p>
<ol>
<li>Open a web browser and visit the <a href="https://digital-watchdog.com/downloads/?all_downloads" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DW Resource Library</a>.</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>Use the <i>Resource Library </i>and search for your DW product model:
<ol>
<li><b><i>Product Category – </i></b>click in the drop-down and select the product type, then enter the <i>Part Number </i>of the DW product into the search box. Select your product from the results.</li>
<li><b><i>Free Search – </i></b>enter the product or model number of your product into the search box. Select your product from the results.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/10-17/e86eb603-9300-4d3f-8b07-7be980805412/image-20221017122914-11.png" alt="image 20221017122914 11" width="605" height="523" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 1084"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>After selecting the <i>Part Number</i>, click the <b>Search</b> button.</li>
</ol>
<p>In the <i>Results</i>, scroll down and locate the “<i>Firmware</i>” section.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/10-17/ad6e9bfa-bc77-4c37-9e25-341db9d97761/image-20221017122914-12.png" alt="image 20221017122914 12" width="603" height="539" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 1085"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="4">
<li>Identify the correct firmware version for your product and download the correct <b>Version</b> of firmware for your DW product.</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>**NOTE:</b>  When <a href="https://support.digital-watchdog.com/kb/article/312-upgrading-firmware-for-a-vmax-ip-plus/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">upgrading firmware for a VMAX IP Plus</a>, make sure that you are using the correct firmware version for the hardware generation of your NVR.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Upgrading with C3EventServer</strong></h1>
<p>To upgrade your standalone DVR or NVR through C3 CMS:</p>
<ol>
<li>Launch the <b>C3EventServer</b> application.</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>**NOTE:</b>  The <i>C3EventServer</i> program is included when initially installing the C3 CMS application to a Windows computer.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/10-17/81edbaab-cce7-4c83-a135-01fe3ae87172/image-20221017122914-13.png" alt="image 20221017122914 13" width="224" height="129" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 1086"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>The <i>C3 CMS Agent</i> will display.</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on <b>Health Check.</b></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/10-17/50561a80-22e1-4dda-a1e4-93aad260c5db/image-20221017122914-14.png" alt="image 20221017122914 14" width="573" height="409" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 1087"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>The <i>Event Server</i> window will open, then display the <i>Health Check</i> tab.</li>
</ol>
<p>Select your <b>Site</b> from the <i>Site List</i> or <b>double-click</b> on the site in the <i>Status Window</i>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/10-17/2831f457-c647-44dc-ba67-fa2af86fc84f/image-20221017122914-15.png" alt="image 20221017122914 15" width="799" height="371" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 1088"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="4">
<li>Scroll down and locate the <b>Remote Management</b> section, then click on <b>F/W Upgrade</b>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/10-17/51062c55-e1fc-4ae1-b151-37b74af26336/image-20221017122914-16.png" alt="image 20221017122914 16" width="800" height="549" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 1089"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="5">
<li>Click on the <b>ellipses (…)</b> button, then select the new firmware file.</li>
</ol>
<p>Click the <b>Upgrade</b> button to start the backup.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/10-17/62b0238f-9312-4425-b60a-2977ea480e21/image-20221017122914-17.png" alt="image 20221017122914 17" width="404" height="219" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 1090"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="6">
<li>The DVR or NVR will reboot once the firmware upgrade has been completed.</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>**NOTE:  </b>C3 CMS will not notify you when the upgrade has been completed.  Use the <i>Health Check</i> tool to confirm the currently applied firmware version (FW Version).</p>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/c3-cms-setup-installation-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
		<media:content url="https://player.vimeo.com/video/349757331" medium="video" width="1920" height="1080">
			<media:player url="https://player.vimeo.com/video/349757331" />
			<media:title type="plain">DW® C3™ CMS Overview</media:title>
			<media:description type="html"><![CDATA[Take a quick tour of the powerful and feature-rich C3™ CMS from Digital Watchdog®. Unlike Any Other.™ http://bit.ly/2Z72wrv]]></media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/C3-CMS-Setup-Installation-Guide.jpg" />
			<media:rating scheme="urn:simple">nonadult</media:rating>
		</media:content>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Pivot CMS Setup Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/pivot-cms-setup-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/pivot-cms-setup-guide/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 26 May 2023 19:14:09 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[administrator]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cms software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Dahua]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Dahua Toolbox]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DW Spectrum]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[live video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[LTS Sapphire]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Reset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Reset Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Pivot CMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Play Video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Quick User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Sapphire]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[set up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video player]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[web browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=349</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Pivot CMS Setup Guide, The Pivot CMS program allows users to easily access and monitor camera video from the comfort ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/pivot-cms-setup-guide/#more-349" aria-label="Read more about Pivot CMS Setup Guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Pivot CMS Setup Guide, The Pivot CMS program allows users to easily access and monitor camera video from the comfort of a personal computer.  Acting as an extension of the recording unit, Pivot CMS provides some of the same functions of a DVR or NVR such as:</p>
<h2 class="hf-article_title" role="heading" aria-level="1">Pivot CMS Functions</h2>
<h1><strong>Using Pivot CMS</strong></h1>
<p>The Pivot CMS program allows users to easily access and monitor camera video from the comfort of a personal computer.  Acting as an extension of the recording unit, Pivot CMS provides some of the same functions of a DVR or NVR such as:</p>
<ul>
<li>Live Monitoring</li>
<li>Video Playback/Search</li>
<li>Footage Export/Backup</li>
<li>Firmware Upgrade</li>
</ul>
<p>This article will outline how to use these functions in Pivot CMS.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Supported/Affected Devices</strong></h1>
<ul>
<li>VMAX Series (Legacy)</li>
<li>VMAX Flex Series</li>
<li>VMAX 480 Series</li>
<li>VMAX 960H Series</li>
<li>VMAX A1 Series (2.1 MP)</li>
<li>VMAX IP Plus Series</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Site Setup</strong></h1>
<p class="CxSpFirst"><i>Sites</i> contain the network connection information that Pivot CMS uses to communicate with your recording unit.  To use the viewing functions of Pivot CMS, each recording unit must have their own <i>Site</i> created.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">
<p>If you still must create a <i>Site</i> for your recording unit in Pivot CMS, please read <b><u><a href="https://digitalwatchdog.happyfox.com/kb/article/367-adding-and-removing-sites-in-pivot-cms/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Adding and Removing Sites in Pivot CMS</a></u></b>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Live Monitoring &amp; Searching Video</strong></h1>
<p>There are three ways to access live streams or playback through Pivot CMS:</p>
<ul>
<li>Live/Search Connect</li>
<li>Drag and Drop</li>
<li><i>Site List</i> Context Menu</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Live/Search Connect</b></p>
<ol>
<li>To view live video, select your <b>Site</b> from the <i>Site List</i>, then click the <b>Live Connect</b> button.</li>
</ol>
<p><b>Note:</b>  The yellow highlight that appears around the viewing channels in Pivot CMS represents which channel will display Channel-1 from the DVR/NVR at the time of connection.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/70b1708a-b1e0-4ff5-85e3-d7adc90bb48c/image-20200414153203-21.png" alt="image 20200414153203 21" width="787" height="564" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 1136"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>To view playback video, select your <b>Site </b>from the <i>Site List</i>, then click the <b>Search Connect</b> button.</li>
</ol>
<p><b>Note:</b>  When searching video through Pivot CMS, video will only display for cameras that have recorded video for the point in time that you are viewing.  Use the <i>Search Calendar</i> and <i>Timeline </i>at the bottom of the window to search through the video archives.</p>
<p>Text overlay will appear in a red color while searching video.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/4ef27eb7-317e-4c6b-8e05-9ca4aa0303eb/image-20200414153203-22.png" alt="image 20200414153203 22" width="802" height="543" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 1137"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/02ed3c62-7f6e-4472-b864-1820d31f38a8/image-20200414153203-23.png" alt="image 20200414153203 23" width="802" height="212" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 1138"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Drag and Drop</b></p>
<ol>
<li><b>Drag and </b>drop your <b>Site</b> from the <i>Site List</i>, into a viewing channel of your choice.</li>
</ol>
<p><b>Note:</b>  The <i>Site</i> will list the cameras that are connected to the DVR/NVR.  If you drag/drop the entire <i>Site</i>, then all of the cameras will be prompted to display in Pivot CMS.  However, if you only drag/drop a single camera over, then only that camera will be prompted to display video.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/c549ce7c-388b-4e73-8f42-dab42afa78b7/image-20200414153203-24.png" alt="image 20200414153203 24" width="742" height="529" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 1139"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>Two icons will display in the channel.</li>
</ol>
<p>Select the icon <b>without the magnifying glass</b> to prompt the <b>Live Monitoring</b> function.</p>
<p>Select the icon <b>with the magnifying glass</b> to prompt the <b>Search</b> function</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/0c253867-194c-40ff-8db0-7c92fddf738a/image-20200414153203-25.png" alt="image 20200414153203 25" width="95" height="79" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 1140"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/8532b979-66cd-4a70-ace8-d68169439d1a/image-20200414153203-26.png" alt="image 20200414153203 26" width="95" height="79" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 1141"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Site List Context Menu</b></p>
<ol>
<li><b>Right-click </b>on your <i>Site</i> to prompt the <i>Site List </i>context menu.</li>
</ol>
<p>Select <b>Live</b> from the context menu to prompt the <b>Live Monitoring</b> function.</p>
<p>Select <b>Search</b> to prompt the <b>Search</b> function.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/71d2dcca-8ce4-4b99-b830-34fc5ffbe7dd/image-20200414153203-27.png" alt="image 20200414153203 27" width="740" height="537" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 1142"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Backup/Export Footage</strong></h1>
<p class="CxSpFirst">Pivot CMS allows users to remotely backup select video footage from their DVR/NVR, without having to be directly in front of the recording unit.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">
<p class="CxSpMiddle"><b>Note:</b>  The <i>Remote Backup</i> feature will export footage in .PSF format.  Use the <i>Pivot_Player</i> program to view .PSF format files.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle"><i>Pivot_Player</i> is included with the installation of Pivot CMS, by default.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/faaf200d-9479-49be-89ec-e2bab8259ec7/image-20200414153203-28.png" alt="image 20200414153203 28" width="87" height="86" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 1143"></p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">
<p class="CxSpLast">To backup footage using Pivot CMS:</p>
<ol>
<li>Before beginning the backup process, confirm that the footage that you will be exporting can be searched and viewed.</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li><b>Right-click</b> on your <i>Site </i>to prompt the <i>Site List</i> context menu.</li>
</ol>
<p>Select <b>Remote Backup</b> from the context menu.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/b3c14071-227b-4b9c-abf9-918f765e6f0f/image-20200414153203-29.png" alt="image 20200414153203 29" width="731" height="550" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 1144"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>The <i>Remote Backup</i> window will display.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <i>System Connection Info</i> will already be filled out, based on your <i>Site</i> settings.  Click the <b>Connect </b>button.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/a14de471-a894-40a7-979c-25d5633c7718/image-20200414153203-30.png" alt="image 20200414153203 30" width="802" height="383" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 1145"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>Click the <b>Create Directory</b> button.</li>
</ol>
<p>Select the <b>Directory</b> where the .PSF footage file will save.</p>
<p>Enter a <b>File Name</b> to label the footage file.</p>
<p>Click the <b>Save</b> button to confirm the <i>Directory</i> settings.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/a828a43b-b961-493b-b0e5-b894f43d4c20/image-20200414153203-31.png" alt="image 20200414153203 31" width="803" height="406" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 1146"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>Select the <b>Start</b> and <b>End</b> times of the footage that you will be exporting.</li>
</ol>
<p>Select the <b>Channels</b> that you want to export video from.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Note:</b>  Video will not export if there is no available for the selected cameras at the designated <i>Start time</i>.  It is recommended to include multiple channels when setting up the video export.</p>
<p>If you must export footage that covers a large period of time, it is recommended to break up the footage into separate files.</p>
<p>This increases the success rate of the video backup.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/cff1ddc9-091e-431d-aef4-ea07a58f848d/image-20200414153203-32.png" alt="image 20200414153203 32" width="803" height="383" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 1147"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="4">
<li>Click the <b>Start Backup</b> button to begin the remote backup.</li>
</ol>
<p>The overall file size and progress will display in the <i>Backup Progress</i> area.</p>
<p>Depending on the size of the footage file, this process may take several minutes.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/0485d2ee-f59f-413d-b63c-67e1ec9d06d7/image-20200414153203-33.png" alt="image 20200414153203 33" width="803" height="384" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 1148"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="5">
<li>Pivot CMS will notify you once the backup has completed.</li>
</ol>
<p>Use the <b>Pivot_Player</b> program to play the .PSF footage file.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/c78a096b-1acc-4d8e-879f-1a5d3085b1f1/image-20200414153203-34.png" alt="image 20200414153203 34" width="142" height="128" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 1149"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Firmware Upgrade</strong></h1>
<p class="CxSpFirst">Upgrading firmware for a DVR or NVR through Pivot CMS is performed from the comfort of your computer, rather than having to be directly in front of the recording unit.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">
<p class="CxSpMiddle"><b>Obtaining Firmware</b></p>
<p class="CxSpLast">If you do not yet have a copy of the firmware update file:</p>
<ol>
<li>Open a web browser and visit <b><u><a href="https://digital-watchdog.com/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">https://digital-watchdog.com</a></u></b> to obtain the firmware update file.</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>Enter the <b>Model Number</b> of your DVR or NVR into the search box.  This information is located on the sticker, physically on top of the recording unit.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/63b5a999-e3db-4c2f-9e12-69014f116277/image-20200414153203-35.png" alt="image 20200414153203 35" width="803" height="396" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 1150"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>Scroll down the product page and locate the <b>Software</b> tab.</li>
</ol>
<p class="CxSpFirst"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/00b26099-8c6e-42a0-98cb-f3be49823cbc/image-20200414153203-36.png" alt="image 20200414153203 36" width="802" height="394" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 1151"></p>
<p class="CxSpLast">
<ol start="4">
<li>Make sure that you download the correct <b>Version</b> of firmware for your recording unit.</li>
</ol>
<p>You can determine which <i>Version</i> to use by the first three letters of the unit’s serial number (S/N), located on the sticker, physically on top of the recording unit.</p>
<p>Alternatively, you can compare the currently installed <i>Firmware</i> version of the recording unit, located in the <i>System Information </i>menu of the unit.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/ef56cd05-2a7a-41ac-9a3e-d4cd058d9cc9/image-20200414153203-37.png" alt="image 20200414153203 37" width="802" height="331" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 1152"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Upgrading Firmware</b></p>
<p>To upgrade firmware using Pivot CMS:</p>
<ol>
<li><b>Right-click</b> on your <i>Site</i> to prompt the <i>Site List </i>context menu.</li>
</ol>
<p>Select <b>Firmware Upgrade</b> from the context menu.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/210305b0-0c1e-4d75-84e3-adae2c702d27/image-20200414153203-38.png" alt="image 20200414153203 38" width="743" height="544" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 1153"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>The <i>Firmware Upgrade</i> window will display.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <i>Device </i>information will already be filled out, based on your <i>Site</i> settings.  Click the <b>Connect </b>button.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/b156bfe4-b202-4365-8e95-13c7928a225f/image-20200414153203-39.png" alt="image 20200414153203 39" width="746" height="347" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 1154"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>Click the <b>Open </b>button, under <i>Firmware File Directory</i>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Locate and select the <b>firmware upgrade</b> file.</p>
<p>Click the <b>Open</b> button to use the selected firmware file.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/b27b0fd1-20f6-4590-bfff-314134251944/image-20200414153203-40.png" alt="image 20200414153203 40" width="803" height="440" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 1155"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="4">
<li>Click the <b>Start Upgrade</b> button to begin the remote upgrade.</li>
</ol>
<p>Pivot CMS will notify you once the upgrade has been completed.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Note:</b>  During this process, Pivot CMS will upload the firmware upgrade to the recording unit before installing the update.  Do not unplug the unit before the upgrade has completed.</p>
<p>The DVR or NVR will reboot once the upgrade is complete.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/a23bef03-57be-487a-80cc-77c1e51559ce/image-20200414153203-41.png" alt="image 20200414153203 41" width="745" height="347" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 1156"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/cd0cff72-0ae1-400e-a46e-354c7e0d0353/image-20200414153203-42.png" alt="image 20200414153203 42" width="142" height="128" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 1157"></p>
<h2 class="hf-article_title" role="heading" aria-level="1">Adding and Removing Sites in Pivot CMS</h2>
<h1><strong>Pivot CMS Sites</strong></h1>
<p>When using Pivot CMS, each connection to your recording device requires the network and login information to stream video from the recorder.  Users will need to create <i>Sites</i> to enable the ability to connect and monitor devices from a personal computer.  Once a connection is established through a <i>Site</i>, depending on their assigned permissions, users may monitor live camera video, playback previously recorded footage, export footage, and upgrade firmware (depending on the recorder model) through Pivot CMS.</p>
<p>This article will outline how to create or to delete a new <i>Site</i> in the Pivot CMS application.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Note:</b>  Pivot CMS is only compatible with Windows operating systems.  If you have yet to install the Pivot CMS application, please read the installation section of <b><u><a href="https://digitalwatchdog.happyfox.com/kb/article/334-clean-reinstalling-pivot-cms-windows/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Clean Reinstalling Pivot CMS (Windows)</a></u></b>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Supported/Affected Devices</strong></h1>
<ul>
<li>VMAX Series (Legacy)</li>
<li>VMAX Flex Series</li>
<li>VMAX 480 Series</li>
<li>VMAX 960H Series</li>
<li>VMAX A1 Series (2.1 MP)</li>
<li>VMAX IP Plus Series</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Adding A Site</strong></h1>
<p>When creating a new <i>Site</i> in Pivot CMS, the connection with the recording unit will rely on network communication between your computer and the DVR/NVR.  If you have yet to set up the network configuration for your standalone recording unit, take the time to do so now.</p>
<p>If needed, you may read the following support articles for guidance:</p>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to/345/lts-sapphire-password-reset-guide/">LTS Sapphire Password Reset Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/342/dw-spectrum-quick-user-guide/">How to Setup Dahua Toolbox</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/342/dw-spectrum-quick-user-guide/">DW Spectrum Quick User Guide</a></li>
</ol>
<p>To add a new <i>Site </i>to Pivot CMS:</p>
<ol>
<li>Launch the <b>Pivot</b> application, then log in as the <b>Administrator</b>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The login for the Pivot CMS program is created when launching Pivot CMS for the first time, after installation.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/036eb04a-cb76-4c5e-b855-841a874cb199/image-20200414104345-19.png" alt="image 20200414104345 19" width="58" height="70" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 1158"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/be22d6d1-d23b-4bce-9b9e-2bbf8ae77602/image-20200414104345-20.png" alt="image 20200414104345 20" width="357" height="165" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 1159"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li><b>Right-click</b> in the <i>Sites List</i>, then select <b>Add Site</b>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Alternatively, you can click the <b>Setup</b> tab, then click <b>CMS Setup</b>.  Click the <b>Add </b>button.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/e1c0eac9-4d32-479a-bf8c-bff5193010e1/image-20200414103320-3.png" alt="image 20200414103320 3" width="482" height="577" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 1160"></p>
<p>or</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/d738c468-a7ad-4236-bf85-59eb320f1226/image-20200414103320-4.png" alt="image 20200414103320 4" width="632" height="788" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 1161"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>The <i>Registration</i> window will display.</li>
</ol>
<p>Enter a <b>Name</b> for the <i>Site</i>.</p>
<p>Select the correct <b>Model</b> of your recording unit.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Note:  </b>For this guide, we will use the VMAX A1 Demo as an example.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/d6066b8d-2214-4ea0-9357-c5030e89aee7/image-20200414103320-5.png" alt="image 20200414103320 5" width="431" height="403" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 1162"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="4">
<li>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> or <b>URL</b> of the recording unit.</li>
</ol>
<p>Enter the <b>TCP/IP</b> <b>Port</b> and <b>Web Port</b> of the recording unit.  This information can be found in the <i>Network</i> menu of the DVR/NVR.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Note:</b>  The VMAX A1 and VMAX 960H Core only use a single port (<i>Network Port</i>) to communicate.  Pivot CMS will automatically disable the <i>Web Port</i> box upon selecting one of these two models.</p>
<p><b>Note:</b>  The VMAX Series (Legacy) uses three ports.  Use its <i>TCP/IP Port</i> and <i>Web Port</i> settings for use with Pivot CMS.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/4246ff9c-fbc7-41d2-9400-daaa08d44bf9/image-20200414103320-6.png" alt="image 20200414103320 6" width="431" height="403" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 1163"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="5">
<li>Enter the <b>ID</b> and <b>Password</b> of the DVR/NVR.  This is the login information that you use to access the recording unit.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Default User ID:  admin</li>
<li>Default Password:  &#8212; (blank)</li>
</ul>
<p>Enter the <b>Channels</b> that you will be viewing.  For example, for a 16-channel DVR, use 1-16 to view channels one through sixteen.</p>
<p>Click the <b>OK</b> button to proceed.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/c41f9c1e-72ff-4de8-b415-2c01825954d5/image-20200414103320-7.png" alt="image 20200414103320 7" width="431" height="403" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 1164"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="6">
<li>The <i>Site</i> will now display in the <i>Sites List</i>.</li>
</ol>
<p>To use the <i>Site</i>, you may either use the connection options in the toolbar under the <b>Main</b> tab.  Alternatively, you may <b>right-click</b> on the <i>Site</i> and select your connection option.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Note:</b>  If you must adjust a setting for the <i>Site</i>, use <b>Edit Site</b> to reopen the <i>Registration</i> window.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/1fd89025-2693-44ef-96cc-9f48ea42ae14/image-20200414103320-8.png" alt="image 20200414103320 8" width="802" height="425" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 1165"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Removing A Site</strong></h1>
<p>To delete a <i>Site</i> from Pivot CMS:</p>
<ol>
<li>Click the <b>Setup</b> tab, then click <b>CMS Setup</b>.</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>Click in the <b>Checkbox</b> next to the <i>Site</i> that you are deleting.</li>
</ol>
<p>Click the <b>Remove</b> button to delete the selected <i>Site</i>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/5ec1562d-3872-4f28-9f11-b48e7fd3ded6/image-20200414103320-9.png" alt="image 20200414103320 9" width="496" height="554" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 1166"></p>
<h2 class="hf-article_title" role="heading" aria-level="1">Clean Reinstalling Pivot CMS (Windows)</h2>
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Clean Reinstallation</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">By completely uninstalling, then reinstalling the Pivot Central Monitoring Software (CMS) to a computer, users can resolve most client-side issues and reset the Administrator login for the Pivot CMS program.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This article will outline how to uninstall Pivot CMS, as well as how to reinstall the Pivot CMS software.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Note:</strong>  Please be aware that by completing a clean uninstallation of the Pivot CMS software, loss of connection information will occur.  If you do not know the IP address or port numbers of your recording unit, you can find this information in the <em>Network</em> settings of the recording unit.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Supported/Affected Devices</strong></h1>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>VMAX Analog Series (960H)</li>
<li>VMAX A1 Series (2.1 MP)</li>
<li>VMAX IP Plus Series</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Clean Uninstalling Pivot CMS</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">When normally uninstalling programs from a computer, there is often data left behind regarding user preferences, settings, and other database information.  This section will outline how to completely remove Pivot CMS and its database files from a Windows computer for a clean uninstallation.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Uninstalling Pivot CMS</strong></p>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Prompt the uninstallation of Pivot CMS by opening the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Windows Control Panel</strong>, then navigating to the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Program and Features</strong> menu.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Select <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Pivot </strong>from the program list, then select <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Uninstall</strong>.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Select <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Yes </strong>for the removal of the configuration files.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Removing Pivot CMS Database</strong></p>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Open the Windows<strong style="font-weight: 900;"> File Explorer</strong> program.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Navigate to <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Local Disk (C:) &gt; Program Files (x86)</strong>.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Locate and delete the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">PivotPrograms </strong>folder.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>After uninstalling the Pivot CMS program and deleting the <em>PivotPrograms</em> folder, Pivot CMS has been completely removed from the system.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">You may reinstall the Pivot CMS program to complete the clean reinstallation.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Installing Pivot CMS</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This section will outline how to install the Pivot Central Monitoring Software (CMS) for the first time or after performing a clean uninstallation of the application.</p>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>To <strong style="font-weight: 900;">download the installation file</strong> for the Pivot CMS software, open a web browser and go to the <strong style="font-weight: 900;"><a style="font-weight: 400;" href="https://digital-watchdog.com/productdetail/Pivot-Central-Monitoring-Software/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Pivot CMS product page</a></strong>, located on the Digital Watchdog website.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Scroll down</strong> and click on the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Software tab</strong>.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Download icon</strong> to acquire the installation file for Pivot CMS.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Run the Pivot CMS installation file</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This file is likely located in the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Downloads</strong> folder of your computer.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>By default, the <em>Destination Location </em>for the configuration files is <strong style="font-weight: 900;">C:\Program_Files (x86)\PivotPrograms</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Accept the file location or select <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Browse</strong> to select another location.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Next</strong> to proceed.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>The <em>Select Start Menu </em>Folder screen will display.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Next</strong> to accept the shortcut location or click <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Browse</strong> to select another location.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Next</strong> to proceed.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>In the <em>Select Additional Task </em>window, leave the default selections as they are and click <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Next &gt;</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>The <em>Ready to Install</em> window will display the summary of the installation settings.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Install</strong> button to prompt the installation of Pivot CMS.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The installation wizard will inform you once the installation is complete.  Click <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Finish</strong> to complete the installation process.</p>
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Applying Administrator Password</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">If you would like to add an Administrator password for the Pivot CMS login, please read <strong style="font-weight: 900;"><u>Adding User Passwords In Pivot CMS</u></strong>.</p>
<h1><strong>Password Protection</strong></h1>
<p>Implementing password protection for the Pivot Central Monitoring Software (CMS) program is optional, but is recommended when multiple users will be utilizing the same workstation computer to monitor camera streams through the Pivot CMS program.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Note:</b>  This will not affect the login credentials of any recording units that are connected to the workstation computer through the network.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Note:</b>  If you have already applied an Administrator password for Pivot CMS and have forgotten the password, the Pivot CMS program must be completely clean reinstalled to reset the login credentials.</p>
<p>If you must perform a clean reinstallation, please read <a href="https://digitalwatchdog.happyfox.com/kb/article/334-clean-reinstalling-pivot-cms-windows/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><b><u>Clean Reinstalling Pivot CMS (Windows)</u></b></a>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Supported/Affected Devices</strong></h1>
<ul>
<li>Workstation computer</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Changing the Password</strong></h1>
<p>To change the Administrator password for Pivot CMS:</p>
<ol>
<li>Launch the <b>Pivot </b>application on the computer.</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li><b>Log in</b> to Pivot CMS.</li>
</ol>
<p>By default, the login for Pivot CMS is:</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>User Name:  <b>Administrator</b></li>
<li>Password:  &#8212; (blank)</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/03-27/891d433c-e593-4f29-bf4b-396d9fd0f6f4/image-20200327113436-8.png" alt="image 20200327113436 8" width="357" height="165" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 1167"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>Click on the <b>Setup tab</b>, then click on the <b>CMS Setup</b> button.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/03-27/27c57ac7-cc70-40c9-8443-b1c60d9c000f/image-20200327113436-9.png" alt="image 20200327113436 9" width="682" height="492" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 1168"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="4">
<li>In the <i>CMS Setup</i> window, click on the <b>User tab</b>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on <b>Administrator</b>, then click the <b>Edit</b> button.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Note:</b>  If you are editing the password for another user, you will select that username.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/03-27/07caf9d1-ca99-487a-9dfe-b6fbc1ba50b3/image-20200327113436-10.png" alt="image 20200327113436 10" width="495" height="554" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 1169"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="5">
<li>Enter the new password for the Administrator.</li>
</ol>
<p>The password may use up to 16 characters, use special characters (!, @, #, $, %, etc.), and include spaces.</p>
<p>Click <b>OK</b> to apply the password change.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/03-27/d36f7114-08c1-44e0-915f-735dfdfdcd47/image-20200327113436-11.png" alt="image 20200327113436 11" width="555" height="427" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 1170"></p>
<h1><strong>Converting .SSF to .AVI Using BackupViewer</strong></h1>
<h1><strong>Video Format</strong></h1>
<p>Upon exporting video from the VMAX IP Plus, footage files are saved in .SSF format.  This type of video file may be considered as proprietary and will require the use of a compatible video player to review the footage, such as Digital Watchdog’s <i>Multi-Backup Viewer</i> program (included with Pivot CMS).</p>
<p>The <i>Multi-Backup Viewer</i> allows users to open and view .SSF footage files, also featuring an .AVI export function.  This may be beneficial to users that must share backed up video from the VMAX IP Plus, but the recipient of the footage is unable to view the .SSF footage.</p>
<p>This article will outline how to convert .SSF format footage to .AVI format using the <i>Multi-Backup Viewer</i>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Note:</b>  Pivot CMS is compatible with Windows OS only.</p>
<p>If you still need to install Pivot CMS, please read <b><u><a href="https://digitalwatchdog.happyfox.com/kb/article/334-clean-reinstalling-pivot-cms-windows/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Clean Reinstalling Pivot CMS (Windows)</a></u></b>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Supported/Affected Devices</strong></h1>
<ul>
<li>VMAX IP Plus Series</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Converting the Footage</strong></h1>
<p class="CxSpFirst">After exporting footage from the VMAX IP Plus, converting the .SSF file to .AVI will allow the footage to be viewed using more commonly used viewing applications.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">
<p>To convert .SSF footage to .AVI format, using <i>Multi-Backup Viewer</i>:</p>
<ol>
<li>If you have not already done so, copy the .SSF footage to the computer.</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>Launch <b>MultiBackup Viewer</b>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Unless otherwise specified, this application is included with the installation of Pivot CMS by default.</p>
<p class="CxSpFirst"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-21/24223823-1d4c-413a-846b-5b734c35453a/image-20200420170707-25.png" alt="image 20200420170707 25" width="85" height="97" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 1171"></p>
<p class="CxSpLast">
<ol start="3">
<li>Click the <b>Single CH</b> tab, then click the <b>Search Icon</b> (magnifying glass).</li>
</ol>
<p>Locate and select the folder containing your .SSF footage.</p>
<p>Click the <b>OK</b> button to upload the footage.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-21/a4421f71-a4f3-4fd4-b47c-3e6c5691694c/image-20200420170707-26.png" alt="image 20200420170707 26" width="624" height="480" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 1172"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="4">
<li>The .SSF file list from your selected directory will display.</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the <b>.SSF footage file</b> that you want to use, then click the <b>Pause</b> button on the toolbar.  This will enable the use of the <i>.AVI</i> <i>Export Function</i>.</p>
<p>Click on the <b>.AVI Export</b> icon on the toolbar.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-21/a57b585b-8e6b-4cb2-9efc-df56b5265fb9/image-20200420170707-27.png" alt="image 20200420170707 27" width="624" height="471" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 1173"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="5">
<li>The <i>AVI Export</i> window will display.</li>
</ol>
<p>Confirm that the <b>AVI Save Time</b> matches the <i>Recording Info. (Time)</i> settings.</p>
<p>You may also enable the optional options for:</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>Including Audio Data – audio data will be converted for the .AVI file copy.</li>
<li>Execute real-time playback – video will continue to play, even when there is no recorded section to the footage (may result in ‘blank spots’ within the .AVI footage file.</li>
<li>Insert OSD (image information) into AVI file – the .AVI copy will include the on-screen information of the footage.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Click the <b>OK</b> button to proceed.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-21/c7283242-9b29-4b3a-88f5-9aac92c5ff72/image-20200420170707-28.png" alt="image 20200420170707 28" width="624" height="474" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 1174"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="6">
<li><b>Select the directory</b> where the .AVI file will be saved.</li>
</ol>
<p><b>Name the file</b>, then press the <b>Save</b> button to convert the footage.</p>
<p>The duration of this process will vary depending on the video quality, length of the footage, and if you chose to include additional export options (include audio, OSD, etc).</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-21/f96a72fd-de91-425d-af94-19c2af50f552/image-20200420170707-29.png" alt="image 20200420170707 29" width="624" height="423" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 1175"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="7">
<li>Once the conversion has been completed, click the <b>OK</b> button.</li>
</ol>
<p>The footage should now be saved as an .AVI file in the directory that you selected.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Note:</b>  If you do not have a compatible video player that can open .AVI format files, you may use <b><u><a href="https://www.videolan.org/vlc/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">VLC Media Player</a></u></b> as a free viewing option.</p>
<h1><strong>Playing Backed Up Video in Backup Viewer</strong></h1>
<h1><strong>Playing Backed Up Video</strong></h1>
<p>Backup Viewer is one of three bundled applications that install with the Pivot CMS program.  The Backup Viewer application allows users to view .SSF format footage, exported from the VMAX IP Plus recorder series.</p>
<p>This article will outline how to locate and open the .SSF footage for viewing with Backup Viewer.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Note:</b>  Pivot CMS and its included applications are compatible with Windows OS only.  If you have yet to install the program to your Windows computer, please read <b><u>Clean Reinstalling Pivot CMS</u></b>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Supported/Affected Devices</strong></h1>
<ul>
<li>VMAX IP Plus Series</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Using Backup Viewer</strong></h1>
<p>To play exported .SSF video with Backup Viewer:</p>
<ol>
<li>Launch the <b>Backup_Viewer</b> application.</li>
</ol>
<p>If you allowed the Pivot CMS installation wizard to add a desktop icon, double-click on the <b>Backup_Viewer</b> icon to launch the application.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-21/930e1fe8-c60b-4c90-9e3a-30dd401fa7f5/image-20200421121459-3.png" alt="image 20200421121459 3" width="255" height="83" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 1176"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>From the <b>Single CH</b> tab, click the <b>Search</b> <b>Icon</b> (magnifying glass).</li>
</ol>
<p>Locate the <b>directory folder</b> where the .SSF footage is saved, then click the <b>OK</b> button.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-21/9ffbcb8c-5b22-4eec-b1e6-95cb472c457f/image-20200421121459-4.png" alt="image 20200421121459 4" width="624" height="480" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 1177"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>The exported .SSF footage will be listed under the <i>Single CH</i> tab.</li>
</ol>
<p>To play the footage, <b>double-click</b> on the desired footage.</p>
<p>Backup Viewer will index the file and begin to play.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-21/f5dcb3cb-2970-4993-aa6d-85852e441f29/image-20200421121459-5.png" alt="image 20200421121459 5" width="190" height="208" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 1178"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-21/30804fac-fa8a-4763-ab31-356570b8efe2/image-20200421121459-6.png" alt="image 20200421121459 6" width="388" height="320" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 1179"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="4">
<li>If video does not start automatically, click the play button on the toolbar.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-21/9ddf915d-546a-4d5e-bbdb-0f0bd25cac3e/image-20200421121459-7.png" alt="image 20200421121459 7" width="606" height="109" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 1180"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/pivot-cms-setup-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>LTS Sapphire Password Reset Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/lts-sapphire-password-reset-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/lts-sapphire-password-reset-guide/#comments</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 26 May 2023 11:38:24 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Tools]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Config Tool]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Dahua]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DW Spectrum]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Factory Defaults]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Factory Reset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[LTS Sapphire]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Reset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Reset Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QR code]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Quick User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Reset IP Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Sapphire]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=345</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[LTS Sapphire Password Reset Guide, (Config Tool) &#8211; Password Reset with xml file,Sapphire &#8211; Reset IP Camera to Factory Defaults,(Sapphire ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="LTS Sapphire Password Reset Guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/lts-sapphire-password-reset-guide/#more-345" aria-label="Read more about LTS Sapphire Password Reset Guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>LTS Sapphire Password Reset Guide, (Config Tool) &#8211; Password Reset with xml file,Sapphire &#8211; Reset IP Camera to Factory Defaults,(Sapphire DVR/NVR) &#8211; How to do the Password Reset from Local Screen,(Config Tool) &#8211; Sapphire Password Reset with the QR Code</p>
<h2>How to Reset Password thru the Config Tool software?</h2>
<p><span class="wysiwyg-underline">Please note:</span> Not every Sapphire unit has xml reset option.</p>
<p>Required equipment&#8217;s:</p>
<p>1. PC<br />
2. Internet</p>
<p>Install and run the <strong>Config Tool</strong> to reset the password</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the <span class="wysiwyg-color-blue80"><strong>Reset icon </strong></span>section.</li>
<li>Select the Device and Press <span class="wysiwyg-color-green120">Reset (Green)</span> button.</li>
<li>Press Agree button</li>
</ol>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/4404855840919/Sapphire_1.PNG" alt="Sapphire_1.PNG" data-fancybox="" title="LTS Sapphire Password Reset Guide 1195"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>OK to reset with xml</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/4404855846551/shappire_3.PNG" alt="shappire_3.PNG" data-fancybox="" title="LTS Sapphire Password Reset Guide 1196"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Send XML to your sales or tech support and  your sales or tech will send back to result.xml</p>
<p>Import result.xml</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/4404847432855/sapphire_4.PNG" alt="sapphire_4.PNG" data-fancybox="" title="LTS Sapphire Password Reset Guide 1197"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>and reset password</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/4404855880599/sapphire_5.PNG" alt="sapphire_5.PNG" data-fancybox="" title="LTS Sapphire Password Reset Guide 1198"></p>
<h2>LTS Sapphire Password Reset Guide</h2>
<blockquote><p>Read Next :</p>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/342/dw-spectrum-quick-user-guide/">DW Spectrum Quick User Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/firmwares/336/dahua-firmware-ultimate-guide/">Dahua Firmware Ultimate Guide</a></li>
</ol>
</blockquote>
<h1 class="article-title" title="Sapphire - Reset IP Camera to Factory Defaults">Sapphire &#8211; Reset IP Camera to Factory Defaults</h1>
<ol>
<li><span class="wysiwyg-font-size-large">power on the camera</span></li>
<li><span class="wysiwyg-font-size-large">press and hold the reset button for 10 seconds</span></li>
<li><span class="wysiwyg-font-size-large">the camera should reboot</span></li>
<li><span class="wysiwyg-font-size-large">the camera will now be factory reset to all default settings </span></li>
</ol>
<h1 class="article-title" title="(Sapphire DVR/NVR) - How to do the Password Reset from Local Screen">(Sapphire DVR/NVR) &#8211; How to do the Password Reset from Local Screen</h1>
<h2>How to reset the password for the Sapphire DVR/NVR?</h2>
<p>Require equipment:</p>
<p>1. DVR/NVR with Local Monitor<br />
2. Smart Phone<br />
3. Internet</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h3><span class="wysiwyg-underline">Use Smart Phone scanning the QR Security Code to Reset the Password</span></h3>
<p><strong>Use this QR password recovery require the <span class="wysiwyg-underline">Recovery Email Address</span> defined it first.<br />
</strong></p>
<p>Click Main Menu</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360058224854/0._Main_Menu.png" alt="0._Main_Menu.png" width="182" height="392" data-fancybox="" title="LTS Sapphire Password Reset Guide 1199">  <strong>Don&#8217;t user PattSaern to log in, switch to the <span class="wysiwyg-underline">User</span>.</strong></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360059137253/mceclip1.png" alt="mceclip1.png" data-fancybox="" title="LTS Sapphire Password Reset Guide 1200"></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360058219814/mceclip1.png" alt="mceclip1.png" data-fancybox="" title="LTS Sapphire Password Reset Guide 1201"></p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360059137413/mceclip2.png" alt="mceclip2.png" data-fancybox="" title="LTS Sapphire Password Reset Guide 1202"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>You should see the QR code from this page.  Use the LTS Protect to Scan it.<br />
<h4> Scan QR thru the<strong>   Mobile app &#8211; LTS Protect </strong></h4>
<p>Use <strong>LTS Protect</strong> App.   (make sure SmartPhone and Device both are connected to the Internet)<br />
Go to <strong>Home</strong> &gt; <strong>Setting</strong> &gt; <strong>Password Security</strong> &gt; <strong>Reset Device Password  </strong></p>
<p><strong><a href="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360056623173/mceclip4.png" target="_self" rel="noopener nofollow"><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360056623173/mceclip4.png" alt="mceclip4.png" title="LTS Sapphire Password Reset Guide 1203"><br />
click Picture to enlarge it</a></strong><strong><br />
</strong></li>
<li>After you receive the Recovery email, enter the Security Code<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360056622613/mceclip2.png" alt="mceclip2.png" width="460" height="195" data-fancybox="" title="LTS Sapphire Password Reset Guide 1204"></li>
<li>Put the New password you want to create.</li>
<li>OK</li>
</ol>
<p>That should do it.</p>
<h1 class="article-title" title="(Config Tool) - Sapphire Password Reset with the QR Code">(Config Tool) &#8211; Sapphire Password Reset with the QR Code</h1>
<h2>How to Reset Password thru the Config Tool software?</h2>
<p>Require equipment:</p>
<p>1. PC<br />
2. Smart Phone<br />
3. Internet</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h3><span class="wysiwyg-underline">Use Smart Phone scanning the QR Security Code to Reset the Password</span></h3>
<p><strong>Use this QR password recovery require the <span class="wysiwyg-underline">Recovery Email Address</span> defined it first.</p>
<p></strong>You need to install and run the <strong>Config Tool</strong> to reset the password</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the <span class="wysiwyg-color-blue80"><strong>Reset icon </strong></span>section.</li>
<li>Select the Device and Press <span class="wysiwyg-color-green120">Reset (Green)</span> button.</li>
<li>Press Agree button</li>
</ol>
<p><a href="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360055753754/mceclip2.png" target="_self" rel="noopener nofollow"><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360055753754/mceclip2.png" alt="mceclip2.png" title="LTS Sapphire Password Reset Guide 1205"></a></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360055759114/mceclip3.png" alt="mceclip3.png" data-fancybox="" title="LTS Sapphire Password Reset Guide 1206"></p>
<ol>
<li>You should see the QR code from this page.  Use the LTS Protect to Scan it.<br />
<h4> Scan QR thru the<strong>   Mobile app &#8211; LTS Protect </strong></h4>
<p>Use <strong>LTS Protect</strong> App.   (make sure SmartPhone and Device both are connected to the Internet)<br />
Go to <strong>Home</strong> &gt; <strong>Setting</strong> &gt; <strong>Password Security</strong> &gt; <strong>Reset Device Password  </strong>(see bottom of the page)</li>
<li>After you receive the Recovery email, enter the Security Code<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360056622613/mceclip2.png" alt="mceclip2.png" width="460" height="195" data-fancybox="" title="LTS Sapphire Password Reset Guide 1204"></li>
<li>Put the New password</li>
<li>OK</li>
</ol>
<p>That should do it.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><a href="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360056623173/mceclip4.png" target="_self" rel="noopener nofollow"><img decoding="async" src="https://ltsecurityinc.zendesk.com/hc/article_attachments/360056623173/mceclip4.png" alt="mceclip4.png" title="LTS Sapphire Password Reset Guide 1203"></a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/lts-sapphire-password-reset-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>DW Spectrum Quick User Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/dw-spectrum-quick-user-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/dw-spectrum-quick-user-guide/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 25 May 2023 11:55:58 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[administrator]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Dahua]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Dahua Toolbox]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Manager]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DW Spectrum]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[fisheye]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hikvision]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hikvision Password Reset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How to Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Latest]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[live video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Local Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[onvif]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Reset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Quick User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[set up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshoot]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video wall]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VMS Client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[web browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Wi-Fi]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 10]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows PC]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows Server]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=342</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[DW Spectrum Quick User Guide, This Quick User’s Guide provides the steps you need to view live video, search and ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/dw-spectrum-quick-user-guide/#more-342" aria-label="Read more about DW Spectrum Quick User Guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>DW Spectrum Quick User Guide, This Quick User’s Guide provides the steps you need to view live video, search and view archived video and export recorded video evidence to your local computer or to a removable media device. Contains the following sections: • View Live Video • Search/View Archive Video • Exporting Recorded Video</p>
<p>Note: Depending on your individual access rights, you may not be able to view all of the functionality documented in this guide.</p>
<p><a href="https://dw2020.s3-us-west-1.amazonaws.com/_gendownloads/36577bd4-dc3b-41f0-ae47-dbc171c4653b/DW_QUS_DW%20Spectrum_3.2_Rev0818.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DW Spectrum Quick User Guide</a></p>
<h1><strong>DW Spectrum® Web Client</strong></h1>
<p>In addition to the DW Spectrum® IPVMS desktop client, Administrators may use their web browsers to access the web client of their DW Spectrum® Server where they may view camera video and manage select administrative settings of their server.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">This article will outline how to access the DW Spectrum® Web Client and some of the features within the interface.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">
<p class="CxSpMiddle"><b>Note:</b>  The DW Spectrum® IPVMS Web Client is supports Google Chrome, Mozilla Firefox, Internet Explorer, Safari, and Microsoft Edge.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">
<p><b>Note:</b>  The use of “server” in this article refers to the computer on which the DW Spectrum® IPVMS server application is installed.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">The use of “system” in this article is used interchangeably to refer to either an individual server or to a group of merged servers.</p>
<p class="CxSpLast">
<h1><strong>Supported/Affected Devices:</strong></h1>
<ul>
<li>DW Blackjack® Server Series</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Opening the DW Spectrum® Web Client</strong></h1>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2><strong>Open Through DW Spectrum® IPVMS Desktop Client</strong></h2>
<p>To open the web client using the DW Spectrum® IPVMS desktop client, <b>right-click</b> on the target server, then select <b>Server Web Page</b>.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">Your computer’s default web browser will open to the login page of the server’s web client.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/280b1685-412d-4957-ae11-96c848afe0f5/image-20200828143531-1.png" alt="image 20200828143531 1" width="346" height="427" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 1246"></p>
<p class="CxSpLast">
<h2><strong>Manually Connect Through a Web Browser</strong></h2>
<p>To open the web client using a web browser, open a web browser and enter the server’s <b>Web Admin URL</b> into the address bar, then press the <b>Enter</b> key.</p>
<ul>
<li>URL Structure:  <i>http://&lt;Server_IP&gt;:&lt;Server_Port&gt;</i></li>
<li>Example:  <i>http://192.168.21.195:7001</i></li>
</ul>
<p class="CxSpFirst">If you are able to connect with the server through your current network connection, the login page of the server’s web client will display.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">
<p class="CxSpMiddle"><b>Note:</b>  The default <i>Server Port</i> value of DW Spectrum® IPVMS is <i>7001</i>.</p>
<p class="CxSpLast">
<h1><strong>Logging In to the DW Spectrum® Web Client</strong></h1>
<p>Upon reaching the login page of the web client, there are two options for logging in:</p>
<ul>
<li>Enter the <b>Login</b> and <b>Password</b> that you use when utilizing the DW Spectrum® desktop client
<ul>
<li>Default Login:  <b>admin</b></li>
<li>Default Password:  <b>admin12345</b></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>Enter the<b> Email</b> and <b>Password </b>associated with your <b>DW Cloud™</b> account</li>
</ul>
<p class="CxSpFirst"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/dc66ced6-78b1-4e6b-a166-987e5299ce57/image-20200828143531-2.png" alt="image 20200828143531 2" width="472" height="348" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 1247"></p>
<p class="CxSpLast">
<h1><strong>Features of DW Spectrum® IPVMS Web Client</strong></h1>
<p class="CxSpFirst">The interface of the web client is divided into six (6) tabbed pages, accessible to users depending on their user role permissions – <i>Settings</i>, <i>View</i>, <i>Monitoring</i>, <i>For Developers</i>, and <i>Help</i>.</p>
<p class="CxSpLast">
<h2><strong>Settings Tab</strong></h2>
<p>The <i>Settings Tab</i> is comprised of two menus – <i>Server</i> and <i>System</i>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p class="CxSpLast">Features of the <i>Server</i> menu:</p>
<ul>
<li><b>Info</b> – displays the system associated with the server, your current user profile, the current server and IP address, current version of DW Spectrum® IPVMS, server platform, and other associated (merged) servers of the system.</li>
<li><b>Port</b> – current access port used by the DW Spectrum® server for communication across network connections.</li>
<li><b>Reset Server</b> – by clicking the <i>Restore Factory Defaults</i> button, all settings, features, and database configurations will be defaulted.  Additionally, if the server is part of a merged system, it will be detached from the array.</li>
<li><b>Detach Server from the System</b> – by clicking the <i>Detach from the System</i> button, the current server will be removed from its merged system and all of its registered DW Cloud™ accounts will be removed from the server’s registry.</li>
<li><b>Restart</b> – by clicking the <i>Restart Server</i> button, the server application will be remotely restarted on the server’s host computer.</li>
<li><b>Change Admin Password</b> – use this feature to change the password credential for the Owner user profile (<i>admin</i>) of the system.</li>
</ul>
<p class="CxSpFirst"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/500e7b60-e167-4c72-a6c9-63c37b62767d/image-20200828143531-3.png" alt="image 20200828143531 3" width="801" height="550" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 1248"></p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">
<p class="CxSpLast">Features of the <i>System</i> menu:</p>
<ul>
<li><b>Name</b> – use this feature to change the title of the system.  Be aware that if the server is part of a merged system, the change will be applied across all of the other merged servers as well.</li>
<li><b>Merge System</b> – by clicking the <i>Merge Systems</i> button, a pop-up window will display.  Enter the host IP address and server port, the <i>Login</i>, and the <i>Password</i> of another server to merge it with the current system.</li>
<li><b>DW Cloud</b> – use this feature to connect or disconnect the current server from a DW Cloud™ account.</li>
<li><b>Traffic Encryption</b> – allows users to change the encryption level of system traffic and video traffic.</li>
</ul>
<p class="CxSpFirst"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/b2529e8f-7751-4153-8f15-d291fd46857f/image-20200828143531-4.png" alt="image 20200828143531 4" width="799" height="548" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 1249"></p>
<p class="CxSpLast">
<h2><strong>View Tab</strong></h2>
<p>The <i>View </i>tab allows users to view live or recorded video from the current system.</p>
<ul>
<li><b>Devices Panel</b> <b>(left panel)</b> – lists devices (IP cameras) that are connected to the server.  Select a camera to begin viewing.</li>
<li><b>Camera View</b> – displays camera video to the right of the <i>Devices Panel</i>.  Click in the <i>Timeline</i> to view previously recorded video.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/2f758648-d0f3-4c3e-8f4e-4415c7265dc2/image-20200828143531-5.png" alt="image 20200828143531 5" width="800" height="428" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 1250"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>To change the current video quality or to view the camera’s details, click the video settings button (<i>Gear </i>icon).</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/4cb2941a-ba4c-40c4-9e1e-dab507039d0f/image-20200828143531-6.png" alt="image 20200828143531 6" width="243" height="240" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 1251"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2><strong>Monitoring Tab</strong></h2>
<p>The <i>Monitoring</i> tab is comprised of three menus – <i>Graphs</i>, <i>Storage</i>, and <i>Log</i>.</p>
<ul>
<li><b>Graphs</b> – displays a real-time line graph of the server’s CPU, Memory, HDD activity, and Ethernet throughput.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/bd0b7eda-3234-4be9-90be-b497b1f0e479/image-20200828143531-7.png" alt="image 20200828143531 7" width="549" height="381" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 1252"></p>
<ul>
<li><b>Storage</b> – displays all connected storage pathing for the Server including HDDs and NAS drives.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/ae6bd0b4-fcce-4824-b70e-bb120441321c/image-20200828143531-8.png" alt="image 20200828143531 8" width="547" height="139" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 1253"></p>
<ul>
<li><b>Log</b> – displays the system logs of your DW Spectrum® system.  This information might be requested by a Digital Watchdog support member for specific troubleshooting scenarios.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/2390c3d2-78f4-4f5b-ae12-b2116ed581dc/image-20200828143531-9.png" alt="image 20200828143531 9" width="553" height="384" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 1254"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2><strong>For Developers Tab</strong></h2>
<p>The <i>For Developers</i> tab contains tools for developers for creating and testing features in association with DW Spectrum® IPVMS.</p>
<p class="CxSpLast">The available tools include:</p>
<ul>
<li><b>Generic Events Generator</b> – a tool for developing and testing HTTPS Generic Event calls for use with the <i>Events &amp; Rules</i> engine of DW Spectrum®.</li>
<li><b>Server API</b> – provides developers with the ability to access almost every system feature within the regular DW Spectrum® desktop client.  Includes an <i>API Testing Tool</i>, <i>API Changelog</i>, and an <i>API Documentation</i> list.</li>
<li><b>Camera Details Panel</b> – displays additional information for cameras in the <i>View </i>tab including <i>Camera ID</i>, links for available video-streams, and the ability to directly export video from the browser.  This feature is the equivalent of clicking the <i>Gear </i>icon for a camera while using the <i>View</i> tab.</li>
<li><b>Video Source SDK</b> – provides the ability to integrate video sources (IP cameras, NVRs, DVRs, etc.) into the system, making it possible to create methods for discovering, displaying, analyzing, and recording video.  This also allows the integration of I/O ports and devices, as well as motion detection with 3<sup>rd</sup> party devices.</li>
<li><b>Storage SDK</b> – allows the integration of non-standard 3<sup>rd</sup> party storage mediums.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/a2c5d853-0c25-4abb-bb44-e0c3a1ffe674/image-20200828143531-10.png" alt="image 20200828143531 10" width="802" height="583" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 1255"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2><strong>Information Tab</strong></h2>
<p>The <i>Information</i> tab contains the means to check the status of the current server.</p>
<p>Features include:</p>
<ul>
<li><b>Alerts</b> – displays detected issues such as server storage errors or communication issues with devices.  This works in tandem with the <i>Event Notifications</i> engine of DW Spectrum®.</li>
<li><b>System</b> – displays system information including the number of currently merged servers, number of connected devices, number of storage locations, number of users, and the current software version of DW Spectrum® IPVMS in use by the system.</li>
<li><b>Servers</b> – displays information of all servers within the system including uptime information, average CPU usage, average memory (RAM) usage, public IP addresses, and current server OS time (differs from shared system time).</li>
<li><b>Cameras</b> – displays information of connected cameras including server affiliation, type of camera, IP address, availability status, stream information, and archive storage analysis.</li>
<li><b>Storage Locations</b> – displays the storage drive information of each server including status, number of issues (24h), read/write rate, and available storage space.</li>
<li><b>Network Interfaces</b> – displays the Ethernet information of the servers within a system including affiliated server, availability status of the connection, IP address of the node, and I/O bitrate.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/0350319a-63c1-41d6-af66-aae6593e7e26/image-20200828143531-11.png" alt="image 20200828143531 11" width="800" height="479" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 1256"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2><strong>Help Tab</strong></h2>
<p class="CxSpFirst">The help tab contains hyperlinks that will route you to the DW Technical Support request portal, DW Tools and Calculators page, and the mobile application page for <i>DW Spectrum® IPVMS Mobile</i> in the App Store or Google Play.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/08-28/c5fab1a1-f386-4ee9-9f39-eb7bbb9dc487/image-20200828143531-12.png" alt="image 20200828143531 12" width="803" height="366" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 1257"></p>
<h2>Connect DW Spectrum Desktop to Server with command line</h2>
<p>It is possible to use special option to connect DW Spectrum Desktop to Server from the command line:</p>
<p><b>&#8211;auth=http://username:password@server_address:server_port</b></p>
<p>In example below server address is 192.168.1.200, port is default 7001, username is admin and password is admin1234. Client version is 3.0.0.14971:</p>
<p><b>Windows:</b></p>
<p><b>&gt;&#8221;C:\Program Files\DW Spectrum\DW Spectrum Client\3.0.0.14971\DW Spectrum.exe&#8221; &#8211;auth=http://admin:admin1234@192.168.1.200:7001</b></p>
<p><b>Ubuntu:</b></p>
<p><b>$/opt/dwspectrumn/client/3.0.0.14971/client-bin &#8211;auth=http://admin:admin1234@192.168.1.200:7001</b></p>
<p>Client will use secured connection.</p>
<h1><strong>DW Spectrum® Client Hardware Requirements</strong></h1>
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">What are the recommended hardware specifications for the DW Spectrum® Client?</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The DW Spectrum® IPVMS program can be installed on most modern computers with an x64-bit architecture.  However, while DW Spectrum® is a relatively lightweight application, it does use a varying amount of hardware resources, depending on the intensity that it is used.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This article will outline the recommended hardware specifications required for DW Spectrum® IPVMS for your consideration.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Related Articles</strong></h2>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to/339/how-to-setup-dahua-toolbox/">How to Setup Dahua Toolbox</a></li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE:</strong>  <em>32-bit operating systems, Ubuntu 14.04, Windows 7, Windows Server 2008, and Windows Server 2008 R2 are no longer supported by DW Spectrum®.  Additionally, the desktop client will not function when using Macintosh OS X 10.11, 10.12, or 10.13.</em></p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE:</strong>  <em>It is highly recommended to use a computer that is separate from the device hosting the DW Spectrum® Server application when using the DW Spectrum® Client, rather than run both programs fulltime on the same device.  This will help to keep the server device’s CPU from being overused and mitigate processing issues.</em></p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Prerequisites</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">To use the DW Spectrum® Client, a computer must meet the following prerequisites:</p>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>A supported 64-bit Operating System
<ul>
<li>Windows 8, 8.1, 10 Pro/Enterprise</li>
<li>Windows Server 2012, 2012 R2, 2016 v1607 and later, 2019</li>
<li>Ubuntu LTS 16.04, 18.04, 20.04</li>
<li>MacOS 11</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li> <a style="font-weight: 400;" href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/OpenGL" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">OpenGL</a> 2.1 Support or better</li>
<li>An Intel or AMD <a style="font-weight: 400;" href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Central_processing_unit" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">CPU</a></li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Hardware Recommendations</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The following specifications and aforementioned prerequisites will ensure a smooth user experience when using the DW Spectrum® IPVMS with up to 64 devices in a layout.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Single Monitor Workstation</strong></h2>
<table width="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="163"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Type</strong></td>
<td width="462"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Requirement</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">CPU</td>
<td width="462">Intel i5 8<sup>th</sup> gen or AMD Ryzen 5 3000 Quad-Core or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">RAM</td>
<td width="462">8 GB DDR3 1600 MHz or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">Network Interface</td>
<td width="462">1 Gbit or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">GPU</td>
<td width="462">Intel HD Graphics onboard GPU or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">Storage</td>
<td width="462">Dedicated SSD or NVME disk for the OS, 128 GB or larger</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Dual Monitor Workstation</strong></h2>
<table width="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="163"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Type</strong></td>
<td width="462"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Requirement</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">CPU</td>
<td width="462">Intel i7 8<sup>th</sup> gen or AMD Ryzen 7 3000 Quad-Core or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">RAM</td>
<td width="462">16 GB DDR3 1600 MHz or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">Network Interface</td>
<td width="462">2 x 1 Gbit or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">GPU</td>
<td width="462">Intel HD Graphics onboard GPU or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">Storage</td>
<td width="462">Dedicated SSD or NVME disk for the OS, 128 GB or larger</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Quad Monitor Workstation</strong></h2>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="163"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Type</strong></td>
<td width="457"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Requirement</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">CPU</td>
<td width="457">Intel i9 or AMD Ryzen 9 Quad-Core or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">RAM</td>
<td width="457">32 GB or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">Network Interface</td>
<td width="457">2 x 1 Gbit or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">GPU</td>
<td width="457">GeForce GTX 1650 or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">Storage</td>
<td width="457">Dedicated SSD or NVME disk for the OS, 128 GB or larger</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE 1: <em> </em></strong><em>DW Spectrum® Client uses only the CPU for video decoding and can display up to 64 items on the viewing grid.  The GPU is used for dewarping on the fly, drawing animations, controls, and rendering UI elements in the client.</em></p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE 2:</strong>  <em>We assume that only one instance of DW Spectrum® Client will run on a single monitor system.  If you intend to run two instances of the program on a single monitor, use the recommended specs of the “Dual Monitor Workstation”.  For three or four instances of DW Spectrum® Client, use the recommended specs for the “Quad Monitor Station”.</em></p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE 3:</strong>  <em>Please take notice that dewarping a fisheye camera will set the resolution to “High”.  As a result, the specifications as mentioned above may not apply and are dependent on the cameras settings (e.g. resolution, framerate, etc.).  It is better to take the suggestions mentioned below in the decoding capabilities paragraph.</em></p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Decoding Capabilities</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Although it is difficult to offer recommended specifications with regard to decoding capabilities of a system due to the multiple variables of a stream, the following camera settings were taken into consideration:</p>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Resolution of 1920 x 1080 or less</li>
<li>Framerate of 15 fps or fewer</li>
<li>Bandwidth of 2 Mbps or fewer</li>
<li><a style="font-weight: 400;" href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Group_of_pictures" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Group of Pictures</a> (GOP) of 15 (IBBBBPBBBBPBBBBI)</li>
<li>H.264 compression method</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Up to 8 High-Resolution Streams</strong></h2>
<table width="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="163"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Type</strong></td>
<td width="462"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Requirement</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">CPU</td>
<td width="462">Intel i5 8<sup>th</sup> gen or AMD Ryzen 5 3000 Quad-Core or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">RAM</td>
<td width="462">8 GB DDR3 1600 MHz or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">Network Interface</td>
<td width="462">1 Gbit or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">GPU</td>
<td width="462">Intel HD Graphics onboard GPU or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">Storage</td>
<td width="462">Dedicated SSD or NVME disk for the OS, 128 GB or larger</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Up to 16 High-Resolution Streams</strong></h2>
<table width="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="163"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Type</strong></td>
<td width="462"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Requirement</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">CPU</td>
<td width="462">Intel i7 8<sup>th</sup> gen or AMD Ryzen 7 3000 Quad-Core or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">RAM</td>
<td width="462">16 GB DDR3 1600 MHz or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">Network Interface</td>
<td width="462">2 x 1 Gbit or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">GPU</td>
<td width="462">Intel HD Graphics onboard GPU or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">Storage</td>
<td width="462">Dedicated SSD or NVME disk for the OS, 128 GB or larger</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Up to 32 High-Resolution Streams</strong></h2>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="163"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Type</strong></td>
<td width="457"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Requirement</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">CPU</td>
<td width="457">Intel i9 or AMD Ryzen 9 Quad-Core or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">RAM</td>
<td width="457">32 GB or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">Network Interface</td>
<td width="457">2 x 1 Gbit or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">GPU</td>
<td width="457">GeForce GTX 1650 or better</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="163">Storage</td>
<td width="457">Dedicated SSD or NVME disk for the OS, 128 GB or larger</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE:</strong>  <em>Please take into consideration that most monitors have a native resolution of 1920&#215;1080.  There is no benefit of displaying more than 1 Full HD camera in High Resolution on such a screen.  The same applies to displaying more than 4 Full HD cameras on a 4K screen or more than 16 Full HD cameras on an 8K screen</em>.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><b>DW Spectrum® IPVMS Mobile Application Setup</b></p>
<h1><strong>DW Spectrum® Mobile Application</strong></h1>
<p>The DW Spectrum® Mobile application allows users to connect with their DW Spectrum® systems using their Apple (iOS) and Android mobile devices.  However, some initial setup is required before you can begin to use the live viewing and playback features of the application.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">This article will outline how to connect your DW Spectrum® Mobile application to a DW Spectrum System using DW Cloud™ or by using a server’s IP address for direct connection.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">
<p class="CxSpMiddle"><b>**NOTE:</b>  The use of the term “DW Spectrum® System” in this article may refer to a single DW Spectrum® Server or to multiple DW Spectrum® Servers that have been merged into a single group.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">
<p class="CxSpMiddle"><b>**NOTE:</b>  If a network that is hosting a DW Spectrum Server is using a SonicWall or Firewall service to filter out external Internet access, you may need to allowlist or port forward the DW Spectrum® Server.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">For the FQDN list of DW Spectrum®, please read <a href="https://digitalwatchdog.happyfox.com/kb/article/132-fqdn-or-whitelist-for-dw-spectrum-cloud-access/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><b>DW Spectrum &#8211; FQDN or Allowlist for DW Cloud Access</b></a>.</p>
<p class="CxSpLast">
<h1><strong>Supported/Affected Devices:</strong></h1>
<ul>
<li>DW Blackjack® Servers</li>
<li>MEGApix® IP Camera Series</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Acquiring the Application</strong></h1>
<p>To use DW Spectrum® Mobile on your mobile device (smartphone, tablet, etc.), you will need to download and install the mobile application from your application store.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/01-16/5678c686-d64c-420f-bf0f-60228e75985f/image-20230116143206-2.png" alt="image 20230116143206 2" width="234" height="236" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 1258"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Connecting Through DW Cloud™</strong></h1>
<p class="CxSpFirst">DW Cloud™ is a free connection service for use with the DW Spectrum® IPVMS software.  If you have yet to connect your DW Spectrum® system to a DW Cloud™ account or still need to create a DW Cloud™ account, check out <a href="https://digitalwatchdog.happyfox.com/kb/article/148-dw-cloud-management/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><b>DW Cloud Management</b></a>.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">
<p class="CxSpMiddle">To connect with your DW Spectrum® IPVMS system using the DW Cloud™ service:</p>
<p class="CxSpLast">
<ol>
<li>Open the <b>DW Spectrum </b>application on your mobile device.</li>
</ol>
<p>To connect your DW Cloud™ account to the <i>DW Spectrum® Mobile </i>application, click on <b>Log in to DW Cloud</b>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/01-16/cdbfa5fc-45e5-4104-8140-d9150db23fa7/image-20230116143206-3.png" alt="image 20230116143206 3" width="225" height="334" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 1259"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>In the <i>Cloud Account</i> screen, enter the <b>Email</b> and <b>Password</b> login credentials for your DW Cloud™ account, then tap the <b>Log in</b> button.</li>
</ol>
<p>In the <i>Server Selection</i> screen, DW Spectrum® systems that are already connected with your DW Cloud™ account will display with an orange <b>Cloud</b> icon.  As your mobile application is now connected with your account, simply select the cloud-connected system to begin viewing.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/01-16/399aee63-847f-41e8-8852-97d9cc33677a/image-20230116143206-4.png" alt="image 20230116143206 4" width="324" height="603" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 1260"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>You may only view one DW Spectrum® system at a time through the mobile application.</li>
</ol>
<p>To view another system, tap on the <b>Main Menu</b> button, then select <b>Disconnect from Server</b>.</p>
<p>You will then be routed back to the <i>Server Selection</i> screen.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/01-16/d8c1d4c4-c2f4-4ea3-b7ca-b8304cdbbb82/image-20230116143206-5.png" alt="image 20230116143206 5" width="790" height="721" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 1261"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Connecting Through Direct Connection (IP Address)</strong></h1>
<p class="CxSpFirst">When connecting to your DW Spectrum® system using an IP address, you will need to port forward the DW Spectrum® server(s) to ensure that external network access is available while offsite.</p>
<p class="CxSpLast">
<h2><strong>Automatic Discovery (LAN)</strong></h2>
<p>If you are currently connected to the same local network (LAN) as the DW Spectrum® system, the DW Spectrum® Mobile application may discover the server automatically.</p>
<ol>
<li>To connect with a discovered server, select the system.  The <i>IP Address</i> field will automatically fill.</li>
<li>Enter your <b>Login</b> and <b>Password</b> for the DW Spectrum® system, then tap the <b>Connect </b>button to begin viewing.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/01-16/8d35c132-9cfc-4de4-96b5-090980c1841a/image-20230116143206-6.png" alt="image 20230116143206 6" width="796" height="528" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 1262"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2><strong>Manual Direct Connection (LAN)</strong></h2>
<p>If the IP address of the server does not automatically fill or the server is not discovered, you can find the email address in the <i>Server Settings</i> menu of the DW Spectrum® IPVMS desktop application.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the <i>DW Spectrum</i>® <i>IPVMS</i> desktop application, <b>right-click</b> on the server.</li>
<li>Select <b>Server Settings</b>.</li>
<li>Under the <i>General</i> tab, locate the <b>IP Address</b> and<b> Port</b> value for your connection needs.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/01-16/b326c52c-1a1a-463d-9290-c7880d304479/image-20230116143206-7.png" alt="image 20230116143206 7" width="798" height="401" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 1263"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="4">
<li>Changing to your <i>DW Spectrum® Mobile</i> application, tap on the <b>Connect to Another Server</b> button.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/01-16/ff3db77c-2ed4-4170-acf0-d5e0d0bcf6c6/image-20230116143206-8.png" alt="image 20230116143206 8" width="225" height="334" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 1264"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="5">
<li>The <i>New Connection</i> screen will display.</li>
</ol>
<p>Enter the IP address of your server in the <b>Host</b> field,</p>
<p>Next, enter your <b>Login</b> and <b>Password</b> credentials for the DW Spectrum® system.</p>
<p>Tap the <b>Connect</b> button to begin viewing.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/01-16/a495b518-ff1b-460e-8fe1-6121e6f720b6/image-20230116143206-9.png" alt="image 20230116143206 9" width="240" height="385" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 1265"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2><strong>Manual Direct Connection (WAN)</strong></h2>
<p class="CxSpFirst">If you will be connecting to your DW Spectrum® system from outside of your local network (LAN), you will need to know the Public IP Address (WAN) of your network.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">
<p class="CxSpMiddle"><b>**NOTE:</b>  When connected to the same internal network (LAN) as the DW Spectrum® Server, you will not be able to connect if you are using an external, public IP address (WAN).  Use a public IP address only when connecting from outside of the server’s host network.</p>
<p class="CxSpLast">
<ol>
<li>To obtain the public IP address of your network, you may inquire with your ISP, work with your network administrator, or check in your router for the information.</li>
</ol>
<p>Alternatively, open a web browser (Google Chrome, Mozilla Firefox, etc.) and visit a port checking website (e.g., <a href="http://canyouseeme.org/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><b>http://canyouseeme.org</b></a>).</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>The public IP of your currently connected network will display</li>
</ol>
<p>Confirm that the DW Spectrum® port (<i>Default Port: 7001</i>) is open within the network.  If the port is blocked, external communication to the server will be unavailable.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/01-16/8a587124-fa2c-4555-becb-6de7974c995f/image-20230116143206-10.png" alt="image 20230116143206 10" width="799" height="240" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 1266"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>Changing to your <i>DW Spectrum® Mobile</i> application, tap on the <b>Connect to Another Server</b> button.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/01-16/73bc1aa5-87bc-4f96-a680-0843606b24aa/image-20230116143206-11.png" alt="image 20230116143206 11" width="225" height="334" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 1267"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="4">
<li>The <i>New Connection</i> screen will display.</li>
</ol>
<p>Enter the public IP address of your server in the <b>Host</b> field,</p>
<p>Next, enter your <b>Login</b> and <b>Password</b> credentials for the DW Spectrum® system.</p>
<p>Tap the <b>Connect</b> button to begin viewing.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2023/01-16/e9db72cc-4564-49b3-bd08-730fc6b4a722/image-20230116143206-12.png" alt="image 20230116143206 12" width="240" height="385" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 1268"></p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;"><b>Launch DW Spectrum Desktop Client with CLI</b></strong></p>
<h1><strong>Benefits of Launching with the CLI</strong></h1>
<p>Launching the Desktop client with the CLI gives you a lot more flexibility. The CLI allows you to launch it normally without any changes, but you can also change its behavior by utilizing specific parameters. It can facilitate many tasks such as server auto-login, disabling auto-updates, creating multiple instances of the client, restricting options, and more.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>How to Launch with CLI</strong></h1>
<h2><strong>In Windows:</strong></h2>
<ol>
<li>Open <b>Command Prompt</b> and enter:</li>
</ol>
<div>
<p>cd C:\Program Files\Digital Watchdog\DW Spectrum\Client</p>
</div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>Next, to view all installed versions enter:</li>
</ol>
<div>
<p>dir</p>
</div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>Choose a version: [replace “VERSION” with your version number (e.g., 3.2.0.28738) in the command below]</li>
</ol>
<div>
<p>cd VERSION</p>
</div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="4">
<li>Launch the Client (no parameter):</li>
</ol>
<div>
<p>applauncher</p>
</div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Or launch the Client with a parameter:</p>
<div>
<p>applauncher &#8211;layout-name=&#8221;Example&#8221;</p>
</div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2><strong>In Linux:</strong></h2>
<ol>
<li>Open <b>Terminal</b> and enter:</li>
</ol>
<div>
<p>cd /opt/digitalwatchdog/client/VERSION/bin</p>
</div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Example:  cd /opt/digitalwatchdog/client/4.2.0.32842/bin</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>View all installed versions with the command:</li>
</ol>
<div>
<p>ls</p>
</div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>Choose a version. [replace “VERSION” with your version number (e.g., 3.2.0.28738) in the command below]</li>
</ol>
<div>
<p>cd VERSION/bin</p>
</div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="4">
<li>Launch the client (no parameter):</li>
</ol>
<div>
<p>./applauncher</p>
</div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Or launch the client with a parameter:</p>
<div>
<p>applauncher &#8211;layout-name=&#8221;Example&#8221;</p>
</div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Command Line Parameters (v4.0 and newer):</strong></h1>
<div class="hf-article-table-wrap">
<table class="Table" width="960">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="229">&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Parameter</b></td>
<td width="342">&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Description</b></td>
<td width="54"><b>Default implied value</b></td>
<td width="334">&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Examples</b></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="229">&#8211;no-single-application</td>
<td width="342">Allows to have more than one instance of the client application running. (Also disables &#8216;Beta version&#8217; warning message.)</td>
<td width="54">true</td>
<td width="334">&#8211;no-single-application</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="229">&#8211;auth</td>
<td width="342">Auto-login to the target server</td>
<td width="54">&#8211;</td>
<td width="334">&#8211;auth=http://admin:123@localhost:7001</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="229">&#8211;screen</td>
<td width="342">Open client on the target screen</td>
<td width="54">&#8211;</td>
<td width="334">&#8211;screen=1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="229">&#8211;window-geometry</td>
<td width="342">Place the client window to the target coordinates and resize it</td>
<td width="54">&#8211;</td>
<td width="334">&#8211;window-geometry=100,100,1024&#215;768</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="229">&#8211;soft-yuv</td>
<td width="342">Enables video shader software emulation mode. May cause glitches.</td>
<td width="54">true</td>
<td width="334">&#8211;soft-yuv</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="229">&nbsp;</p>
<p>&#8211;local-settings</td>
<td width="342">Changes settings source from registry to file system (Windows only)</td>
<td width="54">true</td>
<td width="334">&nbsp;</p>
<p>&#8211;local-settings</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="229">&#8211;no-fullscreen</td>
<td width="342">Open client in the windowed mode. May cause glitches.</td>
<td width="54">true</td>
<td width="334">&#8211;no-fullscreen</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="229">&nbsp;</p>
<p>&#8211;skip-media-folder-scan</td>
<td width="342">Do not scan media folders. Local resources will not be displayed.</td>
<td width="54">true</td>
<td width="334">&#8211;skip-media-folder-scan</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="229">&nbsp;</p>
<p>&#8211;override-version</td>
<td width="342">Override software version of the client with the provided value. Will change auto-updates behavior.</td>
<td width="54">&#8211;</td>
<td width="334">&#8211;override-version=2.3.0.8574</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="229">&nbsp;</p>
<p>&#8211;log-level</td>
<td width="342">Minimal level of the log messages that should be recorded to log-file.</p>
<p>Allowed values:</p>
<p>none &#8211; fully disable logging</p>
<p>always</p>
<p>error</p>
<p>warning</p>
<p>info</p>
<p>debug</p>
<p>verbose</td>
<td width="54">&#8211;</td>
<td width="334">&#8211;log-level=always</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="229">&#8211;no-client-update</td>
<td width="342">Disable client auto-update and update notifications.</td>
<td width="54">true</td>
<td width="334">&#8211;no-client-update</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="229">&#8211;acs</td>
<td width="342">ACS mode (for Paxton integrations and similar scenarios)</td>
<td width="54">true</td>
<td width="334">&#8211;acs</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="229">&nbsp;</p>
<p>&#8211;videowall</td>
<td width="342">Start client in the primary videowall mode. Must contain GUID of the existing</p>
<p>Video Wall to work properly.</p>
<p>Requires valid &#8211;auth key without specified credentials.</td>
<td width="54">&#8211;</td>
<td width="334">&#8211;videowall={72934575-ceb7-54bb-23a0-84b81cf1d3f1}</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="229">
&#8211;videowall-instance</td>
<td width="342">Start client in the secondary videowall mode. Must contain the GUID of the existing Video Wall Item to work properly. Requires valid&#8211;videowall key. Requires valid &#8211;auth key without specified credentials.</td>
<td width="54">&#8211;</td>
<td width="334">&#8211;videowall-instance={8692e6e8-ceb7-54bb-23a0-84b81cf1d3f0}</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="229">&#8211;light-mode</td>
<td width="342">Start client in the light mode. Can contain &#8216;full&#8217; or a numeric value.</td>
<td width="54">full</td>
<td width="334">&#8211;light-mode=full</p>
<p>&#8211;light-mode=7</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="229">&#8211;customization</td>
<td width="342">Start client with custom skin, loaded from the target folder.</p>
<p>Works only if the client is built with ENABLE_DYNAMIC_CUSTOMIZATION define.</td>
<td width="54">&#8211;</td>
<td width="334">&#8211;customization=e:\my_skin</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="229">&#8211;instant-drop</td>
<td width="342">Inner key to open files in the new window.</td>
<td width="54">&#8211;</td>
<td width="334"><i>&#8211;instant-drop=&lt;base64-serialized-value&gt;</i></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="229">&#8211;delayed-drop</td>
<td width="342">Inner key to open cameras in the new window.</td>
<td width="54">&#8211;</td>
<td width="334">&#8211;delayed-drop=&lt;base64-serialized-value&gt;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="229">&#8211;layout-name</td>
<td width="342">Name of layout which will be opened after connection to server.</td>
<td width="54">&#8211;</td>
<td width="334">&#8211;layout-name=&#8221;Some layout name&#8221;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="229">&#8211;show-full-info</td>
<td width="342">Display full info on cameras instead of the minimal.</td>
<td width="54">true</td>
<td width="334">&#8211;show-full-info</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="229">&#8211;no-hidpi</td>
<td width="342">Disable hidpi support</td>
<td width="54">true</td>
<td width="334">&#8211;no-hidpi</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2><strong>Command Line Parameters for v3.2 and Older</strong></h2>
<div class="hf-article-table-wrap">
<table class="Table" width="961">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="263">&#8211;dev-mode-key</td>
<td width="409">Enables developer mode if the key is equal to “razrazraz”</td>
<td width="56">&#8211;</td>
<td width="361">&#8211;dev-mode-key=razrazraz</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="263">&#8211;profiler</td>
<td width="409">Switch client to the profiler mode.</td>
<td width="56">true</td>
<td width="361">&#8211;profiler</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="263">&nbsp;</p>
<p>&#8211;no-version-mismatch-check</td>
<td width="409">Do not show a warning dialog if servers in the system have different versions.</td>
<td width="56">true</td>
<td width="361">&#8211;no-version-mismatch-check</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="263">&#8211;no-vsync</td>
<td width="409">Disable VSync. (May cause glitches.)</td>
<td width="56">true</td>
<td width="361">&#8211;no-vsync</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="263">&nbsp;</p>
<p>&#8211;ec2-tran-log-level</td>
<td width="409">Minimal level of the transactions log messages that should be recorded to log-file. Allowed values are the same as in &#8211;log-level key.</td>
<td width="56">none</td>
<td width="361">&#8211;ec2-tran-log-level=info</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="263">&nbsp;</p>
<p>&#8211;exception-filters</td>
<td width="409">Prefixes, that will be logged as verbose.</td>
<td width="56">&#8211;</td>
<td width="361">&#8211;exception-filters=dw::dw</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h1><strong>How to Run DW Spectrum® Client in a Limited GPU Environment</strong></h1>
<h1><strong>Limited OpenGL 2.1 Support</strong></h1>
<p>The DW Spectrum® Client application requires a computer with support for <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/OpenGL#OpenGL_2.1" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">OpenGL 2.1</a> or higher, whether on a virtual machine (VM) or an actual computer.  In most cases, this is not an issue.  However, if a user is utilizing a virtual machine (VMWare, VirtualBox) or a personal computer (PC) with limited graphics capability (or no GPU), OpenGL 2.1 may not be supported.  As a result, DW Spectrum® Client will not run.</p>
<p>To resolve this issue, an emulation of the necessary graphics to function through the CPU may allow the Client to run if the Server application is also installed on a computer using Windows x64 OS.</p>
<p>This article will outline how to emulate a GPU using a CPU on a WinOS x64-bit system.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>**DISCLAIMER:  </b>We do not recommend this method unless it is absolutely required.  Even then, please be aware that you will be performing this at your own risk.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Supported/Affected Devices:</strong></h1>
<ul>
<li>DW Blackjack® Cube Series (WinOS)</li>
<li>DW Blackjack® Client Workstation Series (WinOS)</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Things to Consider</strong></h1>
<ul>
<li>When using this method, you will be transferring the computing load that would otherwise be directed to a GPU onto the CPU. This will cause the CPU usage to increase significantly.</li>
<li>We do not recommend using this method unless it is absolutely required.</li>
<li>Remember to close the DW Spectrum® Client application as soon as you are finished returning the CPU load to normal.</li>
<li>The hosting computer must be using a Windows x64-bit operating system.</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Emulating a GPU Using a CPU</strong></h1>
<p>To emulate a GPU:</p>
<ol>
<li>Download the <a href="https://github.com/pal1000/mesa-dist-win/files/2072235/mesa3d-gles-18.1.1.600-x64.zip" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Open GL emulation library</a>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Extract the files “<b>opengl32.dll</b>” and “<b>libglapi.dll</b>” from the zipped/compressed folder.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>Next, <b>stop</b> the <b>Spectrum Media Server</b> service.  To do so, you can <b>right-click</b> on the service in the Windows Service Tray, then select <b>Stop Server (started)</b>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2021/06-04/04b78326-9b3b-46e0-baa6-dff8d4b5d6f2/image-20210604125050-2.png" alt="image 20210604125050 2" width="197" height="213" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 1269"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>Once the Media Server has been stopped, open the computer’s <b>File Explorer</b> program and navigate to:</li>
</ol>
<div>
<p>C:\Program Files\Digital Watchdog\DW Spectrum\Client\&lt;version_number&gt;</p>
</div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>**NOTE:</b>  “&lt;<i>version_number</i>&gt;” (above) refers to the DW Spectrum® Client software version number.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="4">
<li><b>Copy-and-paste</b> the <b>opengl32.dll</b> and <b>libglapi.dll</b> files to this directory. Do not place them into any additional folders beyond this directory.</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="5">
<li><b>Start</b> the <b>Media Server</b> from the Windows Service Tray.</li>
</ol>
<p><b>Launch</b> the <b>DW Spectrum® Client</b>.</p>
<p>The DW Spectrum Client application will now utilize the CPU for some of the graphical processing.  The processing load on the CPU of the host computer will increase as a result, so be sure to completely close the DW Spectrum® Client application when you are not actively using it.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;"><b>DW Spectrum® Connection Restrictions</b></strong></p>
<h1><strong>How many users can connect to a DW Spectrum Server?</strong></h1>
<p>The quantity of concurrent DW Spectrum Client connections that a DW Spectrum Server can sustain is limited by the number of active TCP connections that can be supported by the server.</p>
<p>With this knowledge, the Owner and Administrators should consider the number of desktop client instances that will be connecting to the system, how many cameras and devices will stream video in each instance, and if there are other servers merged with the system. This is to avoid potential bottlenecks that may occur due to exceeding the system’s overall capabilities.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>**NOTE:</b>  The numbers provided in this article is in consideration of connecting to only a single (1) DW Spectrum Server. In the case that a DW Spectrum System is comprised of a merged, multi-server configuration, consider the number of devices connected to each server.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2><strong>Related Articles</strong></h2>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to/306/hikvision-password-reset-do-it-yourself/">Hikvision Password Reset Do It Yourself</a></li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2><strong>Calculating the Maximum TCP Connections</strong></h2>
<p>For a DW Spectrum Server that is using the recommended system and hardware requirements, the average limit of concurrent DW Spectrum Client connections that can be supported is:</p>
<ul>
<li>One (1) DW Spectrum Server <b>can support up to 2,000 concurrent TCP connections</b> – including connected devices and camera streams, as well as connecting instances of the DW Spectrum Client for regular viewing</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>As the supported number of client connections to a server varies depending on the number of active TCP connections that are in use with the server, use the following information to calculate the number of active TCP connections of a server.</p>
<ul>
<li>x1 DW Spectrum Client connection = 5 TCP connections</li>
<li>x1 Device or Camera connection = 1 TCP connection</li>
</ul>
<div>
<p><b>X</b> = # of active DW Spectrum Clients</p>
<p><b>Y</b> = # of active video streams per Client</p>
<p><b>TCP Connections Consumed</b> = (<b>X </b>x 5 TCP connections) + (<b>X </b>x<b> Y</b>)</p>
</div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2><strong>Examples for a Single (1) Server</strong></h2>
<ul>
<li><b>400 DW Spectrum Client instances</b> can connect, but <b>no video </b>(<b>0</b>) can display for the users
<ul>
<li>(<b>400 clients</b> x 5 TCP connections each) = 2,000 TCP connections; the max. amount of TCP connections are being used</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><b>80 DW Spectrum Client instances</b> can connect, but only up to <b>20 devices</b> per client can stream video
<ul>
<li>(<b>80</b> <b>clients</b> x 5 TCP connections each) + (<b>80 clients</b> x <b>20</b> devices) = 2,000 TCP connections; the max. amount of TCP connections are being used</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><b>28 DW Spectrum Client instances</b> can connect, but only up to <b>64 devices</b> per client can stream video
<ul>
<li>(<b>28 clients</b> x 5 TCP connections each) + (<b>28 clients</b> x <b>64 devices</b>) = 1,932 TCP connections in use; 68 TCP connections are still available</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<h1><strong>PTZ Auto-Focus and Camera Control in DW Spectrum</strong></h1>
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">PTZ &amp; Auto-Focus</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">While supported ONVIF cameras with motorized varifocal lenses can only zoom in and out, DW Spectrum also allows users to easily control connected PTZ cameras through the DW Spectrum Client without having to use an external joystick.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This article will show where you can manage the local PTZ settings in the DW Spectrum Client and outline the PTZ controls that are available.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE:</strong>  The <em>Extended PTZ</em> features require that the camera supports <em>ONVIF Absolute Move</em> and custom product integration to work with the DW Spectrum IPVMS software controls.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Supported/Affected Devices</strong></h1>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>DW Blackjack® Series</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Local DW Spectrum Settings</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">When using a PTZ camera, the local client settings can be configured to affect how the user’s PTZ control interface will display and PTZ configuration presets will be used by the system.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Preferred PTZ Preset Setting</strong></h2>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">By default, PTZ control will automatically be available for supported PTZ cameras in the DW Spectrum Client and will use the camera’s <em>Native</em> PTZ setting presets (manufacturer configured). Considering this, DW Spectrum will determine if the system should use the camera’s presets or if it will use the DW Spectrum System’s preferred presets, depending on its assigned settings. These presets can be used to tell the PTZ camera to perform specific maneuvers, tours, etc.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">You can find this setting in the DW Spectrum Client under the <em>PTZ</em> section. To get there, <strong style="font-weight: 900;">right-click </strong>on the camera and select “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Camera Settings</strong>”. In the resulting <em>Camera Settings</em> window, select the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Expert</strong>”<strong style="font-weight: 900;"> </strong>tab.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">In the <em>PTZ</em> section of the menu, select one of the following:</p>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Auto</strong> (default) – use a mix between the <em>Native </em>and <em>System </em>PTZ presets to easily begin using the PTZ preset controls in the DW Spectrum Client.</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">System</strong> – ignore the camera manufacturer settings in favor of using DW Spectrum PTZ preset settings only.</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Native</strong> – have DW Spectrum only use the PTZ camera’s preset settings.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">PTZ Aim Overlay Setting</strong></h2>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">By default, the DW Spectrum Client will utilize a user interface (UI) that follows simple click-and-drag controls, which minimizes the need to display controls for the PTZ camera, which some users feel can take up a fair portion of the screen. However, other users may prefer to have an overlay display as it offers clear and simple controls by which to control the camera.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">To show an aim overlay (HUD), navigate to <em>Main Menu &gt; Local Settings &gt; Look and Feel</em> menu in the desktop client.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Locate the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Show aim overlay for PTZ cameras</strong>” setting.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Enabling this setting will affect how the PTZ control interface will display in the client by directly overlaying the camera’s FOV and how the user interacts with the PTZ features.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Using PTZ Controls</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">When DW Spectrum detects that a compatible PTZ camera has been added to the system, the PTZ icon will display in the camera’s viewing window.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;">To activate the DW Spectrum’s PTZ controls, click the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">PTZ </strong>icon that appears at the top of the camera’s window. Click the PTZ icon again to hide the PTZ controls.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">How the PTZ controls interface displays will vary, depending on whether or not the “<em>Show aim overlay for PTZ cameras</em>” setting has been enabled.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Simple-Zoom (non-PTZ cameras)</strong></h2>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">If a camera uses a motorized, varifocal lens to zoom (T/W), but does not feature the ability to pan or tilt the camera, only the zoom controls (+ and –) will be available regardless of enabling/disabling the <em>aim overlay </em>setting.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This feature is represented by a set of plus (+) and minus (-) buttons that allow users to zoom the camera lens in or out through the DW Spectrum interface.  Alternatively, users may use the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">mouse-wheel</strong> to zoom-in or zoom-out.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Extended PTZ (<em>Disabled </em>PTZ Aim Overlay)</strong></h2>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">When the <em>Aim Overlay </em>setting is DISABLED, the PTZ control features are represented in the following ways:</p>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Zoom In/Out</strong> – <strong style="font-weight: 900;">click on the Zoom-in (+) or Zoom-out (-) </strong>buttons to use the camera’s motorized zoom; alternatively, users may use the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">mouse-wheel</strong> to zoom-in or zoom-out</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Pan-and Tilt</strong> – <strong style="font-weight: 900;">click-and-drag </strong>the mouse within the viewing window to pan and tilt the camera</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;">While holding the Shift key:</p>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Box Targeting </strong>– to zoom and position the camera into a specific FOV-framing, <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Shift + click-and-drag</strong> anywhere within the camera viewing window and draw a box around the target area.</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Single Mouse Click Pan/Tilt</strong> – users can <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Shift + click</strong> (once) anywhere within the camera viewing window to have the PTZ camera move and center to that point</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Double-click Zoom Out</strong> – users can <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Shift + double-click</strong> anywhere within the camera viewing window to zoom the camera back out to its telescopic base.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Regular PTZ (<em>Enabled </em>PTZ Aim Overlay)</strong></h2>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">When the <em>Aim Overlay </em>setting is ENABLED, the PTZ control features are represented in the following ways:</p>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Zoom In/Out</strong> –<strong style="font-weight: 900;"> </strong>to use the camera’s motorized zoom, <strong style="font-weight: 900;">click on the Zoom-in (+) or Zoom-out (-) </strong>buttons; alternatively, users may use the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">mouse-wheel</strong> to zoom-in or zoom-out.</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Virtual Joystick</strong> – displaying in the center of the overlay, <strong style="font-weight: 900;">click-and-drag </strong>the<strong style="font-weight: 900;"> </strong>virtual joystick to pan and tilt the camera.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE:</strong>  The user does not need to hold the Shift key down when using the <em>Extended PTZ</em> features, so long as the “<em>Show aim overlay for PTZ cameras</em>” setting is enabled.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Box Targeting </strong>– to zoom and position the camera into a specific FOV-framing, <strong style="font-weight: 900;">click-and-drag</strong> anywhere within the camera viewing window and draw a box around the target area.</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Single Mouse Click Pan/Tilt</strong> – to have the PTZ camera quickly move and center to a single point, users can <strong style="font-weight: 900;">click</strong> (once) anywhere within the camera viewing window to have the PTZ camera move and center to that point</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Double-click Zoom Out</strong> – users can <strong style="font-weight: 900;">double-click</strong> anywhere within the camera viewing window to have the camera zoom-out to its widest magnification.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">PTZ Issue Troubleshooting</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Camera models that support the advanced PTZ features (<em>Regular PTZ</em> and <em>Extended PTZ</em>) can be found using the <strong style="font-weight: 900;"><a style="font-weight: 400;" href="https://dwspectrum.digital-watchdog.com/ipvd?hardwareTypes=camera&amp;sortBy=isMdSupported,ASC&amp;tags=isAptzSupported" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DW Spectrum Supported Device List</a></strong>.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;">When troubleshooting ONVIF camera issues, such as PTZ control problems, it is recommended to download and install <strong style="font-weight: 900;"><a style="font-weight: 400;" href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/onvifdm/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">ONVIF Device Manager</a></strong> on the same computer as your DW Spectrum Server.  If you cannot install the ONVIF Device Manager (ODM), because you are using an Ubuntu/Linux or Macintosh operating system, install ODM on a Windows PC that shares the same LAN as your troubled camera.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Common PTZ Issues</strong></h2>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">If PTZ camera does not display the PTZ icon in DW Spectrum</strong>, ensure that the DW Spectrum firmware version is up-to-date, use ODM to connect with the camera and confirm if there is a <strong style="font-weight: 900;">PTZ Controls</strong> option available. If not, it may be an issue with the camera. Confirm that the camera’s firmware is also up-to-date.</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">If PTZ controls do not respond in DW Spectrum</strong>, in addition to ensuring that the camera firmware and DW Spectrum firmware are up-to-date, use the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">PTZ Controls</strong> in ODM to see if the camera responds.  If not, it may be an issue with the camera.</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">If PTZ position presets assignment is not working</strong>, use ODM and use <strong style="font-weight: 900;">PTZ Controls</strong>, then select <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Absolute Move</strong>.  Try a different set of values for the Absolute Move coordinates.</li>
</ul>
<h2>Axis T8311 Joystick</h2>
<p>In v3.0 DW Spectrum introduced the ability to use the Axis T8311 Joystick to control live PTZ cameras on Windows OS-based computers.</p>
<p>How to Setup &amp; Use the Axis T8311 Joystick</p>
<ol>
<li>Plugin the Axis T8311 Joystick to the computer that you will be using.<br />
* The drivers should be automatically installed by Windows and the device should be recognized.</li>
<li>If your DW Spectrum Desktop app is open when you plugged in the joystick, restart your DW Spectrum Desktop. If not, open DW Spectrum Desktop.</li>
<li>Open the PTZ camera you would like to control with the Joystick and click on the PTZ icon with your mouse.</li>
<li>Use the Joystick to Pan, Tilt, and Zoom the camera.</li>
</ol>
<p>Why does DW Spectrum only support one joystick controller for PTZ?</p>
<ol>
<li>IP cameras are network-based and have latency, making joystick control&#8230;.not great.</li>
<li>DW Spectrum has <b>Advanced PTZ</b> &#8211; a feature that makes analog joysticks seem&#8230;.well, outdated.</li>
</ol>
<h1><strong>Creating A Showreel in DW Spectrum®</strong></h1>
<h1><strong>Showreels</strong></h1>
<p>The <i>Showreel</i> feature of DW Spectrum® allows users to create customizable timed viewing sequences, to which users may assign media resources such as cameras, layouts, web pages, and more.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">This article will outline how to create a Showreel within the DW Spectrum® IPVMS desktop client.</p>
<p class="CxSpLast">
<h1><strong>Supported/Affected Devices:</strong></h1>
<ul>
<li>DW Blackjack® Server Series</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Creating a Showreel</strong></h1>
<p>To create a Showreel within the DW Spectrum® IPVMS Client:</p>
<ol>
<li>Open the<b> Main Menu</b>, then click <b>New</b>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Select <b>Showreel</b>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/10-15/fd686d81-215e-4041-b0c4-dc002ed0847a/image-20201015115417-1.png" alt="image 20201015115417 1" width="510" height="473" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 1270"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>From the <i>Resource Tree</i>, drag any resource to an available cell in the Showreel layout.</li>
</ol>
<p>The Showreel will support the use of:</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>Layouts</li>
<li>Single Devices (cameras, I/O devices)</li>
<li>Exported Files</li>
<li>Web Pages</li>
<li>Servers (monitoring item will be displayed)</li>
<li>External Media (offline files, files within the <i>Local Media</i> folder)</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/10-15/0e1c7a32-7dee-4fe5-8159-a817f4a6d819/image-20201015115417-2.png" alt="image 20201015115417 2" width="799" height="449" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 1271"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li><b>Drag-and-drop </b>resources to rearrange the display order of the cells within the Showreel.</li>
</ol>
<p>Adjust the <b>display time</b> of each resource.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/10-15/b17b861e-4ec4-478f-bc9d-2922772779bf/image-20201015115417-3.png" alt="image 20201015115417 3" width="797" height="447" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 1272"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="4">
<li>Click the <b>Start Showreel</b> button to begin the Showreel.</li>
</ol>
<p>To stop the Showreel, press the <b>Esc</b> key on the keyboard.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/10-15/adc5cfd6-b6f0-40e7-bbbe-a71a08115de8/image-20201015115417-4.png" alt="image 20201015115417 4" width="469" height="180" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 1273"></p>
<h1><strong>DW Spectrum Help Function</strong></h1>
<h1><strong>Help Function</strong></h1>
<p>DW Spectrum v3.2 introduced a context-sensitive help<i> </i>function that allows DW Spectrum users to easily find more information on operator functions, setup information, and more.</p>
<p>This article will outline how to use the <i>Context Help Manual</i> of DW Spectrum.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Note:</b>  An active Internet connection is not required to use this function.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Supported/Affected Devices</strong></h1>
<ul>
<li>DW Blackjack Servers</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Accessing the Help Function</strong></h1>
<p>When using DW Spectrum, the <i>Context Help Manual </i>provides quick access to an offline user manual.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>To use the help function:</p>
<ol>
<li>Click on the <b>Help Icon [?]</b> in the <i>Navigation Panel</i>, at the top of the window.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-16/3c1556cb-ba4f-4822-9410-c366e8f8e923/image-20200416144425-5.png" alt="image 20200416144425 5" width="804" height="239" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 1274"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>A question mark [?] will overlay your mouse cursor, indicating that the <i>Help Function </i>is enabled.</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the <b>subject matter in question or interface element</b> that you want to know more about.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>The <i>Context Help Manual</i> will open in your default web browser.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-16/9aa24f7e-38a3-4a8d-94bd-f45832000082/image-20200416144425-6.png" alt="image 20200416144425 6" width="805" height="388" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 1275"></p>
<h1><strong>DW Spectrum® Keyboard Macro List</strong></h1>
<h1><strong>Keyboard Shortcuts</strong></h1>
<p>By using keyboard shortcuts, users can quickly navigate around DW Spectrum® IPVMS without having to route through various menus.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">These keyboard shortcuts are for Windows and Ubunut/Linux, but most will also work for MacOS by replacing “Ctrl” with the “Command” key.</p>
<p class="CxSpLast">
<h1><strong>Supported/Affected Devices:</strong></h1>
<ul>
<li>DW Blackjack® Server Series</li>
<li>DW Blackjack® Client Workstation Series</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>DW Spectrum® IPVMS Shortcut Keys</strong></h1>
<p>To download the technical bulletin that lists these shortcut keys, <b><u><a href="https://dw2020.s3-us-west-1.amazonaws.com/_gendownloads/79705f30-6d66-47c6-9595-988faefb758e/DW_Tech_Bulletin_KeyboardShortcut_Rev1218.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Click Here</a></u></b>.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">
<div class="hf-article-table-wrap">
<table class="Table" width="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center"><b>Shortcut</b></p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center"><b>Command</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">Ctrl+Left (arrow)</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Previous Frame</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">Ctrl+Right (arrow)</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Next Frame</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">Z</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Jump to Start of Segment</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">X</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Jump to Next Segment</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">Ctrl+Up (arrow)</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Volume Up</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">Ctrl+Down (arrow)</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Volume Down</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">M</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Toggle Mute</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">L</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Jump to Live</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">S</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Toggle Stream Synchronization</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">Enter</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Maximize Selected Item</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">Alt+I</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Show Information of Selected Item</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">Alt+G</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Start Smart Search</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">Alt+C</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Check File Signature</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">Alt+S</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Take Snapshot</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">Alt+J</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Adjust Video; Image Enhancement</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">F2</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Rename Resource (Resource Tree)</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">Alt+T</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Toggle Showreel Mode</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">Ctrl+W</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Close Layout</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">Ctrl+Tab</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Switch Layout (similar to using Tab in a web browser)</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">Alt+R</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Toggle Screen Recording</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">Esc</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Close Current Dialogue</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">Alt+Enter</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Full Screen (DW Spectrum window)</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">Ctrl+Alt+A</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Open System Administration Dialogue</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">Ctrl+B</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Open Bookmarks Search</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">Ctrl+E</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Open Alarm/Event Rules Dialogue</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">F1</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">About DW Spectrum (current instance)</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">Alt+F4</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Exit DW Spectrum (current instance)</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">[</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">Start Time Selection (on <i>Timeline</i> over recorded segment)</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="133">
<p align="center">]</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="418">
<p align="center">End Time Selection (on <i>Timeline</i> if time selection has been started)</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">
<p class="CxSpLast">
<h1><strong>Additional Shortcuts</strong></h1>
<p class="CxSpFirst">Below are additional shortcut keys that are not listed in the technical bulletin.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">
<div class="hf-article-table-wrap">
<table class="Table" width="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="123">
<p align="center"><b>Shortcut</b></p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="431">
<p align="center"><b>Command</b></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="123">
<p align="center">Ctrl+Shift+C</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="431">
<p align="center">Connect to Another Server</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="123">
<p align="center">Ctrl+Shift+D</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="431">
<p align="center">Disconnect from Server</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="123">
<p align="center">Ctrl+T</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="431">
<p align="center">New Tab</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="123">
<p align="center">Ctrl+N</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="431">
<p align="center">New Window</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="123">
<p align="center">Ctrl+O</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="431">
<p align="center">Open Files</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="123">
<p align="center">Ctrl+L</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="431">
<p align="center">Open Event Log</p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="123">
<p align="center">Ctrl+M</p>
</td>
<td valign="bottom" nowrap="nowrap" width="431">
<p align="center">Open Camera List</p>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><b>DW Spectrum Mobile SSL Certification Notification</b></p>
<h1><strong>Security Certificate Notifications</strong></h1>
<p>After upgrading the DW Spectrum Mobile application to v22.1, users will be automatically logged out of DW Cloud and must log in to DW Cloud again to regain access to their Cloud Systems. Upon doing so, you may encounter an alert notification when attempting to connect with a DW Spectrum Server using version 4.2 or higher.</p>
<p>This article will explain the prompts that will display regarding security certificates and the DW Spectrum Mobile application.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2><strong>Related Articles</strong></h2>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://support.digital-watchdog.com/kb/article/135-dw-spectrum-ipvms-ssl-certificate-management/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DW Spectrum IPVMS SSL Certificate Management</a></li>
<li><a href="https://support.digital-watchdog.com/kb/article/861-06-03-2022-release-notes-dw-spectrum-mobile-update-v22-1-34959/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">06/03/22 – Release Notes – DW Spectrum Mobile Update v22.1.34959</a></li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Self-Signed SSL Certificates</strong></h1>
<p>If the an affiliated DW Spectrum Server is using version 4.2 or higher, the mobile application will attempt to verify that the target Server is using an SSL Certificate for security. However, a notification will display alerting an SSL certificate verification issue if the DW Spectrum Server is using the default Self-Signed SSL Certificate that is generated automatically.</p>
<p>While valid, this is due to the Server using a self-signed certificate as opposed to using a public certificate that has been purchased from a recognized certificate provider. Select “<b>Connect Anyway</b>” to confirm that you trust the current Server. This message will not display the next time that you connect with the Server as long as its SSL Certificate remains valid.</p>
<p>The following prompt may display:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/07-09/b4e14b38-b3dc-4d90-9c8d-4c4a7e9eae71/image-20220708173557-15.png" alt="image 20220708173557 15" width="279" height="278" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 1276"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2><strong>Expired SSL Certificates</strong></h2>
<p>If a DW Spectrum Server’s SSL Certificate (self-signed or public) has expired, the following prompt will appear:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/07-09/c0d2aa57-572e-4509-aa85-bbfcc8bd4717/image-20220708173557-16.png" alt="image 20220708173557 16" width="281" height="362" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 1277"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Enable (check) the “<b>Trust this server</b>” checkbox and select “<b>Connect Anyway</b>” to continue with connecting to the Server. This prompt will continue to appear each time you attempt to connect with the Server until the certificate has been renewed.</p>
<p>Alternatively, you can disable the SSL Certificate verification setting in the DW Spectrum Mobile application, but this is not recommended as it will lower the security level of your connection.</p>
<p>To learn how to apply a public SSL Certificate or how to renew the self-signed SSL Certificate of a DW Spectrum Server, please use the KB article – <i><a href="https://support.digital-watchdog.com/kb/article/135-dw-spectrum-ipvms-ssl-certificate-management/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DW Spectrum IPVMS SSL Certificate Management</a></i>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Changing Mobile App Security Settings</strong></h1>
<p>DW Spectrum Mobile v22.1 users have the option to change the <i>Security </i>settings of the mobile app to connect without checking security certificates, but are instead recommended to use the default setting.</p>
<p>To change the <i>Security</i> settings in the mobile app:</p>
<ol>
<li>Tap the <b>Main Menu</b> icon , located in the top-right of the screen, and select “<b>Settings</b>”.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/07-09/03192124-6ac4-4ef5-a1f9-0c45ccb39b18/image-20220708174122-19.png" alt="image 20220708174122 19" width="43" height="42" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 1278"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>In the <i>Settings </i>menu, top on the <b>Security</b> toggle to change your SSL certificate verification preference.</li>
</ol>
<p>Your options include:</p>
<ul>
<li><b>Recommended (default) – </b>DW Spectrum Mobile will allow you to connect with DW Spectrum Servers that are using either valid self-signed or public SSL certificates.</li>
<li><b>Strict –</b> DW Spectrum Mobile will only allow you to connect with DW Spectrum Servers that are using valid public SSL Certificates.</li>
<li><b>Disabled</b> – disabling the <i>Security</i> toggle will allow you to connect with any DW Spectrum Servers and will NOT check for SSL Certificate verification. Please keep in mind that this option may pose a greater security risk.</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/07-09/c1c37edb-7428-4281-afa2-7a88bf8a8c3c/image-20220708173557-18.jpeg" alt="image 20220708173557 18" width="799" height="778" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 1279"></p>
<h2 class="hf-article_title" role="heading" aria-level="1">Export Bookmark from Timeline</h2>
<p>DW Spectrum v3.2 introduced a feature that allows users to export bookmarks quickly from the timeline.</p>
<p>How to Export a Bookmark from the Timeline?</p>
<ol>
<li>Find and select the <b>Bookmark</b> you would like to export on the <b>Timeline</b>.<br />
*remember you need to have a camera selected on the Viewing Grid in order to interact with the Timeline.</li>
<li>Click on the <i>3rd icon</i> (download icon) on the Bookmark.</li>
<li>The<b> Export Dialog</b> will now appear.</li>
</ol>
<p>* As with all video exports the larger the Bookmark duration the longer the Bookmark will need to complete exporting.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2019/04-16/5bf69144-ccf1-4284-aeee-c3598f85abb6/image-20190416143844-1.png" alt="image 20190416143844 1" width="500" height="280" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 1280"></p>
<h1><strong>Installing DW Spectrum® (Macintosh)</strong></h1>
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Creating A New System</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">DW Spectrum® is composed of two parts:</p>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">DW Spectrum® Media Server</strong> – the <em>Media Server</em> is Spectrum®.  The media server is responsible for the recording, contains the database information of your added cameras and user profiles, and is arguably the most important aspect of the DW Spectrum® IPVMS platform.  The <em>Media Server</em> is supposed to be installed on a computer that will be acting as your server.  If you have a DW Blackjack® server, this software is already installed.</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">DW Spectrum® Client </strong>– the <em>Client</em> software provides the graphical interface with which users may utilize to interact with the <em>Media Server</em> and allows users to see what the <em>Media Server </em>is doing.  Some features include allowing users to configure settings, view live and recorded video, and manage device connections.  The <em>Client</em> is helpful for accessing the <em>Media Server</em>, but is not required to remain running for the <em>Media Server</em> to do its job.  Instead, it is recommended that users install the <em>DW Spectrum</em>®<em> Client</em> software <a style="font-weight: 400;" href="https://support.digital-watchdog.com/kb/article/320-using-a-dw-spectrum-server-as-a-client/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">on a separate computer</a> from the <em>DW Spectrum</em>®<em> Media Server</em> computer to save on processing.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">These two portions of DW Spectrum® IPVMS coordinate to comprise a <em>System</em>.  A <em>System</em> can refer to a group of merged servers or to a single server.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This article will explain how to install DW Spectrum® IPVMS, how to connect with the DW Spectrum® System, and how to change the Owner/Admin password and System name.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE:</strong>  DW Spectrum® for Macintosh is for the Client only.  A computer with either a Windows OS or an Ubuntu OS will be required to create a Server.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Installing DW Spectrum® on Macintosh</strong></h1>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>To obtain the installation files for DW Spectrum®, open a web browser and visit the DW Spectrum® IPVMS product page on the Digital Watchdog website.</li>
</ol>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;"><a style="font-weight: 400;" href="https://digital-watchdog.com/productdetail/DW-Spectrum-IPVMS/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DW Spectrum Product Page</a></strong></li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Scroll down and click on the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Software</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Select the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Version</strong> of DW Spectrum® that you want to install, then select the operating system that you are installing with (Macintosh).</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click on the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Download</strong> icon to download the installation file.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Open the downloaded .DMG file, then <strong style="font-weight: 900;">drag</strong> the DW Spectrum® application into your <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Applications </strong>folder.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Allow the process to run and complete the installation.  When finished, you can begin to set up the System.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Creating a New System</strong></h1>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>To launch the application, open the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Applications</strong> folder, then <strong style="font-weight: 900;">double-click</strong> on the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">DW Spectrum® Client</strong> application</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>If your computer is on the same LAN as a pre-existing Server, the DW Spectrum® Client application may automatically detect it.  If so, click on the tile.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">You will be prompted to enter your login credentials (User ID and Password).  Contact the System <em>Owner</em> or <em>Administrator</em> of the Server if you need a login to be created.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE:</strong>  DW Spectrum® for Macintosh is for the Client only.  A computer with either a Windows OS or an Ubuntu OS will be required to create a Server.</p>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>If this is a first-time setup of DW Spectrum® Client, click the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Add to Existing System</strong> button.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">You will then be prompted to enter the <em>Connection Options</em> to connect with the DW Spectrum® Server.</p>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Host</strong> – enter the IP Address of the DW Spectrum® Server</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Login</strong> – enter the login ID of your DW Spectrum® user profile</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Password</strong> – enter the login password of your DW Spectrum® user profile</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Port</strong> – enter the TCP port of the DW Spectrum® Server (default: 7001)</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Once you have entered the connection information, click the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">OK</strong> button to connect with the DW Spectrum® System.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Changing the Admin Password</strong></h1>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>To change the <em>Admin</em> password of a Server, launch DW Spectrum® and connect with the System.  You must have Administrator privileges to make system changes.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Right-click</strong> on the System (house icon) and select <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Open Web Client</strong>.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>A browser will open and connect with the System.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Enter the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Owner ID</strong> (Admin) and the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Password</strong> to log in.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE:</strong>  Another way to access this web client is to enter the Server’s IP address and port to connect through a web browser.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>After logging into the System’s web client, you may change the password under <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Change admin password</strong>, located in the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Settings &gt; Server</strong> menu.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This will change the password for the <em>Owner</em> profile of your DW Spectrum® Server.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;">It is recommended to keep track of your password.  If the <em>Admin</em> password is forgotten, a <strong style="font-weight: 900;"><a style="font-weight: 400;" href="https://digital-watchdog.com/PasswordResetRequest/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">password reset form</a></strong> must be submitted for all Blackjack Series units.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">If the DW Spectrum® Server is installed on a custom-built server (not a Blackjack Series NVR), a clean reinstallation of the DW Spectrum® Server will be required to reset a forgotten password.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">To learn how to completely uninstall DW Spectrum® from the Windows or Ubuntu Server, check out <strong style="font-weight: 900;"><a style="font-weight: 400;" href="https://digitalwatchdog.happyfox.com/kb/article/19-dw-spectrum-clean-uninstall/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DW Spectrum Clean Uninstall</a></strong>.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Changing the System Name</strong></h1>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>To change the System name, connect with the Server’s <strong style="font-weight: 900;">web client</strong> and <strong style="font-weight: 900;">log in as the Admin</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Under the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Settings</strong> menu, click on the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">System</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Under <em>Name</em>, enter the new <strong style="font-weight: 900;">name</strong> of the System, then click the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Rename System</strong> button.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Save</strong> button to apply the changes.</p>
<h1><strong>Motion Smart Search In DW Spectrum IPVMS</strong></h1>
<h1><strong>Motion Smart Search</strong></h1>
<p class="CxSpFirst">DW Spectrum’s <i>Motion Smart Search</i> feature is a useful tool that allows users to rapidly search video archives to discover segments of saved footage.  Rather than having to review long lengths of archived footage to find a specific moment, <i>Motion Smart Search</i> narrows down the saved video to a specified area in the camera’s field of vision and highlights the discovered segments in the <i>Timeline</i> during playback.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">This article will outline how to use the <i>Motion Smart Search</i> feature of DW Spectrum for faster footage acquisition.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Using Smart Search</strong></h1>
<p>To use the <i>Motion Smart Search </i>feature, you must be using a camera that supports motion recording (where both the primary and secondary video streams are active).</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Note:</b>  It is recommended that the secondary stream be set to a resolution of 704&#215;480 or lower, with a frame rate no higher than 7 FPS.</p>
<p>If you are encountering issues with Motion Recording, check out <b><u><a href="https://digitalwatchdog.happyfox.com/kb/article/433-motion-recording-troubleshooting-dw-spectrum/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Motion Recording Troubleshooting (DW Spectrum)</a></u></b>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>To use the <i>Motion Smart Search</i> feature:</b></p>
<ol>
<li>Select your desired camera to display.</li>
</ol>
<p>Selecting from either the camera’s <i>Image Controls</i> toolbar or from the <i>Notifications Panel</i>, click on the <b>Motion</b> icon.</p>
<p>Alternatively, you can <b>right-click</b> in the camera window and select <b>Show Motion/Smart Search</b>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/06-24/2b1e1aa7-52d2-4660-8d79-2ceabf0b6d31/image-20200624151803-1.png" alt="image 20200624151803 1" width="800" height="354" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 1281"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>Upon activating <i>Motion Smart Search</i>, a grid will overlay the camera area.</li>
</ol>
<p><b>Click-and-drag</b> to highlight a specific motion area in the grid.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/06-24/aa935d4a-3226-4cde-9c3e-bafc6538b589/image-20200624151803-2.jpeg" alt="image 20200624151803 2" width="801" height="451" title="DW Spectrum Quick User Guide 1282"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>DW Spectrum will display preview frames the system’s search results.</li>
</ol>
<p>Additionally, in the <i>Timeline</i>, sections will be highlighted to indicate that motion was detected in the specified motion area.</p>
<p>Select from the previewed frames or click in the <i>Timeline</i> to begin playing the detected footage.</p>
<h1><strong>Reporting DW Spectrum® Issues</strong></h1>
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">DW Spectrum® Issues</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This article will outline how to report operator issues with DW Spectrum® IPVMS.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Supported/Affected Devices</strong></h1>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>DW Blackjack® Series</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Before Requesting Support</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Use the following resources to check for possible solutions:</p>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;"><a style="font-weight: 400;" href="https://digitalwatchdog.happyfox.com/kb/article/51-dw-spectrum-help-function/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DW Spectrum Help Function</a></strong></li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;"><a style="font-weight: 400;" href="https://support.digital-watchdog.com/home/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Digital Watchdog Support Knowledge Base</a></strong></li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**Note:</strong>  It is recommended to use the latest version of DW Spectrum®.  If you are encountering operator issues and your firmware is outdated, consider updating to the latest build version.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The <strong style="font-weight: 900;"><a style="font-weight: 400;" href="https://support.digital-watchdog.com/kb/section/52/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Digital Watchdog Support Knowledge Base</a></strong> hosts release notes for recent updates.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Requesting Support</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Digital Watchdog Technical Support strives to provide quick and efficient assistance for issues that directly regard Digital Watchdog products.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Use the following guidelines to provide a concise outline of your issue so that our technicians may support you in an orderly fashion.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Submit One Support Request per Issue</strong></h2>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">As our support team focuses on different Digital Watchdog products, features, and software, tracking the progress of individual issues becomes difficult when there is an overwhelming number of issues described in a single report.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">If one issue appears to be interrelated with another issue, it may be worth mentioning.  However, please maintain a clear outline of a single issue, per request, if possible.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Once the issue has been identified by the technician, a recommended resolution may be provided.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**Note:</strong>  Open a support ticket with <strong style="font-weight: 900;"><a style="font-weight: 400;" href="https://digital-watchdog.com/contact-tech-support/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Digital Watchdog Technical Support</a></strong>.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Provide a Short and Clear Summary</strong></h2>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">An ideal summary should be clear and as short as possible, but long enough to clarify the issue.  Provide a clear overview of the issue, the component where the issue is occurring (Server, Client, DW Cloud, mobile application), and what conditions the system was under when the problem started.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Please also provide details regarding any troubleshooting steps that have already been taken.  If troubleshooting has not already been performed, you may be tasked with performing recommended troubleshooting steps.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Environment</strong></h2>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Provide details about the environment that DW Spectrum® is running in.  This includes information such as what version/build of DW Spectrum® is being used, the operating systems being used, and the size of the System (a single server or multi-server/merged System).</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Example:</p>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>DW Spectrum® Version:  v4.1.0.31401</li>
<li>DW Spectrum® Client:  Mac OS 10.13</li>
<li>DW Spectrum® Server:  Windows 10</li>
<li>Network Topology:  Server is connected to cameras through a Wi-Fi router that is connected to a single PoE switch, with 10 cameras.</li>
<li>Special Features:  The mentioned PoE switch has an embedded firewall blocking UDP traffic.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Reproduction Scenario</strong></h2>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Describe any steps that you performed prior to the start of the problem.  The technician may need to try to reproduce the issue on their end to better understand what may be causing the issue.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Examples of this include upgrading firmware from a particular build, changing network hardware, applying specific settings in DW Spectrum®, etc.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Attachments</strong></h2>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Attachments can be quite helpful for technicians as they offer additional insight to the issue that you are experiencing.  Providing photos, screen recordings, or Sever Logs may help to reduce the wait time for a resolution to your issue.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Since attachments can be quite large to share, you may use a third party service like Google Drive or DropBox to provide your attachment.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Avoid sending compressed (.zip) files as we are less likely to open this file type for security reasons.  Instead, upload each file individually to the sharing application of choice so that your technician can check the file before opening or downloading it.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**Note:</strong>  DW Spectrum® (Windows version) has an in-client screen recording feature that you may use to capture a recording of your display as you see it.  Press <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Alt+R</strong> on the keyboard to start or stop this function.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Remote Assistance</strong></h2>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Issues are often system-specific and your technician may request remote access to your System to directly assist you with resolving the problem.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Frequently, Digital Watchdog Technical Support will ask for unattended <strong style="font-weight: 900;"><a style="font-weight: 400;" href="https://www.teamviewer.com/en-us/download/windows/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">TeamViewer</a></strong> access to investigate the issue directly.  We understand if this is not possible, but please be aware that this may delay the solution for your issue.  If you prefer to instead be present for the remote session, you may request one.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Additionally, the use of <strong style="font-weight: 900;"><a style="font-weight: 400;" href="https://sourceforge.net/projects/onvifdm/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">ONVIF Device Manager</a></strong> and/or <strong style="font-weight: 900;"><a style="font-weight: 400;" href="https://support.digital-watchdog.com/kb/article/550-using-wireshark-for-troubleshooting/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Wireshark</a></strong> is commonly used for troubleshooting our most commonly reported issues.  It may be in your best interest to have these applications installed.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**Note:</strong>  DW Blackjack® Servers (Windows) will come with ONVIF Device Manager installed.  Most DW Blackjack® Series devices will come with TeamViewer installed as well.</p>
</div>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/dw-spectrum-quick-user-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
	</channel>
</rss>
